5. 5 ae As & “a Vee ve +! of ~ “* “ we . Nee THE CONSERVATION OF ~ ‘THE WILD LIFE OF CANADA i iel ! BY C. GORDON HEWITT, D.Sc. DOMINION ENTOMOLOGIST AND CONSULTING ZOOLOGIST WITH NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS NEW YORK CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS 1921 PREFACE Wuen Gordon Hewitt came to Ottawa in the fall of 1909 _ to enter upon his duties as Dominion Entomologist, he fully _ expected to return to Manchester University in a year or * so, there to continue his researches in entomology and his _ lectures in zodlogy; but the call of Canada was not to be ignored: he found work for a giant to do and he bent him- ~ self to his task. _ Ten years of life in office were allowed him, and, during _ that time, he had the satisfaction of developing the Do- - minion Entomological Service from a small division, at- E tached to the Experimental Farm, to a separate branch of _ the Department of Agriculture, with four divisions at Ot- _ tawa, and twelve laboratories throughout Canada, organ- , ized for the purpose of watching, combating and forestall- _ ing insect injury to forests and crops. Quarantine stations _ were also established to prevent the importation of foreign _ pests. For this work, trained, scientific men were required, _ and here his enviable talent for selecting the right man for _ the place, and in using his powers to the full stood him in _ good stead. Indeed, the relation that existed between my _ husband and his associates was like that which animates _ a group of friends, where each one gives the best that is in _ him and looks for the best in others—a bright record in _ Civil Service history of loyalty and disinterestedness. Com- menting on his remarkable faculty of choosing his associ- ates and attaching them to himself and his schemes, Doctor W. M. Wheeler wrote: ‘‘The truly remarkable record of de- velopment and public service exhibited by Doctor Hewitt’s department during the decade of his administration was _ clearly due to the unusual abilities of the man. Combin- Vv os vi PREFACE ing a thorough training in zoédlogy with rare gifts as an in- vestigator, executive talent of a high order, and sympa- thetic insight into the achievements of other workers, not only in entomology, but in biology generally, he could not fail to secure the affection, as well as the confidence and - admiration of all the men, and particularly the young men, whom he had chosen as aids in building up his department.”’ * In 1916 he was offered and accepted the position of Con- sulting Zodélogist. His duties were thus enlarged, and his sphere of useful activity appreciably increased. For the new work he was especially fitted, as Doctor Wm. T. Hornaday says: ‘‘His broad mind reached out, and grasped ~ the whole invertebrate fauna of the vast region embraced in the Canadian Dominion.” + His sphere of influence extended beyond the Dominion, again quoting Doctor Wheeler: ‘Realizing that very many of the native and in- troduced animals, and the economic problems to which they give rise, are identical in Canada and the northern United States, he took an actively constructive part in all deliberations, wherever men were assembled in either of the sister commonwealths, to discuss practical matters relat- ing to our insects, birds, and mammals,” and by accepting the position of Canadian representative on the International Commission for the Protection of Nature his work became. world-wide. Inspired by Doctor Hornaday, and encouraged by Mr. James White, he commenced to write this book, which oc- cupied much of his spare time during the last four years of his life. As he wrote the book at home in the evenings, I became familiar with it, chapter by chapter, for he liked to read aloud what he had written; also, before writing, he was eager to discuss present needs and future developments. Evening after evening in his library, easy chairs on either * Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. XIII,. no. 2. t The statement of the Permanent Wild Life Protection Fund, vol. III. PREFACE vii side of the fire, a low table beside him, holding paper, ref- erence books, and the indispensable tin of “John Cotton,” while snowstorms might rage without, in imagination he was able to roam with the bison or musk-ox on the sunny - plains, to climb the peaks with the mountain goat, or to hear the songs of birds in sanctuaries made safe by his ef- fort. The facts and conclusions herein contained were _ gathered and matured throughout days of action, research, and travel, when he followed the pressing needs of the country, and attacked problems as they presented them- > Bs ‘selves, never resting until they were solved, and then, un- satisfied, merely using success as a stimulant to greater ~ effort. Pages could be written of his work in preparing and in _ drafting what is now known as the Northwest Game Act, and, after the bill was introduced in Parliament, of his _ watchful support of the measure until all opposition was _ overcome and it became law. The Migratory Birds Treaty also tested his powers; international and interprovincial _ arrangements and compromises had to be made, and the _ successful completion of this important treaty bears wit- ness to his courage and diplomacy. During these and _ other less important negotiations, he would travel many _ miles for a single interview; he was thankful when the cause, _ supported and enforced by his persuasive powers, won the _ day, and he was willing to try again when they failed. _ How rarely they failed! The appeal of his winning person- _ ality and his earnest desire to help usually carried convic- — tion. As an example of his sincerity, and of his willingness to carry out whatever he asked others to do, before publicly advocating individual and community effort in wild life conservation, he hung nesting-boxes in the trees, and sup- plied an original water bath in his own garden. Little homes for bumble-bees were carefully tucked under the viii PREFACE lilac hedges and berry-bearing shrubs were planted. The — following spring he had the reward of being able to count fifteen nests and the visits of thirty-four species of birds. His love of nature was not merely sentimental or theo- retical. He was an enthusiastic, practical gardener—he liked to dig in the soil and to spread manure. He planted — with the precision and skill of an artist; he sowed seeds with — equal zest; and, after a rain, he loved to fork around, and thus to make each bulb, perennial, or vegetable “‘comfort- able.” Nor were the poetical accompaniments of the craft ever absent. Morning and evening—before his office hours and after—he walked around the garden, bathing himself in greenness, and in the odour ‘of lilacs, roses, and new- mown grass. Then it was he spoke to every flower and bird, no matter how small or how shy, and held converse with the chipmunks and squirrels, who held a safe tenure within the garden precincts. After his immediate community was convinced of the need of bird conservation, and Rockliffe Park and the Ex- perimental Farm became sanctuaries, he went farther afield: in every province in the Dominion he addressed meetings on the subject of the conservation of our wild life. ” This is but a short record of the ideals which led to the making of this book, and of the character of him who wrote it. A great deal might be said by me in faithful and thankful acknowledgment of that character, but which would, in the end, seem to me cold and inadequate. I can, therefore, only take refuge in the words of another, one who valued him level with his deserts, who truly recognized his wonderful gifts, and who appreciated the way in which they were ever employed for the brightening of this world. I quote from the memoir by his friend, Duncan Campbell Scott, in the proceedings of the Royal Society of Canada: ‘‘His death was tragic in its suddenness. He had at- PREFACE ix nded the meetings of the Commission of Conservation, _ Montreal, on February 19 and 20, at which he pre- - d an important paper on ‘Fur-bearing Animals, Their econo omic Significance and Future.’ ] pneumonia, and he died | abous 11 p.M., on Febru- , 1920. 2 seemed to be on the threshold of a long career, in added years would bring even greater success, and d fulfil all that he was destined to accomplish. His ; were varied, and his sympathies deep and general. ¢ touched life at so many points that one cannot think it his interest ever flagged. His knowledge and apprecia- n of the arts and belles lettres were finely balanced by a o love of nature, and this led him into enthusiasms for + wild life. His ideal habitation was always surrounded a garden, and every foot of soil was made to yield er use or beauty. There was in all his work a rare bination of earnestness, with lightness of touch. Highly share cteristic, too, was a fine sense of humour, which kept Il things in their proper relation. His personality was of ¥t t even bearing that finds the best in all men, and gives ll y the best in itself. Even his casual acquaintances had orrow when he died. To those who knew him well there remain a deep regret; to those who received fully the nate charm of his personality in familiar intercourse rere cannot be any mitigation of his loss, for he was a rless friend.” a EvizaBeta Hewitt. f Park, Orrawa. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS x the preparation of this book I have been encouraged 2 assistance, so willingly given, of many of my col- es and friends who have furnished data or have other- ogi me in my endeavour to make the volume both i e and informative. It would be impossible to men- 1 every one to whom I am indebted for assistance, but should like to express here my grateful appreciation of 4 oe of the following: Many of my colleagues the government service, particularly Mr. James White, tant to Chairman, Commission of Conservation; Mr. B. Harkin, Commissioner of Dominion Parks, and Doc- A M. Anderson and other members of the staff of the ological Survey; the officers in charge of the game-pro- etive service of the various provinces, and Mr. F. Ker- ode, Director of the Provincial Museum, Victoria, B. C.; octor Henry Fairfield Osborn, President of the American useum of Natural History; Mr. E. W. Nelson, Chief of i. States Biological Survey; Doctor W. T. Horna- y, Director of the New York Zoological Gardens, the nch defender of the wild life of this continent, who heen a constant source of help and encouragement; 1 ate Sheldon; and many others. The courtesy of 1 lyare Kipling, in giving permission to use the quotation om Aa poem, ‘The Feet of the Young Men,” is hereby - inaaan CG, Bi. r ‘>. Ete ¥ ‘ t ? i 4 ‘ - : 4 ai PDS ere & zi, 7 Ni , ‘ ‘ 4 ; ? ‘ , ae 1 u 4 ‘ ’ — ne Batley 4 ve ‘ n oe me Fe TION OF NON-AGRICULTURAL LANDS. DEER AS A MEAT PPLY. DEVELOPMENT OF NORTHWESTERN TERRITORIES. RREN-GROUND CARIBOU AS SOURCE OF MEAT AND CLOTH- G. RELATION OF NATIVES TO WILD LIFE. RECREATIVE JE OF WILD LIFE. Extermination or Witp Lire .... 17 CAUSES OF EXTERMINATION. DANGER IN NUMBERS. VARIOUS ADVERSE FACTORS. es Game Anmmats or CanapA . . . ww 26 WAPITI, OR ELK. DEER. THE WHITE-TAILED DEER. THE 2 DEER. COLUMBIAN BLACK-TAILED DEER. MOOSE. THE ARREN-GROUND CARIBOU. THE WOODLAND CARIBOU AND ELATED SPECIES. ANTELOPE. THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN SHEEP. BLACK MOUNTAIN SHEEP. DALL’S MOUNTAIN SHEEP. ROCKY MOUNTAIN GOAT. THE MUSK-OX. BEARS. THE 2 BEAR. GRIZZLY BEAR. THE BARREN-GROUND GRIZZLY EAR. BLACK BEAR. KERMODE’S WHITE BEAR. PROTECTION F BEARS. THe Burrato or Brson (Its PrEsENT, Past, AND ke ie ee ew, NB __ EARLY DISTRIBUTION IN CANADA. THE DESTRUCTION OF THE | BUFFALO. THE WILD OR WOOD BISON. THE PRESENT STATE THE BUFFALO IN CANADA. THE FUTURE OF THE BUFFALO CANADA. DOMESTICATION. CROSS-BREEDING WITH DO- STIC CATTLE. ‘ RNR i ik ys MES BOB-WHITE, OR QUAIL. GROUSE. xiv CONTENTS CHAPTER VII. Brrps In RELATION To AGRICULTURE ... . ECONOMIC VALUE. FEEDING HABITS OF CHIEF GROUPS. LOCAL ABUNDANCE OF BIRDS. METHODS OF PROTECTION AND ENCOURAGEMENT. PROVISION OF NESTING FACILITIES. NESTING-BOXES OR BIRD-HOUSES. THE DESTRUCTION OF ENEMIES. PROVISION OF FRUIT-BEARING ,_ TREES AND SHRUBS. LIST OF TREES AND SHRUBS BEARING FRUITS ATTRACTIVE TO BIRDS. THE PROVISION OF OTHER FORMS OF FOOD AND OF WATER. BIRD SANCTUARIES. VIII. Tue Enemies or Witp Lire AND THE CONTROL OF PREDATORY ANIMALS. ./... -. .) 9a WOLVES. COYOTE. COUGAR. |THE WOLF AND COYOTE PROBLEM AS AFFECTING LIVE-STOCK INTERESTS. THE NE- CESSITY OF ORGANIZED CONTROL BY HUNTING AND TRAP- PING. CONTROL OF PREDATORY ANIMALS IN THE UNITED STATES. LESSER PREDATORY MAMMALS. PREDATORY BIRDS. IX. Tue Periopic FLuctuations OF ouR Fur-BEARING ANIMALS Po eg gO er VARYING HARE OR RABBIT. LYNX. FOXES. WOLVES. MARTEN. FISHER. MINK. SKUNK. MUSKRAT. CONCLU- SIONS. X) Reserves ror GAME AND Witp Lire In CANADA THE NATIONAL PARKS. JASPER PARK. THE ROCKY MOUN- TAINS PARK. WATERTON LAKES PARK. ELK ISLAND PARK. BUFFALO PARK. ANTELOPE PARK. YOHO PARK. GLACIER PARK. REVELSTOKE PARK. POINT PELEE NATIONAL PARK. PROVINCIAL RESERVES FOR GAME AND WILD LIFE. NEW BRUNSWICK GAME RESERVE. GASPESIAN FOREST, FISH, AND GAME PRESERVE. TREMBLING MOUNTAIN PARK. LAURENTIDES NATIONAL PARK. ALGONQUIN PARK. QUETICO FOREST RESERVE. RONDEAU PROVINCIAL PARK. PROVIN- CIAL GAME RESERVES IN MANITOBA. PROVINCIAL GAME RESERVES IN SASKATCHEWAN. GAME RESERVES IN AL- BERTA. ELK RIVER RESERVE. YALAKOM GAME RESERVE. STRATHCONA PARK. MOUNT ROBSON PARK. THE CLEAR- WATER AND SMOKY RIVERS RESERVE. SPECIAL RESERVE FOR MOUNTAIN SHEEP. SUMMARY OF GAME RESERVES IN CANADA. PROPOSED GAME RESERVE FOR NOVA SCOTIA. CONTENTS XV N. PAGE ‘Ture Protection or GAME AND WILD LIFE BY THE ~ DoMINION GOVERNMENT. . ... . . 258 NORTHWEST TERRITORIES. A PROPOSAL FOR THE NATIONAL OWNERSHIP OF THE FUR RESOURCES OF THE NORTHWEST _ TERRITORIES. THE YUKON TERRITORY. THE MIGRATORY _ BIRDS CONVENTION. DOMINION PARKS ACT. A Review or ProvinciAL GAME LEGISLATION . 277 PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. NOVA SCOTIA. NEW BRUNSWICK. QUEBEC. ONTARIO. MANITOBA. SASKATCHEWAN. AL- ‘BERTA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. me TT, Disorncas AND Community Errort In THE Con- ¥ SERVATION OF Witp Lire... . . . 286 EDUCATION. PRIVATE WILD-LIFE SANCTUARIES AND GAME RESERVES. FARMERS AND GAME PROTECTION. CLUBS. CIVIC GAME RESERVES. GAME-.PROTECTIVE ASSOCIATIONS. THE ATTITUDE OF THE SPORTSMAN. THE SPORTSMAN’S CODE OF ETHICS. ip) GOVERNMENT RESERVES FOR THE PROTECTION OF ee ee ee a BOO ; SASKATCHEWAN AND ALBERTA. BIRD RESERVATIONS. IN THE GULF OF 8T. LAWRENCE. RESERVE FOR GEESE IN NOVA SCOTIA. ; Tue] UTILIZATION BY DOMESTICATION oF our L. LARGER ~ Native 1 RUMINATING MAmMats . Bie ee a PROPOSED» DOMESTICATION OF THE MUSK-OX. REINDEER _ IN ALASKA. THE USE OF REINDEER IN CANADA. FIRST AT- _ TEMPT TO INTRODUCE REINDEER INTO THE NORTHWEST I CCAM GS ee BI oa tt er ILLUSTRATIONS . Frontispiece PLATES FACING PAGE n birds which have been exterminated within ae years and are now extinct . 20 Moose . . 46 4 fbodiankt Caribou 46 , nd Caribou 58 58 »orn’s Mountain Caribou in the Rocky Mountains, about. fifteen miles northwest of Mount Sir Alexander 62 e] of captive Musk-Oxen in New York Zoological Park 62 er of Barren-Ground Caribou on shore of rong _ epee River, Mackenzie District, N.W.T.. . 66 | )xen on Ellesmere Island . 70 . -y Mountain Sheep (Ovis canadensis) 76 te Mountain Sheep (Ovis dalli) . 76 Thustrating distribution of Mountain aimee in areas in- dicated on the map . 82 | 102 Black Bear, vine a chdaied 5 102 Rocky Mountain Goat 102 Buffalo bones photographed by Mr. aime coogi 3. E., August 9,1800 . . 114 § Indians impounding Bison . 118 l-hunting Bison é 118 *: XVill ILLUSTRATIONS ot PLATE FACING PAGE XII. Wood Bison XIII. Buffalo in barnyard, Elk Island Park, Alberta, during . winter, showing possibilities of domestication Antelopes: two males, two young (male and female), jin in captivity, and adult female, in the private reserve of R. Lloyd, Davidson, Saskatchewan XIV. Fence around the Buffalo Park, Wainwright, Alberta Buffalo in the Buffalo Park, Wainwright, Alberta XV. Diagrammatic representation of the economic status of some of our commoner birds XVI. Arctic Fox . Coyotes attacking Sheen in Kamloops district of ‘British Columbia peice sa Rocky Mountain Gane: fecaade with: young. Nest of Pacific Eider Duck (Sumateria v. a Dolphin and Union Strait, Arctic Ocean ; Ptarmigan in the Yukon Territory . . ' ee XVII. Wild Ducks on United States Government Reserve Portion of exhibition of bird-houses made by the boys in one of the Ottawa public schools in a competition or- ganized by the Ottawa Humane Society in 1917 XVIII. Lac La Peche, Quebec, showing the headquarters and southern portion of the hunting-grounds of the Lau- - rentian Club . Laurentides Park, en One of the entrances to the i rae at the junction of the Jacques Cartier and Cache Rivers (oe ee ee ee ee XIX. Western bird reserves XX. Dead Gannets on beach near Percé, Gaspe, Quebec . Gannets nesting on the cliffs of Bonaventure Island, Gaspe Sea-bird group in American Museum of Natural History, representing a section of Bird Rock in the Gulf of St. Lawrence PP ewe Nhe as XXI. Bird reserves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence . ILLUSTRATIONS xix TACING PAGE iticdn rookery; Mountain Portage, Slave sth e] ‘ Alberta Ms 3 308 board on daha Pasa eae ties. 308 a Geese on artificial pond in the Miner ey: ex County, Ontario. . . 308 inum tag used by Mr. Miner to “vk wild geese pee ducks for purposes of determining migration . . 308 Ais | ws a. BD TEXT FIGURES e PAGE of White-tailed and Mule Deer. . . ... . 88 f White-tailed, Mule, and Columbia Black-tailed Deer 48 onal details of abird-house . . .. . . . 179 MAPS PAGE of the larger mammals of North America 3 past range of the Wapiti or Elk in Canada 29 of the Barren-Ground Caribou in Canada 57 of the Puen Canada OL 3 the disappearance of the Bison . . . .. . . 116 od Bison ee ire teh ei ag Tolga qe le MO , u q bird reserves in Eastern Canada. between pages 244 and 245 bird reserves in Manitoba and Saskatchewan between pages 250 and 251 bird reserves in Alberta and British Columbia between pages 252 and 253 xx ILLUSTRATIONS» CHARTS BASED ON THE FUR RETURNS OF THE HUDSON’S BAY COMPANY RECEIVED THROUGH THE COURTESY OF THE FUR COMMISSION ; CHART PAG I. Periodic fluctuations of Rabbit, Lynx, and Wolverene in . Canada sty ang ee ee II. Periodic fluctuations of Red, ripen Black and White Fox in CONAGRA a as , . 9 are III. Periodic fluctuations of Wolf, Marten, and Fisher in Canada IV. Periodic fluctuations of Mink, Otter, and Skunk in Canada . V. Periodie fluctuations of Black Bear, Resicnn and Beaver . Canada on oe ie cote ho ie 4 ; ry t ‘ y he +. . : USS «G : * * . i 3 CONSERVATION OF | WILD LIFE OF CANADA eS at GAY Serge THE CONSERVATION OF THE _ WILD LIFE OF CANADA CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION _ Canapa is the home and refuge of the most important ad desirable wild animals of this continent. The southern wtion of that wonderfully rich and interesting North merican fauna that everywhere greeted the early explor- rs and settlers in the United States has melted away be- we the advancing tide of settlement like snow, and only | the inaccessible places and in a few protected spots has e harried remnant found greater security and an irre- tievable loss been prevented. The northern part of the yntinent was less tempting to the earlier settlers and more ospitable to its native wild life. The impenetrable for- ts, trackless wilderness, and mountains of Canada afforded ‘sanctuary to the greater part of the wild life of the conti- ent, and retarded settlement has proved its salvation. PD ar oP ce ey E RE LE Ac SS : a wild life and are endeavouring to rescue the remnant om complete extermination, realizing how great an asset is to the country and the significance of its depletion. A young country enjoys the advantage of being able to | fm tofit by the mistakes of older countries. It lies within | r power to preserve for ourselves, but more particularly | ae people of the United States now mourn the loss of | an i posterity for whom we hold it in trust, the wild life of ah is country. It rests with us to prove that the advance of civilization into the more remote sections of Canada does i : 2 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE not imply the total destruction of the wild life, but that y civilization in its true sense signifies the elimination of the | attitude. The problems, therefore, confronting us involve a knowl- © edge of the following questions: Of what does our wild life — consist; what is its value; what are the factors that are q responsible for its reduction and ultimate extermination; — ' what steps are we taking to conserve it, and how can we | improve on present methods with a view to conserving a valuable natural resource, the constituent parts of which i cannot be replaced once they are lost? In the succeeding © chapters these questions will be considered. It is felt that | a presentation and discussion of the status of the wild life — of Canada will afford the best means of securing that wide — sympathy of the people throughout the Dominion that is — essential to the success of any measures that have already been taken or may be adopted in the future with the ob- — ject of conserving this resource. While in this matter of wild-life conservation we have much to regret in the past, — we have reason to be proud of the efforts that we are now ~ making to remedy past mistakes, and a more general reali- — zation of our opportunities to improve our national life and © welfare through these means will undoubtedly lead to — further efforts. It is desirable that, before proceeding ~ further, the classes of animals to be considered in the in- | quiry should be specified. The term ‘‘wild life” naturally 7 includes all the members of our native Canadian fauna, but © it is obvious that the term must be restricted for our present ~ purposes for the sake of adequate treatment and to avoid digressions into well-recognized groups of ourfauna. Strictly — speaking, it would include the game, non-game, and fur- © bearing mammals, the game and non-game birds, the fishes ~ and other members of our fauna. The conservation of our q fishes will not be considered here; it has been the subject of i, o i Hy t q 4 AY a Lf 80. _70 ahs bou inal e and small € orig as disappeared. i0ns a rom these regi ‘98 per cent of th stock of game, d MAP SHO MAJOR oS D rom this/region __ sper cent pee gan large u o * sie v ia of xb $s about 98 Ef the original stock) und small as disappeared Gulf\ of Me jco ING THE EXTENT TO WHICH CANADA IS NOW THE STRONGHOLD OF THE PORTION OF THE LARGER MAMMALS OF NORTH AMERICA (After Hornaday) 430 20 130 120 110 100 90 80 4 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE discussion by the Commission of Conservation in other re- — ports. In its report on ‘Fur Farming in Canada” the ~ Commission has presented a fairly complete statement re- — garding the fur-bearing mammals of the country, and there — is no necessity to duplicate the facts so presented. For | that reason the fur-bearing mammals will not be considered at length, but only in so far as their conservation in the wild state necessarily constitutes an important aspect of — the general problem of wild-life conservation. In this ac- — count it is proposed to deal in particular with the larger — wild mammals, many of which are commonly included un- _ der the head of ‘‘big game,” and the birds of Canada, inas-. — ‘much as these animals constitute that portion of our native fauna that is in the greatest need of adequate protection with a view to preventing the extermination that will in- evitably follow failure on our part to provide it. Nature has laid on the shoulders of the Canadian people — : an obligation, and at the same time an opportunity, of a | peculiar character in so far as the preservation of the wild 4 life, not of this hemisphere alone but of the whole world, is concerned. In the gradual evolution of the great land masses of the earth’s surface it has come about that by its geographical situation and physical characteristics the greater part of Canadian territory constitutes a distinct faunal region, differing from other regions of the world by reason of the fact that it contains certain species of animals not found elsewhere. In some cases these animals are re- lated to forms in other regions of the world; in other cases they are distinct and unrelated. In the Canadian region, to mention a few of the larger forms of wild life, we find the moose (Alces machlis), which is related to the elk* of * It is unfortunate that the word elk has come to be used in North America as an alternate name for the wapiti. As popular names must naturally be used for these animals, it seems very desirable to confine the name elk to the European Alces or moose, and use the Shawnee name, wapiti, for Cervus canadensis. re ee ee ee tn ta oN a ee TCE. Fy a a ae INTRODUCTION 5 “northern Europe and Asia; the wapiti (Cervus canadensis), _ which is closely allied to the red deer of the old world, and _ the caribou (Rangifer species), which very closely resembles the reindeer of northern Europe. The bison or buffalo is related to the European bison, which has suffered a serious _ reduction in numbers and is now confined to the primeval forests of Lithuania, Moldavia, Wallachia, and the Cau- -easus, where it is artificially preserved.* The mountain- “sheep (Ovis species), so characteristic of our Western moun- tains, are well represented in the old world, the centre of _ their habitat being the immense mountain ranges of Cen- _ tral Asia. The musk-ox (Ovibos moschatus) is an animal _ allied to the sheep family, that is particularly distinctive of _ our region of the world, ranging as it does over the barren _ grounds and arctic regions of the north and eastward to _ Greenland. The Rocky Mountain goat (Oreamnos mon- _tanus and its sub-species) is found only in the Rocky Moun- _ tains. Finally, the most interesting of all our mammals is ' the prong-buck or antelope (Antilocapra americana), which _ forms by itself a distinctive family of the ungulate or _hoofed animals. It is entirely confined to a region com- _ prising a portion of the Prairie Provinces and the Western States. While it is allied in certain respects to the ante- lopes of the old world, it is unique among all hollow-horned ruminants by reason of the fact that, like the members of _ the deer family, it sheds its horns every year. * According to Dr. Theodor G. Ahrens, ‘‘The Present Status of the Euro- pean Bison or Wisent,” Journal of Mammalogy, vol. 2, no. 2, May, 1921, pp- 58-62, the Lithuanian herd numbered 170 or 180 in 1918, but after the German revolution it seems that all or nearly all the remaining bison were shot by the inhabitants and the retiring German soldiers, among whom disci- pline had been undermined by the revolution. Later the war between Po- land and Russia passed over the region. Since the Russian revolution the Kuban Cossacks have demanded the return of their old hunting grounds in the Caucasus, so that extermination of the bison in that region is also to be feared. Besides the few introduced specimens still extant in Pless and possi- bly in Ascania Nova there remain a few specimens in zoological gardens. Summing up, he concludes that the extinction of the species is imminent, M. A. 6 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Certain of the foregoing animals extend their range south- §§ ward into the United States, but Canada is their natural ; habitat and in Canada they attain their maximum devel- “ opment, apart from the fact that in the United States — they have been seriously reduced in many instances. i Our responsibilities in the matter of the conservation of _ these animals are therefore unmistakably clear. It is our , bounden duty to prevent the extermination of all but the noxious species on the higher grounds of our obligations to — : the people of other countries, as guardians of our portion ~ of the wild life of the world, and to future Canadians, the | heirs of a region so richly endowed. : CHAPTER II THE VALUE OF WILD LIFE TO THE NATION ' In order to secure the interest and active support of the people of Canada in the conservation of our wild life, it is ‘necessary at the outset to indicate as clearly as possible the economic significance of such measures as are now being _ taken and of those that should be adopted with a view to _ the preservation of our native animals. A consideration of _ this aspect is not rendered necessary by any lack of appre- - ciation on the part of Canadians generally as to their moral obligations in this matter or because reasons of sentiment carry no weight. It is rendered necessary largely on ac- - count of the rapid opening up and development of the coun- _ try, and because such development comes into direct con- - flict with the ability of many important forms of our wild life to survive. Utilization of Non-Agricultural Lands.—The basic indus- try of Canada is agriculture, and the extension of this in- _ dustry involves the bringing under cultivation of new areas _ of land which were formerly the home of our wild life. _ Therefore, in order to justify on economic grounds the con- _ servation of our wild life its economic value as compared _ with agriculture in the first place must be set forth. Not all lands are suitable for agriculture. Even in the best agricultural sections of the country areas unsuited to _ agriculture occur. In some cases, as will be shown later, _ such areas have been set apart as forest reserves; in other _ eases a struggling population endeavours to eke out a _Meagre existence on the sparse products of the unfertile soil. The problem of the best method of dealing with such . 7 ; 4 A 8 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE non-agricultural lands has already received some considera- 4 tion by our governments. In the future it will demand K 4 more attention than we have hitherto thought necessary. community at large. Deer as a Meat Supply.—One of the most serious prob- : lems of the present day is the gradually increasing cost of ~ food, particularly meat. Every effort is being made to ~ increase mixed farming and to encourage the live-stock in- — dustry. And yet a potential source of meat is left to the mercy of sportsmen or gunners and their dogs. I refer to — our native deer, and particularly to the white-tailed deer — which frequents the Canadian woods and forests east of the © Rocky Mountains. Here is an excellent meat animal which ~ is hardy, and with proper protection, by which is meant — the prohibition of unwarranted slaughter, will increase rapidly in numbers. There are hundreds of square miles — of land unsuited to agriculture, and forest land that might be producing not only timber but meat also, and in every way such production would be profitable. _ That such an idea is not theoretical but eminently prac- tical is demonstrated by the experience of the State of Vermont. In common with the adjoining States the peo- ple in Vermont some years ago had reduced the numbers of — Ee And it is here primarily that the practical application of — the principles of wild-life conservation should receive seri- — ous attention, for it will afford one of the most important — methods by which the unproductive or scarcely productive — areas can be rendered productive. However, it is of the © gravest importance to remember this, that while the ques- — tion as to the utilization of such lands is under considera- | tion we do not permit the means whereby their productive- ness can be secured, namely through the taking advantage _ of the presence of our wild life, that is, by the utilization of — our natural resources, to disappear through our neglect to appreciate at the present time their potential value to the © ts woe cine oe ee ee CS ee ae OP ee ane ee ag ates VALUE OF WILD LIFE TO THE NATION 9 _ white-tailed deer, formerly so abundant, to the verge of _ practical extermination. So far as could be ascertained the | species was practically extinct in Vermont by 1870. In 1875 _ thirteen white-tailed deer, comprising six bucks and seven _ does, were procured by a number of sportsmen of Rutland, _ Vt., and liberated in the forests adjoining that city. For _ twenty-three years none were killed, except a few that were ' illegally shot. They increased in numbers and were suffi- ciently abundant by 1897 to permit the establishment of a _ short open season, when 150 were shot. Their increase _ during subsequent years is indicated by the figures given | by Hornaday.* ‘‘In 1901, 211 were killed; in 1902, 561; ~ in 1905, 791; in 1907, 1,600; in 1908, 2,208, and in 1909 the grand total was 5,261. For the year last mentioned, _ 1909, the average weight of the deer killed was 155 pounds _ each, which for some reason was far below all preceding years, and suggests an error.t The total weight of venison taken was 716,358 pounds. Computed at the lowest rea- _ sonable valuation, twelve cents per pound, the total value - for 1909 would be $85,962.” _ As the deer gradually spread over the State hee did _ some damage to agricultural crops, and it was wisely de- _ cided to compensate the farmers for such damages. Such _ a practice is followed in England in the case of damage in- flicted by foxes which are preserved for hunting purposes. During the two years, 1908 and 1909, the total amount i paid in damages was $4,865.98, and the value of the total number of deer legally killed during those two years was "$107 790, which indicates the soundness of the policy of _ indemnification. = The example of Vermont is a valuable object-lesson. _ There is no reason why a similar policy should not be arabe * “Wild Life Conservation,” p. 106. Soll the years 1905 to 1908 the average weights ranged from 196 to 207 : - oun { ' 10 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE adopted throughout eastern Canada, where we have large — areas that are unproductive so far as the food supply is con- — cerned and where deer will thrive abundantly, as it con- — stitutes their native home. On economic grounds the pos- — sibilities of the wild meat supply should receive the serious — consideration of the provincial governments and of the people. We cannot afford to neglect so valuable an oppor- tunity. It involves nothing more than a sane and judicious — protective policy, adequately extended and applied. It — would mean that our non-agricultural areas would be made © productive and our forest areas more productive. Development of Northwestern Territories—How often has — our pride in the possession of so enormous an area as Can- — ada comprises been touched to the quick by the reminder that our vast undeveloped Northwest Territories and barren lands are practically unproductive, if we leave out of con- sideration the fur trade, which has seriously diminished. — But there is no reason for depression. On the contrary — there is every ground for confidence in the potentialities of our-northern territories and their profitable development, provided we will adopt the correct attitude towards the conservation of the wild life of those territories. The eco- — nomic development of northern Canada is dependent upon ~ the proper conservation of the wild life of that section of the Dominion. If adequate measures are adopted to con- serve upon proper lines the game.and fur-bearing animals of those portions of the Northwest Territories unsuited to agri- _ culture, and such portions constitute by far the greater part, there is no reason why the whole of that area should — not be productive and contribute to the wealth of the coun- try. The possession of such territories would become a — matter of pride rather than of reproach. How is it possible to regard the countless numbers of caribou that inhabit those regions, and to which fuller refer- ence will be made later, except as an inestimable food sup- — ae 8 ae x VALUE OF WILD LIFE TO THE NATION 11 ply? In view of the fact that the fur-bearing animals of _ the north furnish not only luxuries but also necessities, what - greg ter opportunity could we have of establishing the fur- bes industry on a sound, practical basis? It was not without reason that furs constituted the first lure that at- tracted the outside world to Canada. This country con- _ tained the greatest variety of valuable fur-bearing animals, for the possession of which men risked everything, includ- ing their own lives. Now our agricultural lands constitute ' that lure, but the remnant of those fur-bearing animals is _ still with us. Conservation of our natural resources is _ taking the place of exploitation. We should apply the doc- _ trine to the fur-bearing animals and thus secure their full value to the community. And it cannot be stated too often _ that conservation means the protection of natural resources _ from injudicious exploitation and their provident utiliza- -tion. Our northern territories, under proper administra- _ tion, could become not only a valuable source of food supply, _ but also one of the chief fur-producing areas of the world. _ The mineral wealth in our northern territories constitutes a valuable natural resource awaiting development, and it _ should be remembered that such development will be ren- _ dered more possible by the presence of an adequate food _ supply such as I have mentioned, which fact indicates an- _ other economic aspect of this problem. _ Barren-ground Caribou as Source of Meat and Clothing.— _ The development of a ‘“‘wild” food supply, by which I mean _ the caribou in our northern territories from the Labrador i coast to the Yukon, would fulfil three objects: First, it _ would supplement the meat supply from domesticated _ animals and add to the area of productive land in the coun- _ try. Caribou furnishes one of the finest of meats, and under _ proper protection and adequate supervision there is no i reason why we should not in the future deyelop a caribou _ meat industry, and export frozen caribou from the north. ina 12 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Secondly, it would furnish an important means of subsis-— tence to those whose work carried them into those regions — where transportation and food supplies constitute a serious — problem. If reindeer could be employed for hauling pur- poses they would prove superior to dogs, owing to their abil- — ity to find food available, such as the northern mosses and > lichens, whereas the food question in the case of dog trans- — port is always a serious one. Thirdly, the presence of such a food supply would enable us to keep those regions pop- ulated to a greater degree than would be otherwise possible, thus facilitating the task of developing those areas to the — extent that their valuable natural resources, particularly minerals, render desirable. The musk-ox is also an animal — of undoubted potential value in the development of our northern and arctic territories, and its utilization is dis- cussed in later chapters. - Relation of Natives to Wild Life.—The necessity of a na- tive food supply in northern Canada demands serious con- sideration. Among the important aids at the present time — in the utilization and development of the northern terri- tories are their natural inhabitants, the Indians, and, to a — lesser degree, the Eskimos. Further, our moral obligations — to the Indians render it necessary that means shall be taken ~ to ensure them an adequate food supply and a potential — source of revenue. This opens up the large question of the relation of the Indians to wild-life conservation to which further reference will be made later. But it cannot be too — often remarked that the Indian, when unspoiled by white — men, is traditionally a conserver of wild life, that is, he uses it but does not exterminate it. The Indians and the Eskimos knew what the results would be if they conducted a policy of extermination, and they took common-sense precautions accordingly. The Indians had their traditional hunting-grounds, and under the guidance of the recognized _ trading companies, particularly the Hudson’s Bay Company, , - VALUE OF WILD LIFE TO THE NATION 13 they were careful not to exterminate in any area the fur- bearing or game animals. This policy continued until the _ advent of the independent fur trader—the ‘‘free trader’’ ‘and hunter—who observed no law and whose whole aim was to secure the greatest quantity of furs by the quickest ~ method regardless of the future. The effect of men of this type on the attitude of the Indian towards wild life was what one might expect, but we cannot hold the latter en- tirely responsible for his abandonment of his former habits. ‘The Indian will conserve wild life if he believes that it is _ to his advantage to do so. He is not so ‘‘red in tooth and claw” as many of those who are frequently accustomed to _ speak ill of him. His primitive weapons were playthings compared with the modern sporting rifles. The wild life - constituted his natural means of subsistence and, with the _ advent of the trading companies, of revenue. In his primi- _ tive state he was merely a unit in that balance of nature _ that is so marvellously adjusted that while the abundance of species of animals rises and falls extermination does not _ follow the preying of one species of animal upon another. _ For such changes as have been brought about in the Indian’s _ attitude he is not to blame, and the foregoing facts are set _ forth with a view to removing prejudice in the minds of _ those who have not seriously considered the rights of the a Indians in this matter. Our obligations to them in those _ areas where tribes still exist who have always lived on the _ wild life that still constitutes a means of subsistence, cannot be overlooked or neglected in developing those regions. | Recreative Value of Wild Life-—When we come to con- _ sider the recreative value of our wild life we touch an aspect _ of wild-life conservation that is as universal in its appeal _ to the sentiments of Canadians as it is inestimable in its _ value to the nation. Few men there are who never feel or respond to the call of the open air, the lure of the wild; and to all those who cast aside the daily task and seek re- 14 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE freshment on mountain or prairie, in the bush or by lake ~ or stream our wild life most commonly serves as the ob- — ject they have in view. Kipling has expressed the call of the wild in his “The — Feet of the Young Men,” and all Canadian sportsmen re- main young: ty So for one the wet sail arching through the rainbow round the bow, And for one the creak of snow-shoes on the crust; And for one the lakeside lilies where the bull-moose waits the cow, And for one the mule train coughing in the dust. Who hath smelt wood smoke at twilight? Who hath heard the birch- + log burning? Br Who is quick to read the noises of the night? Let him follow with the others, for the Young Men’s feet are turning To the camps of proved desire and known delight! Do you know the blackened timber—do you know that racing stream With the raw, right-angled log-jam at the end; And the bar of sun warmed shingle where a man may bask and dream To the click of shod canoe poles round the bend? It is there that we are going with our rods and reels and traces, To a silent, smoky Indian that we know— To a couch of new-pulled hemlock with the starlight on our faces, For the Red Gods call us out and we must go! Do you know the world’s white roof-tree—do you know that windy rift Where the baffling mountain-eddies chop and change? : Do you know the long day’s patience, belly-down on frozen drift, While the head of heads is feeding out of range? It is there that I am going, where the boulders and the snow lie, 3 With a trusty, nimble tracker that I know. " I have sworn an oath, to keep it on the Horns of Ovis poli, | And the Red Gods call me out and I must go! Canadian sportsmen are fortunate on account of the comparative ease with which they can satisfy their long- ings, owing to the proximity of good hunting-grounds to all our large centres of population. In few countries do the same conditions exist. VALUE OF WILD LIFE TO THE NATION 15 _ If we ask ourselves wherein lies the chief value of our wild life from the recreative standpoint, the reply would undoubtedly be in its relation to human efficiency. What - man is there who, after months of unremitting toil, takes down his gun, rod, or camera, and, seeking the silence of the _ open air for a week or two, does not come back physically and mentally refreshed and remade? What can ever equal the reinvigorating effect on body and mind of days spent - out in the open, When you steal upon a land that man has not sullied with his intrusion, When the aboriginal shy dwellers in the broad solitudes Are asleep in their innumerable dens and night haunts Amid the dry ferns, in the tender nests Pressed into shape by the breasts of the Mother birds; How shall we simulate the thrill of announcement When lake after lake lingering in the starlight Turn their faces towards you, And are caressed in the salutation of colour? —D. C. Scott. | Nothing can ever equal our wild life as a means of in- _ creasing human efficiency where the tendency of modern - life is to work under the high pressure of city conditions. _ As our population increases the need will become greater, and unless every possible step is taken to conserve the wild life for the refreshment of the men of the future we shall gradually lose this unequalled source of national vigour. So much has been written on this almost inexhaustible theme that little that is new can be said, even if a more lengthy treatment of this aspect of the value of our wild life were desirable; but its value as a means of increasing and maintaining our self-reliance and resourcefulness should not be lost sight of. Nothing calls for resourcefulness so much as the quest of wild life, when the beaten tracks of a more civilized life, where everything is provided for one, are left and one has to return to the primal competitive 16 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE habits. Resourcefulness is a characteristic of all those © called upon to conquer new lands. And on no occasion has — resourcefulness of such men stood them in so good stead as when the Canadians barred the way to Calais in the second battle of Ypres, or when the Australians and New Zealanders. 4 | held impossible positions in Gallipoli. : Pe a AS Oe St ee ee CHAPTER III THE EXTERMINATION OF WILD LIFE One of the saddest features of the history of the wild ‘life during recent times has been the disappearance, that | is, the extermination of a number of animals that were formerly abundant. And this has taken place during a period in our history when our attitude towards such mat- _ ters has been gradually changing for the better. _ The pity of it all lies in the fact that once an animal be- comes exterminated it cannot be replaced; it has gone for- - ever. Many of our resources may be lost for a time, but they can be regained. Forests may be cut down or burnt, _ but reafforestation is possible; towns may be destroyed by - fire, but better ones can rise from the ashes. It is not so _ with our mammals and birds. Creatures that have existed - long before the advent of man disappear as a result of his recklessness, and we are the poorer for their loss. Nowhere is our fauna so rich where man has established himself to any great extent that we can afford to permit the _ complete disappearance of animals. Even the total destruc- tion of our worst predatory animals would be an unfortunate : loss. In order, therefore, to understand thoroughly the _ principles that are involved in the conservation of our wild life, we must appreciate the causes responsible for its dis- _ appearance, and realize the extent to which species have _ become extinct and are becoming exterminated. _ Main Causes of Extermination.—Broadly speaking, the - causes of extermination may be divided into two classes: - unavoidable and avoidable. To a very large extent the extermination, at least the reduction to a point bordering 17 18 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE on extermination, of the buffalo was unavoidable, although, as will be evident when the matter is more fully discussed — later, that reduction proceeded at a pace altogether out of — proportion to its necessity. The buffalo formerly ranged over what have proved to be the most valuable grain-grow- ing areas of the North American continent. With the set- — tlement and bringing under cultivation of those areas it was inevitable that the range of the buffalo must become so. seriously restricted as to be a menace to the continued ex- istence of this animal. Transcontinental railroads divided the herds and hindered their normal migratory movements. Settlement followed the railroads. From an economic standpoint the case was against the existence of the buffalo in anything approaching large numbers. To a lesser extent the reduction in the number of the antelope was unavoidable, at least so far as its history in the Northwestern States and Prairie Provinces of Canada is concerned. By the extension of the wheat-lands and the gradual reduction in the areas of range country the area available for antelope was seriously reduced and circum- scribed. That fact, of course, was unavoidable, and led to the further reduction by shooting, which was avoidable. In a few cases animals have become extinct from natural causes which were, of course, unavoidable. The case of the Labrador duck (Plate I) affords an illustration of the extinction of an animal from unknown causes. On the other hand the extermination of other creatures, particularly birds, was avoidable. The extermination of the passenger pigeon and the great auk was brought about mainly by wanton destruction, as unnecessary as one could imagine. One of the chief objects of wild-life conservation is to prevent the extermination of animals where this is avoidable and to maintain the remnant of those animals whose reduction to the verge of extermination has been — brought about by causes which are largely unavoidable as — THE EXTERMINATION OF WILD LIFE 19 they are consequent upon the economic development of the country. _ The main axiom of wild-life protection is this: A species of animal must not be destroyed at a greater rate than it can increase. Further, the preservation of any part of our native fauna depends upon the maintenance of sufficient of its normal range to permit unmolested feeding and breed- ing. In other words, killing for recreation or food must be wisely regulated, and the provision of refuges is indis- - Much of the destruction that has taken place, and is taking place, is thoughtless. The remedy for that is edu- ation, supplemented necessarily by legislation. The peo- ple of the United States and Canada are energetic in what- ‘ever they undertake, whether business or pleasure. But that energy when applied to sport may be disastrous, and it must be wisely restricted by law. Hornaday has aptly de- scribed the struggle between the forces tending to destruc- tion on the one hand and protection on the other. He -says: ‘‘In every township throughout the whole United _ States the destroyers of wild life either are active in slaugh- ter or are ready to become active the moment they are left free to do so. Every beast, bird, fish, and creeping thing has its human enemy. Americans are notoriously _ enterprising, restless, and prone to venture. It is that rest- less activity and indomitable nervous energy that is man- fully attempting ‘dry-farming’ in the west, desert-farming in the southwest, and the drainage of the Florida Everglades. _ Often the joy of the conquest of nature outruns the love of cash returns. Apply that spirit to forests, and it quickly _ becomes devastation. Apply it to wild life and it quickly becomes extermination. Our conquering and pulverizing _ natural spirit is a curse to all our wild life.” _ Danger in Numbers.—The very abundance of our wild life has frequently been the cause of its extermination. 20 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Who would have thought of suggesting, less than one hun- dred years ago, when flocks of millions of passenger pigeons ranged over the whole United States and parts of Canada, their multitudes at times darkening the air, that in the year 1916 not a single living specimen would exist? Yet the only specimens we have are the stuffed ones and the skins in our museums and private collections. This bird was wiped out of existence for the market and for the pot. Mr. W. B. Mershon has recorded the shipment, in 1869, from the town of Hartford, Mich., for the market, of three car-— loads of pigeons daily for forty days, making a total of 11,880,000 birds. Another town in Michigan marketed 15,840,000 pigeons in two years. These are samples of the destruction that was taking place everywhere. No creature could withstand the effects of such slaughter. The great auk, one of our most interesting sea-birds, re- lated to the murres, was formerly abundant on the islands and shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Easy of capture and about the size of a goose, it was killed in thousands by - the crews of vessels engaged in its destruction for the sake © of the oil it contained. To-day it is extinct. Few skins — remain in our museums and its eggs are so scarce that they are worth about $1,200 each. Along our Atlantic coast the Eskimo curlew (Numenius borealis Forst.) used to wing its way in countless myriads qi during its fall migration from the breeding-places in the Barren Grounds to South America. In the spring it trav- elled north again across the interior and swarmed over the — prairies. They landed in enormous numbers on the Atlantic — coast, from Newfoundland and Nova Scotia to New Eng-— land. In Newfoundland their millions darkened the sky and the fishermen salted them down in barrels. Every year they were killed in thousands for the market; they suffered — by reason of their excessive abundance. At the close of the PLATE I CANADIAN BIRDS WHICH HAVE BEEN EXTERMINATED WITHIN RECENT YEARS AND ARE NOW EXTINCT 1. Passenger Pigeon 2. Great Auk 3. Labrador Duck THE EXTERMINATION OF WILD LIFE 21 last century ornithologists realized that this most useful and shly esteemed of our American game birds was disappear- : g, until i in 1908 Preble stated: ‘‘It has become practically terminated, although formerly enormously abundant and rly common up to 1890.” The market demand and the stes of the epicures have sealed its fate. Its abundance “oved to be its destruction. As with the birds so with our mammals, and in later chap- ters = reduction of the. buffalo and the antelope from mil- s to a few thousands will be described. To-day the ribou is undoubtedly i in danger of a similar fate. And in + the same is true of any animal, be it bird or mammal: long as mere numbers are regarded as a reason for exces- ve killing, just so surely will the extermination of an nimal follow. It should also be pointed out that when a fo Peery abundant animal becomes reduced in numbers the ‘Temnant may tend to herd together and thus give an im- sion locally of great abundance. This danger exists in 2 case of such a gregarious animal as the caribou. Local } Endance, therefore, should never be taken as an indica- Or of general abundance and as a reason for permitting killing in large numbers. ‘7 Tt is therefore of the greatest importance to realize that umerical abundance is no guarantee that an animal will ot be exterminated, unless its destruction is carefully regu- fated and permitted to a very limited degree. The examples ven are surely sufficient proof of this fact, and should be ‘@ serious warning to us in the conservation of the more ‘abundant species of mammals and birds. _ The Various Adverse Factors.—The greatest exterminator f all wild life has always been the market hunter, caring ‘Only for the largest and most immediate pecuniary returns ‘and utterly regardless of the future and of the rights of pos- ‘terity to enjoy the wild creatures, both furred and feathered, “fy 22 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE that our hospitable land so abundantly provided, and still provides if we will only conserve them in accordance with their needs. : Compared with the rapacity of man, the destruction of our wild life by natural factors is slight, although it must demand our serious consideration. When animals become reduced in numbers through man’s improvidence, then their natural enemies which have not suffered a like diminution take an unnatural and abnormal toll. The usual balance of nature is completely upset, and the remnant is exposed to excessive numbers of their enemies. The latter increase’ in numbers and become emboldened in their attacks. Pred- atory animals, such as wolves, harry the struggling bands whose former abundance enabled them to withstand the natural onslaughts of their enemies. Therefore, when an’ animal is reduced in numbers, the necessity of lessening the effects of natural reduction by predatory enemies becomes an important part of any policy of protection. In Canada forest fires constitute one of the most serious dangers to animal life. Not only do such conflagrations de- stroy large numbers of mammals and birds, particularly young ones, but they destroy the haunts of such animals, and in consequence any replenishing or restocking of the devastated area is impeded for some time, and in any case the conditions are never as suitable or as attractive. It has already been pointed out that a species of animal must not be destroyed at a greater rate than it can increase. This axiom involves a number of fundamental requirements. The first of these is the necessity of safeguarding the future of the species by adequate protection of the females. When the females of game animals are killed a reduction in num- bers will invariably ensue, and the decrease in the abun- dance of game animals, owing to the killing of the females, is now generally recognized by those responsible for the protection of game. Where the females are not protected THE EXTERMINATION OF WILD LIFE 23 he chances of serious reduction and ultimate extermina- jon are enormously increased. The second requisite in the onservation of a species of game animal is a realization of ie effect that inevitably follows the killing of the most irile males. The sportsman’s aim is usually to secure the finest specimen, which usually implies the largest male; in ‘the case of deer this means the best head. If this quest is ‘carried out to excess it may involve the destruction of the lost virile animals to an extent that would affect the gen- virility of the local stock of game with the obvious re- ‘sl The stock would undergo degeneration, and the de- tructive effects of natural factors would be correspondingly mhanced. The remedy for this state of affairs is regula- ion as regards the number of males that may be killed, and | the maintenance of a virile nucleus by means of protected ' efuges. The latter remedy will be considered more fully ‘in a later chapter. _ Apart from inadequate protection, which is an avoidable ‘factor in ultimate extermination, great reduction in numbers ‘has been brought about in the case of our wild fowl, such as ducks and geese, by the extension of agriculture in various . arts of the country, but particularly in the Prairie Prov- | aces. The drainage of swamps and natural breeding-places has been an important factor in the reduction of our supply wild fowl. And these birds have been gradually pushed ‘further afield from their former breeding-places. The rem- sdy for this state of affairs, so far as a remedy can be ap- ‘plied, is the reservation of areas unsuitable for profitable ag iculture as refuges and breeding-places to secure as ybundant a local supply of birds as possible. _ Inadequate protection of wild fowl-during the spring has ‘been one of the chief causes of an avoidable character of the “great reduction in the numbers of ducks, geese, and shore- Spring shooting, had it been permitted to continue '—by international action, of which I shall speak later, it , wed . DIrds. p 24 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE has been wholly prohibited—would not only have reduced — the numbers of wild fowl as a whole to seriously small pro- portions, but would undoubtedly have led to the extermina- tion of certain species. Fall shooting is perfectly legitimate so long as the number that may be killed is limited by law, - as it involves only the destruction of a portion of the annual - increase; that is, it is using the interest on the capital stock of birds. But spring shooting implies the destruction of the breeding stock, that is, of the capital. The supporters of spring shooting either refused or failed to realize that, even though the birds, during migration, are not actually breeding, they are generally mated. Many species of ducks | mate as early as February, and the killing of such birds in- | volved the reduction of the number of birds required to maintain an increase sufficient to provide legitimate shoot- ing in the fall without effecting a reduction in the total number. | | But of all factors responsible for the enormous reduction in the numbers of our wild fowl the market gunner was one © of the most serious. Absolutely devoid of any desire to conserve birds, and inbred with the sole desire to kill as” many birds as possible, and in the shortest time, the market gunner was only limited by the physical impossibility of - killing more than a certain number of birds per day. The great slaughtering-grounds on which our Canadian-bred birds were killed in their thousands for the markets of New York, Boston, Philadelphia, New Orleans, St. Louis, Chi-— cago, San Francisco, and other large cities in the United’ States, were: Cape Cod; Great South Bay, New York; Cur- rituck Sound, North Carolina; Marsh Island, Louisiana; the Sunk Lands of Arkansas; the Lake regions of Minnesota; the prairie regions of the Middle West; the Great Salt Lake; the Klamath Lake region in Oregon; and in southern Cali- fornia. To-day the number of wild fowl to be found in these places is but a small proportion of the former thou- _ THE EXTERMINATION OF WILD LIFE 25 and certain of these haunts, such as Marsh Island Klamath Lakes, have been set aside as bird refuges. conclusion, let it be remembered that the extermination animal cannot be prevented unless such an animal is ciently protected to obviate the danger of its destruc- nat a greater rate than its natural increase. CHAPTER IV THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA Ir has already been pointed out that Canada and Alaska constitute the last strongholds of the chief “big game” — animals of the North American continent. Although their numbers have decreased, the larger mammals of our native © fauna may still be found in fair numbers in our forests and © on our mountains. In this chapter I propose to deal with the larger members — of our wild life, and to describe as briefly as possible their — distribution, habits, and abundance. A knowledge of these © facts is essential to an understanding of the need for their : conservation, and of the steps by which this may be ac- complished. This is especially important in the case of the musk-ox and the antelope, which are the two most in- teresting and scientifically unique of our large native mam-— mals, and which will be exterminated within a few years — unless absolute protection is given to them and rigorously | enforced. Further, the great possibility of utilizing such larger members of our wild life as the barren-ground caribou and deer as a source of meat has been urged, and the facts that will be set forth in this chapter will serve to empha- — size and lead to a greater appreciation of this potential food supply. : THE WAPITI, OR ELK The wapiti or elk (Cervus canadensis) is the handsomest of all our native deer, and next to the moose it is the largest. It is the North American representative of the European — red deer, and formerly was the most widely distributed 26 THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 27 member of the deer family in North America. But the stories of all the largest and most interesting members of our wild life are depressingly similar, and all have suffered ‘the inevitable result of territorial development and man’s mprovident greed for slaughter. Thousands of these splen- Fie. I—ELK-HORN PYRAMID Such pyramids used to be found in the great plains, indicating the former abundance of the Wapiti (After Baird) did animals have been slain merely for the sake of their teeth. No condemnation of this iniquitous practice can _ be too strong, and every possible means should be taken to _ put an end to the practice of dealing in and wearing elk _ tusks,” in view of the barbarous significance of such use- less emblems. The result is that to-day the abundance of _ the wapiti is but one-twentieth of what it was formerly, - according to Hornaday. The latest estimate of their num- _ bers over the whole of their present restricted range in 28 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE i the United States is 70,000,* of which nearly half are to be found in Wyoming, mainly in and about Yellowstone Na- tional Park. ; Distribution and Abundance in Canada.—Its original range is shown in the accompanying map prepared by Ernest Thompson Seton; this also shows the present range. © Formerly the wapiti occupied the greater portion of the cen- © tral region of the continent. They ranged from Quebec, Massachusetts, and North Carolina in the east, to the Pacific coast of California on the west, and from the Peace River region and northern Manitoba in the north, to Mexico in the south. Now they are restricted to certain regions in the Prairie Provinces of Canada, as will be described later, to British Columbia, and to Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, and the Pacific Coast States. When Jacques Cartier ascended the St. Lawrence to Hochelaga in 1535, ‘‘stags’’ were found in large numbers. The region of Kingston, Ont., is marked on Champlain’s — map of 1632 as a region where these animals occurred in © abundance. Father Lemoine, sailing on the St. Lawrence in 1653-4, found large numbers of what were undoubtedly wapiti in that region. To-day there are no “‘wild” wapiti east of Manitoba. : In Manitoba they must have been very abundant in the early days, judging from the large numbers of antlers that are to be found, particularly in the southern portion of the province; but wapiti were exterminated from that region — of the province many years ago. To-day they are to be found fairly abundantly in the Riding Mountains, and in the territory lying between Lakes Winnipeg and Manitoba. The increased protection afforded by the Riding Mountains Game Reserve is undoubtedly helping them to increase in numbers, and, in spite of much illegal killing that has taken * “Our National Elk Herds,” by H. 8. Graves and E. W. Nelson. JU. S. Dept. Agriculture, Circular No. 51, 1919. Sabi Gaaiwa pepeys oy) Aq UMOYS st TONG! “Sip juoseid oy, 9“epeueD ul mide | 89 JO UORNGLYSTp Jour10y oy seq"o -Tpur ‘deul s,uojog-uosdui0y,y, woz Goxye, Sf YOM ‘oul, Yoelq Yorq? oy.L VAVNVO NI M1@ HO ILIdVM p HHL AO GONVY LSVd GNV LNG Tey 30 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE place, Mr. Charles Barber, the chief game warden for Mani- — toba, informs me that they are increasing in numbers and — that the females appear to predominate. He believes that there are approximately six or seven hundred animals at the present time. These are to be found in the following — districts: four or five hundred are in the vicinity of the — Riding Mountains, and about one or two hundred are sup- — posed to be roaming in the territory between Lakes Winni- peg and Manitoba. ae The Province of Manitoba is to be congratulated on the — action it took in 1917 in amending its game laws to provide © for an absolute close season on wapiti. Such a wise and — public-spirited step will undoubtedly assist this most de-— sirable game and meat animal to regain somewhat its former numbers in those portions of the province so admirably suited to its needs, and unsuitable for agricultural develop- ment. In Saskatchewan Mr. F. Bradshaw, chief game guar- dian, stated in his annual report for the year ending April 30, 1916, that the Game Act has been amended to limit the bag of this animal to one male only. ‘‘This step is in the right direction,” he states, ‘‘but the elk is so desperately near the danger zone that a close season for a number of — years would be in the best interests of this animal. The number of elk killed this year is 200, which is a slight in- crease over last year’s figures.’”’ In his annual report for the year ending April 30, 1917, Mr. Bradshaw reported on the wapiti as follows: In our last report we made reference to the fact that the elk are in © danger:of being exterminated, and suggested that it would be in the interests of these animals, and of all persons concerned for the future welfare of the elk, to close the season for a period of years. This is the opinion. held by all game conservationists who are familiar with condi- tions as they prevail in Saskatchewan. Naturally if there were any ob- jections against prohibiting the hunting of elk for a number of years — THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 31 they would come from the sportsmen who hunt these animals. In order hat we might have the valuable opinions of these men, the department ommunicated with each person reported having killed elk last season. ... The replies received indicate quite plainly that elk-hunting is re- tricted to certain localities. . .. Over 90 per cent of the 175 elk killed _ last year were secured in townships 51, 52, 53, and 54, ranges 18 to 27 I both inclusive, all west of the 2nd siecidins. This appears to be the nly elk-hunting ground of any account in our province, and it will take bu a few years to deplete the few remaining herds, if action is not taken osave them.... The majority of our correspondents are of the opin- jon that the elk are decreasing in numbers, and unlawful hunting by Indians is given by many as a cause for this decrease. _ Mtr. Bradshaw informed me verbally, in 1915, that he _ thought the wapiti were decreasing. The number killed would indicate that Thompson Seton’s estimate of 500 in 4 at was too low for the number of wapiti in this province. . Bradshaw has kindly furnished me with a map showing Fie present distribution of the wapiti in Saskatchewan, and hey appear to be confined to the following regions: South- -east of Prince Albert, in the neighbourhood of Basin and Lenore Lakes; northeast of Prince Albert, in the lake coun- try north of the Saskatchewan River; and north of Battle- ford in the region between Turtle and Pelican Lakes and the - Big River. In view of the comparative scarcity of this animal in Saskatchewan and the necessity of providing an _ absolute close season, the Commission of Conservation made strong representations to the Saskatchewan Government on the subject in 1918, and supported the local efforts to ‘secure such permanent protection. We are pleased to re- _ cord that the Saskatchewan Game Act was amended in _ 1919 to provide for an absolute close season in elk in that _ province. This will enable the wapiti to increase in a i ‘region so well adapted to its requirements. ___ The numbers of wapiti in Alberta have decreased, accord- ing to a report furnished me by Mr. B. Lawton, the chief _ game guardian, and only an absolute close season such as 32 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE the provincial government has now declared can prevent — their reduction to the point of extermination. ~ In British Columbia the wisdom of adequate protection has been demonstrated by the increase of the wapiti, both on the mainland and on Vancouver Island. The largest numbers of wapiti on the mainland are to be found in the East Kootenay and Rocky Mountains regions. The fol- lowing reports by two officers of the Geological Survey of Canada have been furnished tome. Mr. R. C. McDonald, writing on December 12, 1916, states: ‘‘Near the summit of the White River and southwest of Mount Fox in British Columbia, I saw several herds of elk. This section is not within the park [Rocky Mountains Park, Alta.] boundaries, and, as it is the only place where I saw elk during the — season, I consider that they should be well protected in order that they may multiply and finally find their way into the park.” Mr. D. A. Nichols, writing on December 11, 1916, states: ‘‘In the section covered during 1915 and 1916 in British Columbia and Alberta, the big game, es- pecially the elk, goat, sheep, deer and bear, were very plen- tiful. At the headwaters of the Palliser, Spray, Elk, and Kananaskis Rivers, the elk, which at one time were nearly extinct, are increasing rather rapidly, so that bands from ten to twenty-five were seen quite frequently. It has been rumoured that the season for elk was to be thrown open. It seems to me that they should be protected for some time to come in order that they might increase sufficiently so that they could spread out to the foot-hills where at one time they were so prevalent. In early times they roamed over the plains and foot-hills, and have only taken refuge in the mountainous sections on account of excessive hunt- ing. Efficient protection will still have to be granted to them, for the band that I saw were so tame that we could ride up to within 150 yards of them with the saddle-horses and pack-train. If they are hunted in these valleys they - THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 33 easily be slaughtered, as the valleys are very narrow, the higher altitudes of rugged peaks. A sanctuary of several square miles at the head of the White, Palliser, Spray, Kana- naskis, and Elk Rivers would assist in preserving these bands $ of elk.” _ Thave also received other reports of a similar encouraging ‘nature from men who have recently visited this region. In his annual report for 1914, Mr. Bryan Williams, the ‘provincial game warden for British Columbia, reports on the wapiti as follows: Reports from Vancouver Island are much more encouraging than they , _ Were. Several quite big bands and a number of small ones are known of ; certain places, and these bands are larger, at any rate, than they were Eben the last report was written. Also calves have been reported for the first time for several years; so that there is good reason to believe that there is an increase. Now that wolves are getting quite scarce and cougars hunted more and more, the calves will have a much better chance, and the prospects for the future are much better. ‘Wapiti in southern East Kootenay are still doing well. In the north- fen part of the district wapiti have been reported in the western side of ~ the Columbia. This is the first time such a report has been received. If it is true, and they have established themselves there, it will be a ‘splendid thing. Years ago wapiti used to winter right along the benches _ of the valley, and though the lower benches of the valley are much too _ settled for this to happen again, there is and will be plenty of range for _ them for years to come along the foot-hills. In his annual report for 1915, Mr. Williams is able to record a continued encouraging increase. He states: - In East Kootenay wapiti are still increasing, although no further re- _ ports of the small band that crossed the Selkirks have been received. _ On Vancouver Island there is an undoubted increase, particularly in the '. southern part. It will, however, be most advisable to keep a close season _ on these animals for a good many years yet; at any rate, on Vancouver Island, though in the Kootenay District in a year or two it may be possi- 4 ‘ble to have a short open season. 34 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE In the annual report of the provincial game warden of British Columbia for 1918, a small herd of wapiti is re-— ported pasturing around the south end of the Elk Valley Game Reserve (see p. 239) and a larger herd is known to be in the vicinity of the headwaters of the White River. Efforts to secure a short open season have proved unsuc- cessful, as the Game Conservation Board considers that the absence of any reports of an increase in the number of wapiti does not warrant such action.* The wapiti liberated at Bridge River, near Lillooet, are reported as doing well, and two claims for damages done by these animals to the crops of Indians in that district have been paid. In the Dominion Parks of western Canada successful efforts are being made to increase the herds of wapiti that are protected in those areas. The following figures of their numbers in the year 1919 have been furnished me by the Commissioner of Dominion Parks, Mr. J. B. Harkin: Buffalo Park, Wainwright, Alta............eceeeeeeeerees 106 Rocky Mountains Park, Alta.:........... 00.6555 eee 27 Elk Island Park, Alta. «. .i:...2.4.. 6003s hee (estimated) 106 The superintendent of the Waterton Lakes Park reported that in 1915 a herd of wapiti was to be seen almost any time near Turret Mountain. ‘This herd has increased greatly,” he states, ‘‘and is now estimated at about 200 head.” In 1916 a herd of about fifty-eight animals was secured from Jackson Hole, Wyoming, by the Commissioner of Dominion Parks, with the intention of placing them in the large wapiti enclosure in Waterton Lakes Park. The wapiti previously enclosed in that park will be liberated, and by this means a beginning will be made in stocking the enor- mous area of the park over which this animal formerly ranged, and into the western region of which the increase *It is to be greatly regretted that in 1919 the Game Conservation Board permitted the restricted hunting of wapiti. We feel that these animals are by no means sufficiently abundant as yet to permit hunting. THE GAME. ANIMALS OF CANADA 35 from British Columbia herds is already beginning to wander, as shown by the reports that I have already quoted. _ The foregoing review of the present status of the wapiti in Canada affords ground for optimism with regard to the future of this, the most magnificent of our native deer. If the encouragement and almost complete protection that they are now receiving is continued and with the increase of public sentiment in favour of such protection—we have every reason to believe that it will be maintained—the wapiti will continue to increase in those parts of Canada most adapted to its needs and mode of life, and where it formerly existed in abundance. _ Habits of the Wapiti.—The feeding habits of the wapiti vary somewhat according to the season of the year. For- ‘merly, when it enjoyed an extensive range, it usually re- treated to the wooded slopes of the mountains and other wooded regions during the summer season, and there it browsed on buds, leaves, and twigs, and grazed on such ‘woodland grasses as it might find. It is an animal with both browsing and grazing habits. In the winter it _ wandered on the open prairies and grazed where the snow was not too deep. Deep snow usually compels them to _ seek the wooded regions. The best country for the wapiti ‘is one which combines such summer and winter range as I have described. _ During-the summer the bulls lead a solitary life and by ' September their splendid antlers have attained their full ‘size. They are very polygamous animals, and, at this season of the year, fully prepared for struggles with other bulls for the control of as large a band of cows as they can secure, _ they challenge their rivals to combat. In regions inhabited _ by the wapiti the wild call of the bull is an inspiring sound. _ Followed by his band of cows he climbs the crest of any _ near-by hill, and utters the well-known bugle-notes. The first guttural notes are roared out in an ascending scale 36 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE until the shrill call reaches a screaming whistle, which grad- ually fades away again to a few guttural grunts as the chal- lenge is echoed down the valley. The real bugle-notes are only uttered by the mature bulls. During the winter the animals frequently congregate in herds, and in Wyoming these number many thousands. In the spring the cows remain banded in small herds until the time for the birth of the calves approaches. They then separate, and in solitude bring forth, about May or June, a single calf, which remains with the mother until it is a year old. The bulls drop their antlers in March or April, and the growth of the new pair is rapid, usually attaining ~ full size in about three months. They are “in velvet” un- til about August, when the animals hasten the shedding of _the velvet by rubbing their antlers against trees or bushes. The flesh is in the poorest condition at the end of the rut- ting season, that is, in October; and, as bull wapiti are usu- ally killed soon after this, the venison is often inferior in quality. When killed at the proper season and allowed to hang for a few days, the meat is much superior to most forms of venison. Economic Value of Wapiti.—Apart from its value from the point of view of the sportsman, to whom it appeals more than any other species of deer, the value of the wapiti — as a source of wild-deer meat cannot be overestimated. As already stated, it affords venison of a superior kind. By its habits it is adapted to living in wooded country not well suited to cattle grazing. In Canada we have large areas of such country in the former and present range of the wapiti. With the preservation of those timbered areas should be associated the preservation of the wapiti. Their polygamous habits tend to render less difficult their preser- vation and use. There are many wooded areas admirably adapted to wapiti that might be stocked to advantage with these THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA — 37 animals. The successful efforts of the Forest, Fish, and ome Commission of the State of New York serve as an xcellent example of what may be accomplished in this direction. From 1901 to 1903 several small herds of wapiti were presented by the owners of private herds, and these 2 liberated in small bands, chiefly on State lands. Their j 2 was so satisfactory that by the end of 1907 it was estimated that the total number at large in the Adirondacks was about 350. _ The wapiti can be readily bred in private parks, and in his useful bulletin on the raising of deer David E. Lantz* has given many successful examples of such private enter- prise. This bulletin gives full information on the manage- n ent of these animals, and will be found of great assistance © any persons who may desire to undertake this commend- 7 able line of game preservation. DEER _ In Canada we have three species of deer, excluding the wapiti or elk: the white-tailed or “‘red” deer, also called the Virginia deer (Odocoileus virginianus); the mule deer, or Rocky Mountain ‘‘black-tail” (Odocoileus hemionus) of the _ west, and the Columbian black-tailed deer (Odocotleus colum- " bianus) of the Pacific coast. The three species are very ’ distinct and easily separated; they exhibit differences in : “size, form, antlers, and certain other structural details, and in their habits; all of which characteristics will be described in the following accounts of the three species. Tue WHITE-TAILED DeER (Odocoileus virginianus) _ Strange as it may seem, the territory occupied by this _ timid denizen of our woods and forests has actually increased, _ -* David E. Lantz, ‘Raising Deer and Other Large Game Animals in the : United States.” U. 8. Dept. Agriculture, Biological Survey Bull. No. 36, . 62 PP. pe ae 1910. 38 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE owing to the settlement of the country, and it is only in regions where there has been insufficient or no protection - that its numbers have decreased. In this respect it differs from many of the larger forms of our native wild life, and | its tendency to extend its range with the settlement of the — country, and to increase in numbers when given adequate protection, are facts of very great economic importance in > the development of a “‘wild” meat supply, to which subject | reference has already been made (pp. 8-10). OF The chief distinguishing characteristics of this species are the form of the antlers and tail, and the length of the gland on the outer side of the hind shank. The length of this — gland is about one inch long in the white-tail, two inches long in the Columbian black-tail, and three inches long in the mule deer. Fia. II—ANTLERS OF THE WHITE-TAILED DEER (1) AND MULE EER (2) The antlers of the white-tailed deer, after rising for a short distance from the forehead, bend suddenly forward so that the beam is almost horizontal and the tines rise perpendicularly. The characteristic tail, from which this species derives its name, is long and bushy. The under side is white, and the edges are fringed with the same colour. When it is startled it runs away, carrying its white tail aloft, and this conspicuous appendage sways stiffly from side to side with every leaping movement of its owner. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA —_—__—s39 _ It derives its name, the “‘red” deer, by which it is fre- quently known in eastern Canada, from the rusty red or yellowish-brown colour of its summer coat; but this name s very undesirable, as it leads to confusion with the red jeer of Europe. ‘The red coat is replaced in the fall by a winter coat of brownish gray. _ Distribution—The white-tailed deer is distributed from Nova Scotia to Alberta. Its favourite haunt is brushy river bottoms and deep woods that are interspersed with ypen spaces. In the plains regions of the west it haunts the tree-lined water-courses. Where its favourite woods ave been cut down, as in the long-settled parts of Ontario, it has disappeared. But, on the other hand, it has followed the settlements into the wooded regions where the clearing f the forest has provided it with the environment that it prefers, and it has thus extended its range northward. On the edges of settlements it secures greater protection from _ the wolves that harass it in the deeper recesses of the for- ests, and when its natural food is scarce it is able to satisfy its hunger on the settlers’ crops. Habits. —During the winter deer of both sexes herd to- gether, often in fairl large gates and they f £ OTAaSS 2 as they are able to obtain. With the advent of spring and the melting of ‘the snow the older bucks wander off, leaving the does with the young deer of the previous year. In May the does seek solitude in the thicker cover of the woods, and there bring forth their young. In the first year they usually have one fawn; in the second and subsequent years two fawns are ~ generally born. Sometimes three fawns are produced, but _ such records are not common. The young fawns lie hidden : during the day and are visited periodically by the doe, a Bich never wanders far away from them. The coats of the young fawns are of a rich brown colour, speckled with vyhite spots, thus forming a colouration that is very pro- LiUSS. 40 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE tective in character, resembling as it does spots of light falling on a dark object. This form of protective coloura- tion is characteristic of the young of many species of deer during their comparatively helpless state. When they are several weeks old the fawns begin to follow their mothers. During the greater part of the day they rest, and they emerge from their wooded retreats at sunset and in the early hours of the morning to feed and drink. These foraging expeditions are never conducted in black darkness, but on moonlight nights they take advantage of the light. Towards October the fawns are weaned, and they quickly lose their speckled coats and assume the grayish winter coats. While the does devote themselves during the spring and summer months to their maternal duties, the bucks wander off, frequently in pairs, and lead a bachelor life. They usually lose their antlers in January, and very vigorous animals may lose them a little earlier. The new antlers begin to appear a few weeks after the old ones are dropped, and they complete their growth about August. The velvet with which the new antlers are clothed soon begins to fall off, and its loss is hastened by persistent scraping. By the end of September the buck is in possession of a clean pair of | antlers, and is prepared for the masculine contests that are to take place during the next few months. The advent of the fall brings a richer food supply in the shape of nuts, acorns, etc., on which the deer feed and grow fat. In Octo- ber the bucks, whose necks have begun to swell, commence to seek the does, to whose presence they have been indiffer- ent earlier in the season. By November the rutting season is at its height. The bucks not only fight among them- selves but will sometimes attack man at this time, and they have not infrequently proved to be dangerous adversaries. All keepers of park deer should be particularly cautious during the rutting season. The rutting season may last THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 41 as long as two months, but by the middle of December the nating fury subsides, and bucks, does, and their fawns of : hat year wander the woods together until the deepening nows circumscribe their movements and confine them to ‘yards’ ’ of well-trodden snow, from which paths radiate ) their chosen feeding-grounds. Deep snow is a calamity ‘o the deer, and their wanderings are limited until the ad- nt of warm days in the spring releases them and permits the resumption of the separate life of the sexes. When he bucks are in their prime they may weigh as much as 300 pounds. _ Abundance.—The white-tailed deer is the most abundant arger-game animal throughout its range in Canada, par- icularly in the east. In the early days it was the chief ource of meat, and, in many cases, of clothing, and many a - sgilean ee been saved from starvation by the presence of q na it did not occur in a large part of the region n eastern Canada that it now occupies. From its original ome in the south it has followed the settlers into our north- nm woods. . It has been generally believed that the white-tailed deer id not formerly exist in Nova Scotia. Recently, however, | bones of this deer have been found in two widely separated | prehistoric Indian shell-heaps by archeologists of the Canadian Geological Survey.* Toe bones were found in a ] pea near Mahone Bay, by Mr. W. J. Wintemberg, 2 1913, and a toe bone was also found in a shell-heap on Mi flerigomish harbour, on the north coast, by Mr. Harlan emt, in 1914. Other bones, supposedly of the same species, have also been found in these heaps. These dis- Serie indicate the existence of the white-tailed deer in Nova Scotia in prehistoric times. The absence of deer made it necessary to introduce them into Nova Scotia. *Science, N. S., Vol. 49, No. 1275, p. 540, June 6, 1919. | é é . 3 42 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Mr. Carmen Odell of Annapolis Royal, N. 8., who under- took the work of introduction, has kindly furnished me with the following data: The first introduction took place in March, 1896, when nine deer which had been captured in Charlotte County, N. B., were liberated in Yarmouth and | Digby Counties, N. 8. Five more were liberated about 1910. So far as is known there has been no immigration of deer into Nova Scotia from New Brunswick by way of Cumberland County, N. 8. Following their introduction a permanent close season was maintained on deer in Nova Scotia until 1916. By that time they had so increased in — numbers, and in some instances were not only becoming somewhat tame, but were also destroying crops in certain — sections that a short open season of ten days was declared, and about 150 deer were reported as having been legally killed that year. All the game wardens report an increase in numbers and none report decrease. In New Brunswick and Quebec the deer are generally plentiful and increasing in certain sections. While in parts of Ontario the deer have decreased in numbers in recent years owing to the ravages of wolves,—which have been very destructive where they have been reported,—in most districts the deer are plentiful, and in many places they are reported to be rapidly increasing in numbers. In all parts of their range wherever extensive forest fires have oc- curred the numbers of deer have been reduced. Too much stress cannot be laid on the importance of maintaining such protection as is necessary to insure a plentiful supply of this excellent food animal, which ds specially adapted to life in regions bordering settlement. Further, the value of this animal as a means of rendering productive vast areas that are unsuited for agriculture, such as we find throughout eastern Canada, cannot be too often insisted upon. The white-tailed deer affords an im- mensely important potential supply of ‘‘wild meat” that is THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 43 easily accessible to the people; and the need for such a sup- ply was never so pressing as at the present time. The main- tenance of adequate protection, especially the protection of does, will result in an increase in the number of deer, and thus afford a greater number of people the opportunity of Fie. .—TAILS OF THE WHITE-TAILED (1), MULE-DEER (2), AND COLUMBIA BLACK-TAILED DEER (3) Z supplementing their food supplies. Any relaxation of pro- _ tection would result in a decrease in the deer population _ which it would take years of protection to restore. f Tae Mute Derr (Odocoileus hemionus) _ The mule deer, or “jumping deer,’’ as it is called in Mani- _ toba on account of its peculiar gait, is larger than the white- } tailed deer and heavier in build. Its distinguishing char- | acteristics are the large, broad ears, from which it receives its popular name; the rounded, whitish tail with its black tip, and the form of its antlers. The antlers of this species _ and of the Columbian black-tail differ markedly from those _ of the white-tailed deer in their size and form. They are i larger, and are doubly branching. The main beams, instead . > 2 44 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE of being single as in the case of the white-tailed deer, are bifurcated, and each branch is double-pronged. Distribution.—Their range extends from southern Mani- toba on the east to northern Alberta in the north, and south- ern British Columbia in the west. Embracing as they do within their range such varied conditions, their habitat varies somewhat according to the region they occupy. In the eastern part of its range they frequent the low hills, especially where they are wooded and provide cover, and in the wooded valleys of rivers and streams. In the west they occur in the foot-hills and among the open growth of pine in the mountains. On the whole, their favourite haunts are different from those chosen by the white-tail, being more open and exposed. Habiis—Their habits are, in general, not very different from those of the white-tailed deer. During the winter the mixed bands of all ages and sexes wander around together, sometimes in large bands, several hundred having been re- corded occurring in single bands when they have been plen- tiful. When they run fast going down-hill their gait is a peculiar bounding motion on all four feet; hence the name ‘Jumping deer.” Abundance.—In Manitoba, Seton states that in 1882 to — 1885 they were very scarce. Owing to the better protec- — tion that they have received since that time they have greatly increased in numbers. Mr. Charles Barber, chief game guardian for Manitoba, states that they are now to be found in more or less abundance in every part of the province, and are increasing in numbers. They are found chiefly in the Pembina Hills and that part of the province lying between Portage la Prairie and Brandon, through which district the Assiniboine River flows. They also oc- cur in fair numbers east of the Red River in that section of the province through which flow the Brokenhead and White- mouth Rivers. In Saskatchewan they are reported by Mr. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 45 ’. Bradshaw, the chief game warden, to be increasing in the closed territory south of township 34. Very few sports- nen are said to hunt deer in Saskatchewan while moose and wapiti are available. Four hundred and seventy-eight deer were killed in 1916. In Alberta the following figures indicate the extent to which deer have been killed under license since 1907: 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 125 299 540 619 768 908 1388 692 560 705 828 a But these figures do not represent the actual numbers illed, as no returns are available north of the fifty-fifth _ The mule deer is found in the valley of the Peace River. Preble states: _ In the summer of 1895, J. Alden Loring reported seeing a doe of this species at Jasper House; and he observed many tracks in the vicinity of Henry House. In July, 1896, he saw fresh tracks along the stream in the valley 15 miles south of Henry House. He reported the species rare ‘between Jasper House and Smoky River, but saw tracks on the Grand Cache River and the north bank of the Smoky River in the early autumn; and saw tracks of two bands in the mountains west of Henry House _ about the middle of October. J. T. Edmonton assured me that during the fall of 1897 a few black-tailed deer frequented the vicinity of Stony Rapid, on the Athabaska, about 200 miles (by the river) below Athabaska In the Rocky Mountains Park, mule deer are increasing " in numbers, and may be seen almost any day in the vicinity of most of the public roads and trails. They are also in- -ereasing in abundance in the Waterton Lakes Park. _ The provincial game warden for British Columbia, in his ' report for 1916, states that: ‘‘Last winter severe weather - caused a great mortality amongst deer of all species, es- " pecially in some of the coast inlets; and in parts of the in- _ terior the mule deer were also terribly harassed by coyotes. 46 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE © The regulation prohibiting the sale of venison was a great help, and was almost universally approved of.... In the Lillooet district mule deer have greatly decreased, partly due to the bad winter, coyotes, etc., but more to the fact that the Chilcotin Indians are killing far too many, — and it is impossible to stop them until the district is maclared organized.” : . CoLUMBIAN BLACK-TAILED DreErR (Odocoileus columbianus) This species bears a marked resemblance to the mule — deer, but it is very much smaller. It has only moderately large ears and antlers with double-forked beams; but it is distinguished from the mule deer by its black tail. It un- dergoes the usual seasonal changes of coat colour common — to the other species, and its characteristic home is in the — moist forests of cedar, douglas fir, and spruce of the Pacific © coast, where it is found as far north as Alaska. . Many of these deer succumb to the deep snows of winter, which render them easy prey both to predatory animals and to the Indians. MOOSE (PLATE I!) Throughout the wide breadth of Canada this magnificent — game animal roams in our northern forests that constitute _its natural home. From the forest-clad mountains of the © Yukon and northern British Columbia to the ocean-girt woods of Nova Scotia this strange-looking animal, that first astonished the early. French pioneers and evoked the significant name of ‘‘]’orignal,’’ may be found wherever the solitude of trees or tree-lined lake or swamp provides the needed retreat. It is too well known to require descrip- tion, and its enormous size, usually surpassing that of a PLATE II MOOSE WOODLAND CARIBOU From paintings by Carl Rungius. ‘Reproduced by courtesy of the New York Zoological Society oe ee THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 47 , the immense spread of broad antlers and the pecu- elongated head are familiar to all Canadians. Moose have been killed in New Brunswick measuring seven feet in height at the shoulders and bearing antlers sixty-eight and one-quarter inches broad. The antlers of the Alaskan race of moose sometimes measure over six feet across. It is the North American representative of the largest 4 “member of the deer family. In northern Europe and Si- _ beria it is known as the elk, Alces being the generic name | of this animal, of which three species are found in the northern forests of the old and new worlds. It is unfor- tunate that the name “‘elk”’ has been given in North America to the wapiti. - Our North American moose is the most abundant and widely distributed species of its genus. We have no large ‘game animal in the possession of which we have greater _ reason to be proud. Affording as it does such an excellent trophy, it is eagerly sought by the big-game hunter and ‘sportsman. To the Indians of our northern woods it fur- “nishes at the same time food and clothing. It is an animal which deserves on all grounds the best protection that can _be given, _ The provincial governments in most cases are wisely de- _ voting their earnest endeavours to its protection, and, in the _ease of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, with apparent suc- _ cess. It is essential, however, that greater attention should be paid by all the provincial governments to the habitual disregard of their regulations, particularly in districts where _ lumbering operations are conducted. We are constantly in receipt of authentic reports that moose are killed in large _ numbers to supply meat to lumber camps. Such destruc- "tion is as inexcusable as it is unnecessary. It could be _ stopped, and one would think it needless to point out that ~ unless such a reprehensible practice is checked serious de- _ crease in the abundance of this animal will result. Any 48 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE government that is determined to conserve its supply of © moose has the power and means to effect such conservation. The responsibility in this matter lies with the governments concerned. or Distribution and Abundance.—In Nova Scotia the moose are increasing in number, owing to the prohibition of the | killing of cow moose which has been in effect since 1909. The following figures of the number of moose killed each season cince that date illustrate the wisdom of the enforce- ment of such a provision as a means of conserving this or any other member of the deer family: NUMBER OF MALE MOOSE KILLED MIG. NN oe Ginn eg 405 1914. 20. a ee 1,091 £1 MMe CS oR Raga apes a nee 509. 1916... cs) isles 1,218 Lk Rae ae ieap ees Car ae 617 ; 1016. :......: Annee 1,331 jb FRR RR He Sac eye A 678: 1917...:. i... 1,363 pL ERGO aS igi EEE E OY gh 704° 1918...) .).. su ceuee 1,243 New Brunswick has a well-deserved reputation as a moose country. The greater portion of the province contains the most favoured resorts of this animal, which flourishes under the protection that is given to it by the provincial govern- ment, although there is still too much illegal slaughter taking place. The fact that the largest heads of Canadian moose are taken in this province attracts many sportsmen each year from the United States, where in the neighbour- ing State of Maine improvident slaughter has had the in- evitable results. In Quebec the best moose territories are in the counties of Pontiac and Timiskaming in the west; the St. Maurice and St. John region in the north-central portion; and in the counties of Bonaventure and Gaspe in the east. The super- intendent of game and fisheries informs me that the moose in these regions are increasing; fine heads are secured each year. = THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA | 49 ee roughout the northern region of Ontario moose are p entiful, and appear to be maintaining their numbers. In certain good moose districts, such as the Port Arthur, Rainy River, and Thunder Bay regions, particularly in the Nipigon Forest Reserve, moose are not only very plentiful but are increasing in numbers, and fine heads are annually secured. e1 The opening up of new regions by the National Transconti- ~nental and Timiskaming and Northern Ontario Railways has resulted in a diminution of moose in certain districts, and increased vigilance in their protection is desirable in _ the regions now more easily accessible. In certain districts adjoining the Transcontinental Railway, where moose are - fairly plentiful, many are killed during the winter and are _ made a source of meat for the settlements all winter. The _ meat is sold at prices usually varying from five to ten cents per pound, which is cheaper than other forms of meat. _ In Manitoba the chief game guardian reports that moose _are plentiful in the north and northwestern portion of the province, and also in the east and southeast. Cows are ' said to be more numerous than bulls. During the last few springs a considerable number of moose have been found _ dead, their emaciated condition indicating food shortage. In addition, many of: these animals were very severely in- _ fested with ticks. Specimens of these have been submitted - to me and proved to be Dermacentor albipictus Packard. _ This species of tick was first discovered on moose, and there _ is little doubt that severe infestation of such ticks was re- _ sponsible for the death of numerous moose whose vitality had been reduced by shortage of food or other causes. _ The northern woods of Saskatchewan, west and north of _ Prince Albert, and stretching westward north of Battle- _ ford, are well supplied with moose, which is the chief game _ animal of the province. The latest reports appear to indi- ate that they are not so plentiful as formerly. For this reason the recent amendment of the provincial game laws, 50 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE which permits the killing of one cow moose each year, is’ not a wise policy from the standpoint of the protection of - this animal, and it is hoped that the increase that has been secured in the Maritime Provinces as 4 result of the pro- tection of the cow moose will serve to indicate the desira- bility of prohibiting the slaughter of females. If this is not done, a continued decrease in numbers will undoubtedly follow. In certain districts in Saskatchewan the moose have suffered severely from the same species of ticks found attacking moose in Manitoba. An account of the occur- rence of this pest is given in the annual report of the chief game guardian of Saskatchewan for 1916 (pp. 22-25). . In Alberta moose appear to be decreasing in numbers, the decrease being probably due to the extension north- ward of the agricultural areas and to excessive killing. The following are the returns of moose killed under license since 1907 :* is MUI kai nes OSA 14° 1913; , ea 865 TOR $7. 1914... 1,335 PR Ske Seek ua 86. 1915... 4G ee 1,116 GIG Se, ee eee 184 1916;./.4.. 4020 849 Fs are pe MEE, Oa 305. 1917... 40) ee 1,026 MORO ae ay! ae | 425 1918.::.5- ss. ue ee 900 These figures by no means represent the total number of animals killed, as practically no figures are available from districts north of the fifty-fifth parallel. The number of moose in the Northwest Territories is decreasing annually. Writing in 1905 (loc. cit.) MacFarlane states: This valuable food animal used to be very common in the Peace River, and, indeed, throughout the forest region of the northern portion of the “Great Mackenzie Basin”; but for the last twenty years it has been * The apparent increase in numbers indicated by these figures is probably accounted for by the fact that more accurate returns of the number killed have been secured each year. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 51 th less abundant, and, indeed, remarkably scarce in many parts, es- ially along the Athabaska, Peace, Liard, and other rivers, and the large lakes of the North. As moose have since been found more or less plenti- { ul in the eastern, western, and southern sections of the territory where j fo many years previously they were rather rare or conspicuous by their nce, it is now supposed by some observing natives and others that nsiderable numbers of them must have migrated southward, partic- ula ly during the remarkably mild winter of 1877-78. Be that as it aay, it has been noticed that at intervals, and for several years at a ti e, this animal has been rather scarce in various sections where it had form erly been fairly abundant. One of the chief factors that have been responsible for ‘the disappearance or reduction in numbers of moose in many parts of the Northwest Territories has been the destruc- tion of their former haunts by extensive forest fires, which, as I have repeatedly pointed out, constitute one of the chief means of destroying the haunts of big game and fur- bearing animals. A very complete account of the history and distribution of the moose in the Northwest Territories is given by Preble in his unusually valuable memoir on the mammals of the Athabaska-Mackenzie region.* The following ex- tracts are taken from the account he gives of his own ob- servations and those of other travellers and explorers: _ “The moose occurs throughout the Athabaska and Mac- _kenzie region north to the limit of trees.’”’ In 1901 it was _ recorded near Boiler Rapid, Athabaska River. Tracks of _ moose were seen on Slave River, ten miles below the mouth _ Of the Peace, and on the islands between there and Smith Landing. Tracks were also seen while descending the _ Athabaska and Slave Rivers to Great Slave Lake. ‘In the lake country between Fort Rae and Great Bear Lake. . . '__ the moose was found to be rather common and became more *“4 Biological Investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie Region,’ North — Fauna, No. 27, Biological Survey, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, 52 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE abundant as we approached Great Bear Lake, owing to the country being better suited to its needs. ... Along the southern shore of Great Bear Lake we found it a common and in some places an abundant species.’ There are im- — mense areas abounding with proper food for this animal in the latter region, and where the native population is sparse and poor moose hunters, the moose flourish. In the winter of 1903-4 they were abundant near Fort Simpson, and while descending the Mackenzie in June their tracks were frequently seen and some animals were observed. Tracks were common along the lower Nahanni, and two animals were seen in this vicinity early in June. On the lower Mackenzie moose were seen a few miles below the site of old Fort Good Hope. They are fairly common in the vicinity of Fort McPherson. ‘‘In the mountains west of the Mackenzie, where the snow becomes very deep during some seasons, moose are said to form yards, but they do not seem to have this habit in other parts of the region.” “While exploring in the country between Athabaska Lake and Churchill River in the summer of 1892, J. B. Tyrrell found that moose occurred throughout the more thickly wooded parts of this country as far north as Stone River, near the eastern end of Athabaska Lake.” A. J. Stone gives evidence of the large size and abundance of the moose at the headwaters of the Nahanni River. Between Smoky River and Jasper House moose were abundant in 1896. J. W. Tyrrell found evidences of moose on the upper Thelon River in 1900. Hanbury found tracks of moose in August, 1902, while descending Dease River, northwest of Great Bear Lake. Mr. H. T. Bury, of the Department of Indian Affairs, reported to me in 1915 as follows: The moose is found, generally speaking, over the whole of the southern section of this country (Northwest Territories and northern Alberta) south of the Great Slave Lake, and also inhabits that section enclosed by THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 53 the valleys of the larger tributaries of the Mackenzie River. There does not seem to have been any great diminution in their numbers during past years, although they represent to the Indians during the summer months a very convenient means of food, and, in consequence, are killed in an ndis eriminate manner. ns _ They are accustomed to roam the swamps and inaccessible parts of the country, either singly or in pairs, and it required a considerable amount of skill, energy, and perseverance to encompass the death of one of these members of the deer family. They are accustomed to roam the spruce forests during the winter, occasionally seeking the sheltered side of a eoulée to feed upon the shoots of alder and willow. ... During the summer months they are more nomadic in character, rarely remaining in one locality for a very long time, except for the purpose of haunting the vicinity of a small lake or stream. . . . It is only by the exercise of a good deal of stealth and ingenuity that the local Indians can arrive ‘sufficiently close to them in summer months to achieve their destruction. Probably the district which is the natural habitat of these animals is that comprised within the limits of the Athabaska River. There does not appear to be as yet any considerable reason for fearing a serious diminu- - tion in the numbers of the moose, although it would seem advisable in the course of time to have more specific regulations regarding the killing _ of these animals during the close season. In the discussion following my address on ‘‘The Conser- ‘vation of Northern Mammals,” at the seventh annual meeting of the Commission of Conservation in 1916, Doctor ‘C. W. Wilson, Assistant Surgeon R. N. W. M. Police, stated: ‘Where moose were quite plentiful, in the region included _ within the delta of the Mackenzie, the greater destruction has been due to the trading companies, for instance the _ Hudson’s Bay Company. Two Indians told me that they supplied ‘the Company’s post with two hundred carcasses a year, of moose alone. The result is that very seldom is _ a@ moose seen in that whole district at the present time.” _ The condition of moose in British Columbia is encour- _ aging from the reports of Mr. Bryan Williams, the former _ provincial game warden. In his annual report for 1914 he _ states: “‘In the north the moose seem to be on the increase, and spreading down farther to the south. This year a 54 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE few of these animals made their appearance close down to the Chilcotin River, which is the farthest south in this direction they have ever been reported. In East Kootenay some of the finest moose ever known in that district have been killed this season, three of them with antlers measur- ing 53/4, 58, and 60 inches, respectively. Until this year it — has been the general opinion that the East Kootenay moose never had horns of large dimensions, and a 45-inch head was considered a good one for that district. 'There is no doubt that in former years the bulls never got a chance to grow big horns, as they were all shot too soon; but with the better protection they have had during the past few years there is an improvement, and the value of the game in East Kootenay has been greatly increased.” In 1915 Mr. Williams reports on the moose as follows: “These magnificent animals continue to work their way south, and are increasing rapidly almost everywhere. There is one exception to this, and that is on the Nelson River, where they are reported to be very scarce, and the Indians are suffering in consequence. Reports from Cassiar varied somewhat, but the men who are in the best positions to know say they were extra numerous, but that there is an extraordinary percentage of young bulls. That there are plenty of moose in that country can be easily believed from the fact that one tourist counted 280 odd during the short time he was there. A bull moose was lately seen as far south as the 108-mile House, on the Cariboo Road. Signs of others were seen a little farther south.” From the foregoing account of the distribution and abundance of moose in different regions of Canada it will be seen that, with the exception of the Prairie Provinces, this noble animal not only appears to be holding its own but owing to adequate protection it is possible to record an increase in certain of those regions of Canada that com-— prise its finest natural haunts and hunting-grounds. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 55 _ Habits—The moose is essentially a forest-dwelling animal, frequenting the densest of our coniferous forests, and the woods of birch and poplar. In the summer it resorts more specially to the neighbourhood of swamps and secluded akes and pools, and here it wades deep into the water to feed on the juicy leaves and stems of aquatic plants. It is distinctly a browsing animal, as the structure of its head and lips shows; and properly speaking it does not graze like other members of the deer family. Its normal food con- sists of the leaves, twigs, and bark of various trees, such as spruce, hemlock, birch, alder, willow, maple, etc., and also ichens. When deep snow covers the ground its movements are more restricted, and the well-trodden paths and areas that it forms in the snow constitute the well-known moose “yards.” In the fall the “‘rutting’”’ season begins when the bulls, which during the summer have roamed about in solitary state, set forth to seek their mates. The deep guttural call or bellow that he utters as a call may be answered by the higher-toned reply of the cow, or a challenging grunt of a ‘ival. In the latter case a fierce combat may not infre- q ently follow, or the bull may be lured into an open spot | and to his death by the closely simulated call produced by e birch horn of the hunter. At this time the bulls are be old: they lose their shyness of the summer and, bold in behaviour, they will sometimes fiercely attack an intruder, as many a hunter has reason to know. The bull mates with but a single cow, and is strictly monogamous. About the end of May the young are born. The cow produces one calf the first time, and usually two in subsequent years; “and, rarely, three are born. The young accompany the “mother during the first year, and during the winter the “moose family live together, the parents leaving the young during the early spring. _ The young bull moose grows his first pair of spike-like 56 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE horns during the second summer, and these are shed in the following spring, when a longer pair take their place. The palmation of the horns commences with the third pair, which are shed in the spring of the following year. As the horns become larger and more widely palmated with each succeeding year, they are dropped earlier, in January or February. The horns are fully developed about the seventh year; and old vigorous bulls may drop their horns as early as December. Value.—As a game animal the value of the moose is, per- haps, unexcelled by any of our larger mammals, and its wide distribution in regions that are comparatively acces- sible to the residents of most of our larger cities and towns, particularly in eastern Canada, enhances its recreative value. Its value as a source of meat needs no emphasis. With- out the moose the Indians in many parts of Canada would face a serious shortage of food, for in many places it is the chief wild-meat supply. In civilized communities, too, it forms not an unimportant part of the meat supply dur- ing the open season, and the wise system of protection that is being followed in many provinces will undoubtedly re- sult in an increase of this important adjunct to our meat supply. At the same time this fine animal will afford thou- — sands of Canadians a great incentive to seek recreation in the forest solitudes that form its haunts. : THE BARREN-GROUND CARIBOU (PLATES III, IV, AND V) Now that the buffalo has disappeared from our prairies the barren-ground caribou constitutes, I believe, the most abundant of the larger land mammals in the world. In its extraordinary habit of migrating hundreds of miles twice a year it affords a unique phenomenon. As the buffalo formerly ranged the western prairies in millions, so in like vLu3zgty VOOLINUL pesn weeq seq uoreuriosuy ofqerreae Tr 9nq ‘uyezisoun st Aeg uospny jo VAVNVO NI NoaIuvo GNOOUO-NAYYVE THL JO FONVU LNGSHud AL ONILVULSATIL dv 58 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE abundance the barren-ground caribou now ranges the vast, — uninhabited northlands of Canada, bea we have wrongly — called the Barren Grounds. ! Like the buffalo they furnish the native inhabitants of — the territories that they occupy with meat and clothing, — and, finally, like the buffalo soon after the middle of the © last century, their numbers are decreasing with the advent of the white man and his rifle, and their range is becoming © restricted by excessive slaughter. Again, the fallacy of be- — lieving that excessive numbers of an animal is a reason — against its extermination is being demonstrated. But in © the case of the barren-ground caribou we can yet save it | from extermination by a wise course of conservation, and — increase its value as one of the most important natural re- — sources of the north. The caribou and the fur-bearing eaieoaie are the only © superterranean natural resources of the north that can be — utilized at the present time. As will be shown later, the — natives of that enormous area, both Indians and Eskimos, © depend upon the caribou for food and clothing. Any ex- — ploration of the country is dependent upon this source of meat. Without the caribou, travel in that region would be © almost impossible, and the natives would either starve or — become a public charge on the government. a In the case of an animal extending over such an enormous _ area it is natural that distinct races should have developed, and, although we are not concerned here with the different forms, and shall include them all under the one name, it may be pointed out in passing that at least four distinct forms have been recognized and given specific rank. These are the true barren-ground caribou (Rangifer arcticus), — which is the caribou of our Canadian Barren Grounds; Grant’s caribou (Rangifer granti), found in the Alaskan peninsula; and the more northerly forms, Peary’s caribou (Rangifer pearyi), inhabiting Ellesmere Island, and the PLATE III BARREN-GROUND CARIBOU MUSK-OX From photographs of groups in the American Museum of Natural History. Repro- duced by courtesy of the Museum THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 59 ‘Greenland caribou (Rangifer groenlandicus). The North _American caribou are closely related to the reindeer of ‘northern Asia and Europe, from the common ancestral stock of which they are probably derived. _ Distribution —The barren-ground caribou was formerly _ far more abundant and its distribution was more extensive ! than at the present time, as the records of the earlier ex- _ plorers and navigators prove. It extended from the Arctic | Bice of Alaska on the west to the Hudson Bay and Lab- _rador on the east, and from the islands of the Arctic in the _ north it ranged as far south as the northern fringe of thes _ timbered areas of northern Alberta and Saskatchewan. In _ this vast area enormous herds of hundreds of thousands moved back and forth like the tides of an enormous sea of animal life, at the bidding of some strange wandering im- | pulse; and this ceaseless semi-annual movement continues _ year after year. _ From the Arctic coasts of Alaska the caribou have virtu- ally disappeared. When the American traders and whalers, _ visiting those regions, armed the Eskimos for the purpose of hunting meat for the whaling-fleets, the fate of the caribou _wassealed. The coastal herds of caribou were exterminated _ about twelve years ago, and now the caribou herds are very _ scarce west of the Mackenzie River, and as far east as _ Langton Bay. With the disappearance of the caribou. in _ that area the native inhabitants have been compelled to _ leave, and many migrated eastward to the Mackenzie _ delta. And now, I am informed by Doctor R. M. Ander- _ son, who has spent seven years in that region (1908-12 _ and 1913-16), that, owing to the scarcity of caribou east ~ and west of the Mackenzie delta, the Eskimos of that _ region have for some time been unable to supply themselves _ with more than a small portion of the skins needed for their _ clothing, the deficit being made up by ihe purchase of domestic _ reindeer skins imported from western Alaska and northeastern 60 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Siberia by trading-vessels. The significance of these facts is surely too plain to require comment. Doctor Anderson reports that from Franklin Bay to Dol- phin and Union Strait there is an uninhabited stretch with little game. In the Victoria Island and Coronation Gulf region caribou are found to be fairly common in the summer, supplying food and winter clothing for a considerable na- tive population. The caribou largely migrate to the main- land in November, returning to the north again in April and May, although Mr. Stefansson informs me that cari- bou may be found in the western part of Victoria Island during the winter, and along the shores of Prince Albert Sound. The centre of the crossing place of the caribou from western Victoria Island is in the region of Bernard Harbour, and here the Hudson’s Bay Company established a trading- post in 1916.* In their migrations south the caribou reach Fond-du-lac, at the east end of Athabaska Lake. They travel as far south as Reindeer Lake in northern Saskatchewan. Nearly every year they come down to Fort Smith, which would appear to be the southwestern limit to their migration. In the Yukon Territory fairly large herds of caribou are still to be found. Mr. George Black, commissioner of the Yukon, has informed me that a large herd of several thou- sand annually visits the region adjoining Dawson, Yukon. Osgood} states that these Alaska-Yukon caribou “scatter widely in the summer and in the fall collect in herds, often * Later advices from the Coronation Gulf region give the information that, from 1917 to 1919, trading-posts were established at the mouth of the Copper- mine River, Tree River, and on Kent Peninsula, and that practically all the natives have been supplied with rifles. A considerable portion of the Copper Eskimos have also been induced by the traders to give up winter sealing and to live on the land in winter, trapping ‘foxes and shooting caribou. This un- precedented change of habits was particularly noted around Dease Strait and the Kent Peninsula, which is the main crossing-place for the caribou from the eastern portion of Victoria Island.—R. M. A. t “The Game Resources of Alaska,” by W. H. Osgood. Yearbook, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1907, pp. 469-482. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 61 very large, but at all times they roam widely. The great herds in the fall of the year perform a more or less regular “movement in the nature of migrations, and within certain limits theit course of travel and times of arrival at given points are well known.” This coincides with the informa- tion that I have received from Mi. Black, Doctor Alfred ‘Thompson, M.P., and other local observers. It is probable _ that the greater certainty with which the migratory move- ‘ments of these herds in the Yukon can be predicted, as compared with the caribou of the Barren Grounds of the | Northwest Territories, is due to the difference in the topog- |” raphy of the country, and the greater restriction in possible routes of travel in the Yukon. In connection with these smaller herds in the Alaska-Yukon region it is important _ to remember that too much confidence should not be placed in the presence of such herds as indications of a wide spread, as there is a tendency among such gregarious animals to band together more readily when their numbers become _ more decreased, and thus a false impression of abundance _ may be given. _ Migratory and Other Habits.—The most remarkable habit displayed by the barren-ground caribou is its periodical _ migrations southward in autumn and northward in the _ spring. During the summer time they keep to the open barren ground and the sea-coast. Here they find abundance of food, such as tender grasses, the shoots and. buds of _ dwarf birch and willow, and they are able to escape to some _ extent their insect tormentors. In the autumn they turn _ southward towards the woods, and the winter is spent in _ these regions that provide shelter and food, such as moss, lichens, and tree-buds. The males are in very poor condi- _ tion towards the end of October, after the rutting season, _ their horns being at their best towards the end of Sep- tember. About a month later the males and females sepa- rate, and, according to Warburton Pike, who made valu- 62 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE able observations on the habits of these animals, the latter — begin to travel northward as early as the end of February. They reach the edge of the woods in April. Tyrrell, who also added much to our knowledge of the barren-ground caribou, states that the young, to the number of one to three, are born before the winter quarters are vacated. Pike informs us that the young are born in June, after the northward migration has taken place. The males remain in the woods till May, but meet the females on their way inland from the coast at the end of July, from which time they stay together till the rutting season is over, and the southern journey is again begun. | Unlike other deer, both sexes bear antlers, but the antlers of the female are rather smaller and more slender than those of the male, which may bear, according to Tyrrell’s obser- vations, as many as twenty-two prongs on one beam. One of the best descriptions of the migration of the cari- bou is given by Warburton Pike, who witnessed the south- ward migration at Camsell Lake, near the east end of Great Slave Lake, in 1889. After describing the excitement caused by the approach of “‘la foule,” as the mass of mi- grating animals are commonly called in the north, he says :* From the ridge we had a splendid view of the migration. All the south side of Mackay Lake was alive with moving beasts, while the ice seemed to be dotted all over with black islands, and still away on the north shore, with the aid of glasses, we could see them coming like regi- ments on the march. In every direction we could hear the grunting noise that the caribou always makes when travelling. The snow was broken into broad roads and I found it useless to try to estimate the number that passed within a few miles of the encampment. We were just on the western edge of their passage and afterwards we heard that a band of Dog-Ribs hunting some forty miles to the west were at this time in the last straits of starvation, only saving their lives by a hasty retreat to the woods. * “The Barren Ground of Northern Canada,” by Warburton Pike, p. 89. “PLATE IV From a photograph by F. K. Vreeland ~OSBORN’S MOUNTAIN CARIBOU IN THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS, ABOUT FIFTEEN MILES NORTHWEST OF MOUNT SIR ALEXANDER From a photograph by E. R. Sanborn. Courtesy of New York Zoological Park HERD OF CAPTIVE MUSK-OXEN IN NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL PARK THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 63 Pike concludes his account by expressing the belief that the hei ds of buffalo could not have surpassed in size ‘‘la foule”’ of the caribou. © _ J. B. Tyrrell has described an enormous herd of caribou, : onsisting of several thousand animals—males, females, and fawns—which he saw on July 30, 1893, at Carey Lake, where he @ obtained what are undoubtedly the best photographs therto taken of this caribou, two of, which are reproduced swith. He describes ‘‘many great bands literally cover- g the country over wide areas. The valleys and hill- ides for miles appeared to be moving masses of caribou. To estimate their numbers would be impossible. They could only be reckoned in acres or square miles.” He found, as Pike also found, that when they occur in such "enormous numbers they are quite tame. _ The magnitude of the migration, both as regards numbers involved and extent of area, has led many to assume that | all the caribou migrate. But apparently this is not so, as | the observations of Hanbury* and others conclusively prove. | Large numbers remain in the north throughout the year. ‘Hanbury shot caribou along the west coast of Hudson Bay | and the coasts of Chesterfield Inlet during the winter, and caribou were found on the Arctic coast during the winter ' months. These non-migrating animals merely wander about. _ Another point of interest is that, while their migratory movements are very regular in point of time, the routes _ they take are not always the same, and they travel gener- _ally in a northerly or southerly direction. Their course cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. They seldom follow the same course in two consecutive years. The Indians, such as the Yellow-knives and Dog-ribs, who _ are dependent upon the caribou to so great an extent for D * See “Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada,” by David T. Han- p bey, pp. 120 et seg. \ 64 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE food, with all their experience of the caribou are sometimes unable to find them where they might be expected, with the result that distress and starvation follow. Economic Value of Caribou.—In an earlier chapter the value of the caribou as a source of meat was discussed. Perhaps no native wild animal is economically so important — and generally useful as the barren-ground caribou. With- out it enormous areas of our northern territory would be- come practically uninhabitable. It supplies the Indians and Eskimos with almost all the necessaries of life: food, clothing, shelter, and means to trade at the trading-post. An excellent description of the utilization of the caribou by the Indians is given by Warburton Pike. Describing the Indians’ departure to the hunting-ground, he says:* He leaves the trading-post, after one of his yearly visits, with a supply of ammunition, tea, and tobacco, a blanket or two, and, if he has made a good season’s hunt, is perhaps lucky enough to have taken one of the Company’s duffel capotes (about the best form of greatcoat I have ever seen). He has a wife and family waiting for him somewhere on the shore of the big lake where fish are plentiful, expecting a gaudy dress, a shawl, or a string of beads from the fort, but relying entirely on the caribou for maintenance during the awful cold of the coming winter. The journey up till they fall in with, the caribou is usually full of hardships, but once they have reached the hunting-ground and found game a great improve- ment in affairs takes place; the hunter is busy killing, while the women dry meat and make grease, dress the skins for moccasins, mittens, and gun-covers, and cut babiche, which takes the place of string for lacing snow-shoes and many other purposes. For the hair coats, which every- * Loc. cit., pp. 49-50. + The following extract indicates one of the methods of hunting and kill- ing without rifles: Sergeant A. H. Joy, writing on 18 Feb., 1918, states: “T had a conversation with a Caribou-eater Indian during the former part of this winter and he told me that the band with whom he lived very seldom used guns to kill the caribou between the end of July and the middle of Sep- tember, as the caribou came through the country so thick that they could crowd them into the lakes and rivers and on the lake shores and kill them with sticks and axes, and on these occasions the animals are slaughtered in hundreds.” THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 65 DO men, women, and children—wears during the cold season, the best skins are those of the young animals killed in July or August, as the hair is short and does not fall off so readily as in coats made from the skin of a full-grown caribou; while the strong sinews lying along the back- one of an old bull make the very best thread for sewing. Anything that s left over after supplying the whole family finds a ready sale at the fc , where there is always a demand for dried meat, tongues, grease, ssed skins, and babiche, so that the Dog-ribs and Yellow-knives, is whose country produces little fur, with the exception of musk-ox robes, are thus enabled to afford some few of the white man’s luxuries, tea and tobacco being especially dear to the Indian’s heart. _ The skins of the caribou are in the best condition in Sep- cher, and the meat is best in September and October, when, in the words of J. W. Tyrrell, ‘‘the males are rolling fat, and as food their flesh is equal to the finest beef.” In "the spring the flesh is poor, as it also is in the summer. In the spring the skins are of little value, on account of the shedding of the hair, and the frequent abundance of warbled hides, to which reference will be made later. _ The increase in the number of rifles supplied to the Es- - kimos on the Arctic coast has resulted in a great increase in the number of caribou killed. At the same time, the ability to obtain this form of food so easily has led to a change in the habits of the Eskimos. Formerly they usually hunted seal during the winter, and continued until late in May. _ Now, Doctor R. M. Anderson informs me, they are coming ashore one or two months earlier than was their former custom, and living on the caribou which are migrating _ steadily northward in April and May. While they are migrating they are most easily killed. But the worst feature _ of this spring killing, which of course is illegal, is that most of the caribou killed are females which are crossing to Vic- toria Island to give birth to fawns in June. . It is of the greatest importance to the conservation of the caribou that _ this practice should be stopped, and recommendations to 66 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE that effect have already been made in my memoranda and addresses to the Commission of Conservation.* | The wholesale trading in caribou skins must be checked. The extermination of the caribou in northern and north- western Alaska was brought about by the trade in summer skins, and the sale of meat to whalers. In this region some of the Eskimo hunters used to kill as many as 500 caribou in a single summer for their skins; and the carcasses were usually left to rot. This practice is becoming common in Canadian territory, where skins are taken for the purpose of barter, and the result is that many more skins are taken than are required by the Eskimos for their personal use. Unless this wasteful practice is discontinued—and we hope it will be—any other effort to conserve the caribou will have — little effect. It is interesting to note that some of the Eskimo tribes entertain the belief that the caribou are sent to them by the spirit world to kill, and that unless they kill every caribou they meet, whether they require it or not for food or clothing, the spirit world will not send them any more. Such a belief naturally leads to wasteful slaughter on the part of the Eskimos, and it is to be hoped that mis- sionaries and others will endeavour to dispel such a per- nicious idea. To recapitulate, the economic reasons for the conserva- tion of the barren-ground caribou are as follows: first, the necessity of preserving so essential a source of food and clothing for the Indians, Eskimos, and other present and future inhabitants of the north; and second, the desirability of developing so important a natural resource for the benefit of the Dominion as a whole, inasmuch as it would provide a source of meat of incalculable value, and skins that could be utilized in the manufacture of many articles of clothing and commerce. * “Conservation of Fish, Birds, and Game.” Comm. Conservation, 1916, pp. 146-147; and Seventh Annual Report, Comm. Conservation, pp. 32-38, 1916. PLATE V A HERD OF BARREN-GROUND CARIBOU ON SHORE OF CAREY LAKE, DUBAWNT RIVER, MACKENZIE DISTRICT, N. W. T. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 67 Caribou Warble-Fly—Before leaving this animal, refer- ‘ence should be made to the occurrence of warbles in the hides of the caribou. During the spring and summer a _ species of warble-fly (Hdamagena iarandi L.) deposits its eggs on the coat of the caribou, and the small maggots bore into the skin and ultimately find a resting-place beneath the skin, particularly on the back of the animal. By Oc- 4 tober the presence of these maggots can be noticed on ac- % count of the lumps or “‘warbles”’ on the hide. The maggots continue to grow, and pierce the hide for the purpose of _ breathing. Early in the spring they emerge through the holes that they have made in the hide and fall to the _ ground, where they change into brownish-black pups, from which the flies emerge. Owing to the numerous holes made in the skin of the caribou by these maggots the skins are _ rendered useless for dressing, and the total destruction of hides is very great. As is well known, our domestic cattle are attacked by a closely related species of warble-fly. The Eskimos are very fond of the large, juicy maggots, and whenever a caribou affected with maggots is killed and _ skinned they pick the living grubs off the under sides of the skins and eat them raw with great relish. To a taste accus- _ tomed to consuming all kinds of raw meat they are no doubt _ delicacies of a high order. __ The caribou are tormented by civtais of black flies and _ mosquitoes, and it is no doubt largely on account of these _ pests that they travel northward in the spring, although they are by no means able to escape the hordes of these blood- sucking insects that occur in the north in the spring and } early summer. THE WOODLAND CARIBOU AND RELATED SPECIES _ While zoologists are still undecided as to the number of - species of caribou that occur in Canada, it is possible to q separate four distinct species, namely: (1) the barren-ground 68 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE caribou (Rangifer arcticus), with its allied races to which I have already referred, which is the smallest species; (2) the woodland caribou (R. caribou) (Plate II), which is larger in size, and comes next in extent of distribution and abundancée; (3) the large mountain caribou (R. montanus and R. osborni), which is dark in colour and exceeds all others in size (Plate IV); and the light-coloured or white Newfoundland caribou (R. terrenove). Throughout, its range the woodland caribou is but thinly scattered, and it is nowhere numerous at the present time. It may be found in the thickly wooded coniferous forest regions from Nova Scotia in the east to British Columbia in the west. In Nova Scotia it has become very scarce, but may still be found in small numbers in the western part of the province, particularly in Victoria and Inverness Coun- ties, Cape Breton Island. A few remain in New Brunswick, but unfortunately they appear to be decreasing in numbers annually.* Perhaps the greatest number now occur in the province of Quebec, especially in the remote forest regions which extend from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the Hudson Bay, although their numbers are decreasing every year. In 1911 I found that they were still fairly common in the Lake St. John region, but they are in need of greater aiicsinic in that province. Throughout the coniferous forests in the northern por- tions of the provinces of Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta, and the adjacent similarly forested regions of *Henry Braithwaite, the veteran guide and trapper, of Fredericton, is quoted as saying, in The Weekly Mail, Fredericton, N. B., February 9, 1921: “T may be wrong, but it is my honest opinion that the New Brunswick caribou have been exterminated. . . . Some of our guides and sportsmen appear to be under the impression that caribou will some day return to the province. It is my belief that they will not come back. They left New Brunswick just as they left Maine some thirty years ago, and Maine is without caribou to- day. ... They have gone out in precisely the same way as the wild pigeons. I can remember in my boyhood days seeing flocks of wild pigeons which almost darkened the sky. They vanished almost in a night, and the predic- tion was freely made that they would return, but they have not done so.” THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 69 the Northwest Territories, the woodland caribou is widely distributed, but it is nowhere abundant. MacFarlane states _ that this caribou is known to the Cree Indians as the mus- _ keg-atik or “swamp deer,” on account of the character of its usual habitat, and that it is not found in the region _ of poplar growth or in the open plains. From the state- _ ments of MacFarlane and reports that have been furnished _me by Mr. Charles Barber, chief game guardian of Mani- - toba, Mr. F. Bradshaw, chief game guardian of Saskatche- wan, and Mr. H. T. Bury of the Department of Indian _ Affairs, the range of the woodland caribou is, throughout _ this western territory, generally speaking about as follows: _ From Lake Winnipeg westward to Lake Athabaska; in - northern Saskatchewan they occur chiefly northeast of _ Prince Albert and northwest of Battleford; over the whole section of the country within the basins of the Slave and _ Athabaska Rivers; and between Athabaska Lake and Great Slave Lake they occur chiefly on the west side of the Slave _ River, and through the country lying between Peace River and Great Slave Lake. Farther west small herds have been _ encountered along the lower Liard River, and in northern _ Alberta they have been met as far south as the North Sas- _ katchewan River near Edmonton. _ Seldom are large numbers found together. They usually occur in small bands made up of five to thirty or forty indi- _ viduals. Sometimes larger bands may be found congre- _ gating in the autumn. When they are dressed the skins of _ the woodland caribou are superior to those of the barren- _ ground caribou. _ Mountain Caribou.—The mountain caribou are to be _ found in British Columbia. In the southeastern part of _ the province the species described by Seton, in 1899, as the _ black-faced or mountain caribou (R. montanus) occurs in _ the forested valleys of the Selkirk and Monashee (Gold) _ Mountains. Mr. Robert Chapman informed me that he 70 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE saw a few caribou, no doubt this species, in the great bend of the Columbia River, north of Revelstoke, in 1915. In September the new coat of this species is almost black, and the antlers bear a large number of long tines. Further north the large mountain caribou, first described in 1902 by Allen as Osborn’s caribou (R. osbornz), is found in the Stikine Mountains. This is a larger species than the south- ern mountain caribou, and its splendid head is prized by all big-game hunters. Its coat is browner than the R. montanus. In referring to the caribou in his annual report for 1915, Mr. Bryan Williams, then provincial game warden for Brit- ish Columbia, states that the ‘‘reports of caribou in the north are much better than for several years, one hunting party in Cassiar having seen some 1,200 head in a few days’ hunting. Information has also been received of magnificent caribou ranges in a part of the north country hitherto al- most uninhabited, even by Indians. The report states that one day, while travelling some twelve miles, small bands of caribou were constantly in view, and that one large band of close on to five hundred head was seen.” In his annual report for 1915 Mr. Williams states: ‘‘When the last report was written the mountain caribou in the Selkirks were sup- posed to be very scarce, but subsequent reports were quite the contrary. In fact, there were more caribou about than for some years, though, owing to the bad crust on the snow, they were hard to get. The Chilcotin caribou have almost disappeared. Even the Indians are now agitating for an absolutely close season in certain areas, and I promise to see that if such regulations are made they will be observed. There are many more caribou on the ranges towards the head of the Fraser River than there were thought to be. This country was hunted a good deal during the past season, and one party reported having seen 128 head, which is a very large number for this district.” PLATE VI em oe coe tk + cage oe oe Soe tees Photographs by W. E. Ekblaw of the Crocker Land Expedition of the American Museum of Natural History. Reproduced by permission MUSK-OXEN ON ELLESMERE ISLAND 1. Eskimos rounding up by means of dogs and shooting down a herd of Musk-oxen 2. Herd of Musk-oxen in characteristic defensive formation 3. Herd of Musk-oxen rounded up by Eskimo dogs THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 71 _ In 1911 what has been described as a new species of © n tain caribou, the Rocky Mountain caribou (R. for- fidens), was described by Hollister.* _ This is a very large species, exceeding in size the other species of mountain caribou. The teeth are conspicuously large; the colour is very dark, ranging from dark brown to t black, and the antlers are stout and heavily palmated, more like R. montanus but very different from R. osborni. The species was found at the head of the Moose Pass branch of the Smoky River, northeast of Mount Robson. _ As all these species of caribou, which are the reindeer of _ the New World, occur almost entirely in Canadian territory, with the exception of a few woodland caribou in Maine, ‘northern Minnesota, and northern Idaho and the caribou in Alaska, a special responsibility lies upon us to take every ‘possible step to prevent their reduction to the extent that their existence would be menaced. It is important, there- fore, that all the provinces concerned in their protection ‘should take especial care that their game laws provide for ‘such protection as the local abundance of these caribou de- mands; for otherwise we may lose in some regions a very ‘unique member of our big-game fauna. ANTELOPE _ The history of the antelope, or “‘pronghorn,” in North _ America, its only home, constitutes another of those trag- ’ edies in the story of our wild life. The most graceful and _ the fleetest of our four-footed animals, it has suffered a fate - not unlike that of its companion of the wide prairies, the buffalo, with the herds of which it formerly shared a wide Tange, extending from the provinces of Alberta, Saskatche- _ wan, and Manitoba in the north to Mexico in the south. _ *“New Mammals from Canada, Alaska and Kamchatka,” by N. Hollister. Smithsonian Mise. Collections, vol. 56, no. 35, pp. 1-8, 1912. See also _ Canadian Alpine Journal, special no., pp. 37-39, 1912. 72 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Over many portions of this range they roamed in uncount- able herds. To-day over the same territory a few thousand are able to exist, solely on account of the absolute protection that they are given in our western provinces and all of the States. It is the same story of extermination following the advent of man armed with rifles and the extension of agri- culture. The settlement of the country and the construc- tion of railroads have also introduced a new factor, namely the wire-fence, that has had a very marked effect in con- fining the remaining herds to restricted areas and thus pre- venting their normal migration. One visitor to the West in the early ‘‘seventies” has de- scribed to me how the prairie seemed to vibrate with the galloping of these swift little creatures, and how they were slaughtered to such an extent that their outstretched car- casses were piled in heaps like cord-wood. Not only is it the most graceful of the hoofed animals of America, but it is so unique in its characters that it con- stitutes the sole member of a special family found nowhere else in the world. On that account alone its extinction would be a calamity. Its chief title to scientific distinction consists in the fact that like the cattle tribe it has hollow horns, but unlike them it sheds the outside sheath each year, just as the members of the deer tribe shed their antlers. In the latter case it is the whole horn or antler that is shed; but in the case of the antelope only the outer sheath of the horn is shed. The inner core remains and gives rise to the new horn, which is pronged; and hence the name, “‘pronghorn,” by which the species is more correctly known, as the animal is not a true antelope. Scarcely more than three feet at the shoulder in height, these little animals are well adapted to the life of the great plains. One of their striking peculiarities is the possession of a white chrysanthemum-like patch of hair on the rump. This hair is erectile at will and serves as an excellent sig- THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 73 nalling apparatus to other members of the herd, and all observers have testified as to the value of this natural heliograph. Habit —TIn the days of antelope abundance they formed $ varying in numbers from a few individuals to several Ww pundred during the fall, and these herds consisted of adults f both sexes and young. In September or October the bucks vigorously contest for the possession of the does, and ‘a 90n the most vigorous bucks have rounded up their small bands of chosen does. With the advent of winter the herds ‘migrate, sometimes for a hundred miles or more, to seek the more sheltered regions of their range in the low hills and foot-hills, and here among the coulees they pass the winter. a 0-day these herds do not often number more than about : fifty animals. _ With the return of spring the herds split up. The does eek such solitude as they may be able to find, and in ay or June they give birth, usually to two Counts which x emain with their mother all summer. In the fall the ales drift in again, and the seasonal life history is re- a Iti is a singular fact that it is practically impossible to k cep the antelope in captivity. Hornaday, who has had _ great experience in this respect, states: “Owing to the ex- fer eme difficulty in maintaining this species in captivity, its ; total extinction at an early date seems absolutely certain, unless it is fully and permanently protected in a wild state, a m its native range, for a long period.” SEGA Gall Abundance in Conada—In Canada it _ formerly ranged, probably in an abundance almost equal _ to that of the buffalo, from southern Manitoba westward _ to the Rocky Mountains and northward as far as Edmon- _ ton. Seton* gives what would appear to be the last record _ of the occurrence of the antelope in Manitoba, where it is _ *“QLife Histories of Northern Animals,” vol. I, pp. 215-216. 74 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE now extinct. He says: “J. T. Brondgeest, of Whitewater, — Man., tells me that he first came to Whitewater in 1879, and settled down in the fall of 1880, and that in those days there were plenty of antelope about, but the last he saw was killed by his father in 1881.” To-day the antelope in Canada are confined to those areas in the southern portion of Saskatchewan and Alberta that have not been devoted to wheat-growing. From the inquiries that I have made, I do not think that there are more than about 3,000 animals now remaining in those provinces, and of this number the greater portion exists in Saskatche- wan. In the latter province Mr. F. Bradshaw, the chief — game guardian, informs me that the existing antelope are — to be found mainly in the following districts: the Great Sand Hills north of Maple Creek and Crane Lake; the Ver- milion Hills between Ernfold, on the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, and the South Saskatchewan River; on the east of Lake Chaplin, south of Secretan on the main line of the C. P. R.; southeast of Cypress Hills and adjoining the Whitemud River; and northwest and south of Wood Mountain. The last three localities are in a region that is chiefly devoted to cattle-ranching, and it is encour- aging to know that, according to Mr. Bradshaw, the own- — ers of the cattle ranges in which the antelope are to be found, particularly in the Pinto Creek section of southern Saskatchewan, are doing what they can to protect the an- telope found on their ranges, where they mingle with the cattle. It is of interest to record that Mr. Reuben Lloyd, of Davidson, Sask., has in a small fifteen-acre private game reserve, three male and one female antelope, and in 1916 the latter gave birth to the two fawns which are shown on Plate XIII. In southern Alberta a few small herds may be found in the rolling hills, and the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains that are remote from settled areas. In both provinces the THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 75 r atelope is absolutely protected by law for a period of years, and, although a certain amount of illegal killing undoubtedly ‘takes place, nevertheless the watchfulness of the provin- : founted Police appears to be checking any further de- crease in numbers due to hunting. _ The Dominion Parks Branch of the Department of In- Beerior has been active in its earnest endeavour to save the _ antelope from extermination. Several attempts have been ‘made to breed the antelope in the national parks in the _ west, particularly in the Buffalo Park at Wainwright, Alta., but without success. With the assistance of Mr. Thompson _ Seton, three areas have been set aside as reserves for an- _telope, one in Alberta and two in Saskatchewan. In the spring of 1914 the Branch was advised of the presence of a small herd of antelope near Foremost, Alta. Mr. Maxwell _ Graham, in charge of the Animal Division of the Branch, - immediately proceeded to the locality and was successful in enclosing, with a suitable fence about twelve miles in length, an area of about 5,160 acres, a herd discovered near the _ junction of two deep coulées. The land is mostly unsettled, _ and as yet is unfitted for agriculture. Broken by numerous _Tavines, it contains excellent summer and winter range, and such vegetation as sage-brush, cactus, and antelope _ grass, as well as water. At the time of capture the herd consisted of forty-two animals, and this number has now increased to about one hundred. _ All animal-lovers are unanimous in their hope that the _ earnest efforts that are now being made by the Dominion _ and the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan, not merely _ to prevent the extermination but to secure an increase in _ numbers of this incomparably beautiful and unique member _ of our wild life, will be attended with success. The creation _ in the minds of the farmers and ranchers living within the _ antelope range of a sympathetic attitude towards the pres- 76 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE ervation of so valuable a possession will accomplish more . than anything else towards the attainment of the desired — object. THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN SHEEP Of all our big-game animals none is more characteristic } of our western mountains, and none offers such a magnifi- — cent trophy to the sportsmen whose endurance its winning demands, as the mountain sheep, or ‘‘big-horn.” It is the © best-known type of the New World representatives of the numerous forms of wild sheep, all characterized by their — circular horns, that are to be found in the Old World, where — - the finest of all the wild sheep, Ovis poli, occurs in the lofty © Pamir ranges of Central Asia. Our several species of American mountain sheep are — found from northern Mexico on the south to the mountains fringing the northern coast of Alaska and western side of the Mackenzie delta. They reach their greatest abundance in the central parts of their range. In the United States they have suffered the fate of the rest of the big game, and have been exterminated in very many of their former haunts through the greed of hunters — and others whose rapacity has been permitted to run riot owing to the lack of adequate protection; and also by dis- ease contracted from domestic sheep. The history of this animal in the southern portion of its range serves as a solemn warning to us, and should be an incentive to the ~ enforcement of every possible means that will secure the — preservation of an animal which in its native haunts evokes thrills of admiration in every mountaineer. In Canada we have three distinct species of mountain sheep: the Rocky Mountain sheep (Ovis canadensis) and its varieties; Stone’s or the black mountain sheep (Ovis stonet), described by J. A. Allen in 1897; and the pure-white Dall’s — mountain sheep (Ovis dalli), of the far north and Alaska, — PLATE VII ROCKY MOUNTAIN SHEEP (Ovis canadensis) WHITE MOUNTAIN SHEEP (Ovis dalli) From paintings by Carl Rungius. Reproduced by courtesy of the New York Zoological Society THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 77 _ described by E. W. Nelson in 1884. A fourth species, _ known as Fannin’s mountain sheep, or the ‘‘saddle-backed”’ _ or “piebald” sheep (Ovis fannini), was described by W. T. Hornaday in 1901.* This species is now considered by some to be due to interbreeding between Ovis stonei and Ovis dalli, Its type specimen is in the Provincial Museum at Victoria, B. C., and the latter view appears to me to be correct in view of the observations of Charles Sheldon} and others, An examination of many skins and the reports of hunters indicate a strong tendency among the northern mountain sheep to vary in colour and thus render specific designations _ somewhat difficult. In northern British Columbia and the , adjoining part of the Yukon Territory where Fannin’s sad- _ dle-backed sheep occurs, in the mountains between the home of the typical Stone’s black mountain sheep (0. stonei) and Dall’s white mountain sheep (0, dalli), sheep are found hav- ing white heads and necks and with bodies of varying shades of grey, produced by mixtures of dark and white hairs. One may find white sheep mingling with the dark-grey or grey and white sheep: There can be little doubt that in- _ terbreeding occurs. But, while such intergrading of char- acters may be found in regions adjoining or common to _ different species, especially as mountain sheep will occasion- ally extend their range, in the mountain ranges where in- termingling does not occur the animals keep true to type, _ the topographical and climatic conditions being sufficient _ to prevent extensive intermingling. The distribution of the colour variations intermediate between the black O. stonet and the white O. dalli, including the ‘‘saddle-back”’ sheep, O. fannini, is shown in the accompanying map pre- i Ev Ia iat Tey é *Hornaday, W. T., “Notes on Mountain Sheep in North America, with a Description of a New Species,” Fifth Ann. Report New York Zool. Society, pp. 77-122, 1901. t “The Wilderness of the Upper Yukon,”’ By Charles Sheldon. Second _ edition, New York, 1909. 78 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE pared by Charles Sheldon on the basis of the available in- formation regarding the distribution of these sheep* (p. 82). The mountain sheep are partners with the eagles of the tops of the high mountain ranges. Here on the treeless mountain divides and plateaus, and in the verdant alpine meadows, the sheep find all their needs supplied, and thrive in the altitudes above the limit of tree growth. In these rugged pastures usually one and sometimes two young are born in the spring, and even in the winter, when deep snow drives many of them to the lower altitudes, where protected pastures may be found, or to the foot-hills; others will re- main to eke out an existence by pawing through the snows of the mountain meadows. Always alert and difficult to approach, it offers a great contrast to its phlegmatic and at times unsuspicious mountain neighbour, the mountain goat. THe Rocky Mountain SHEEP (Ovis canadensis) (PLATE VII) Distribution.—The justly famous ‘‘Big Horn” has as its principal habitat the main range of the Rocky Mountains. From the international boundary on the south it ranges through British Columbia and Alberta to a northern limit, which is found in the region of the Smoky River, on the © eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains. It occurs in the © mountains of British Columbia, except in the Coast Moun- — tains, from the Kootenays to latitude 55° 30’. Dawson gives its westward range ‘‘to the line drawn a certain dis- tance back from the seacoast, approximately along the mid- dle of the Coast Mountains. . .. Within the above area are many ranges and groups in which sheep do not occur.” It is found in the Similkameen, Okanagan, Cariboo, and *We should be pleased if hunters, surveyors, and others visiting the re- gions inhabited by sheep would send us information regarding the varieties occurring in those regions, in order that our knowledge of their distribution may be increased.—C. G. H. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 79 i hilcotin regions. In spite of long persecution—the slaugh- ter by sportsmen for a trophy that is prized above all others, nd old white men and particularly Indians for meat, for its fle sh is of the most savoury kind—it has managed to hold ‘it 3 own. ” Habits .—The Rocky Mountain sheep prefers the high a mountain meadows at timber-line, where small bands will hi graze on the rich vegetation usually found there. Partic- ularly do they prefer a grassy meadow or slope, one side of ‘which falls away in precipitous crags, with talus below, by which route their marvellous agility in climbing rocks will enable them to make their escape should danger arise. The ‘rams and ewes form separate flocks in the spring, and feed ” in separate pastures until late in the fall, when they inter- mingle again. The young are born between May 15 and June 15, sometimes on the high snow-fields, or in _ sheltered places among the rocks near the timber-line. _ The chief enemies of the lambs in the spring are the golden and bald eagles. When stress of weather drives the small flocks to lower altitudes they are subject to the attacks of such predatory animals as wolves, coyotes, and cougars P or mountain lions. The horns of the Rocky Mountain sheep are massive and "thick, and not so widely spread as in other species. The : q largest horns ever taken of which I can find a record are " claimed to have measured eighteen and one-half inches in _ circumference at the base and fifty-two and one-half inches ' in length round the curve. This ram was taken in the Sel- _kirk Mountains. Fine horns are often spoiled by being ' “stubbed” at the end by fighting, and by wearing away _ owing to striking the horns against rocks and rubbing them. ' There is a large amount of variation to be found in the _ weight and thickness of the horns of races of this species _ from different localities; for example, the horns of sheep _ found in the Lillooet region of British Columbia are usually 80 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE more slender and less massive than those carried by sheep — in the Rocky Mountain region of the same province. The female sheep have short, goat-like horns, which are erect and flattened, and they measure from five to eight inches. In Alberta the Rocky Mountain sheep are found through- out the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains, from the international boundary to the region of the Smoky River, and at the head of the Grand Cache River. In the southerly part of their range they have suffered severely through the excessive hunting of the Stoney Indians, but a number of circumstances are now tending not only to prevent their further reduction, but to insure an increase in abundance. The Indians are now compelled to observe the provincial game laws, which require a bag limit of two sheep and fix the open season from September 1 to October 15. The most important factor, however, in protecting the sheep and insuring an increase is the protection they secure in the Dominion Parks. In the Waterton Lakes Park, in the south, they are reported to be more plentiful. Their in- crease in number in the Rocky Mountains Park is very noticeable. In fact, the presence of a flock of ewes and lambs in the neighbourhood of the Vermilion Lakes auto- mobile road is one of the attractions of Banff during the summer. Jasper Park contains a large area of sheep coun- try, in which the present stock of sheep will undoubtedly increase through the absolute protection accorded to them by the game-protection policy of the Dominion Parks. These three extensive areas, that are described in greater detail elsewhere, will insure the preservation of this species, and will act as a source of natural supply for the adjacent mountains outside the confines of the parks. The Rocky Mountain sheep in British Columbia may be killed between September 1 and November 15, in all districts except the electoral districts of Yale, Similkameen, and North and South Okanagan, in which they are given THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 81 an absolute close season at the present time with a view to increasing their numbers. The reports received from other districts are very satisfactory and indicate the wisdom of limiting the killing to males only. In the Lillooet region they have unfortunately so decreased in numbers as to “necessitate a close season for several years. This decrease is said to be due to the excessive hunting by the Chilcotin Indians and to the abundance of cougars. Tae Buack Mountain SHEEP (Ovis stone?) This species was first described by J. A. Allen from specimens killed by A. J. Stone in the Cheonee Mountains of northern British Columbia, at the headwaters of the Stikine and Nass Rivers, in 1896. The black mountain sheep and the next species, the white sheep (Ovis dalli), with the intermediate colour grades shown in the accom- panying plate (VII), all of which are generally referred to as the dalli-stonei group, have more slender and less massive horns than the Rocky Mountain sheep (Ovis cana- densis). ‘There is, however, among the sheep of the dalli- stonet group, considerable variation in the character of the horns. Charles Sheldon* describes the following types: _ “The narrow type, sometimes with very close spiral; the _ diverging type, often with a very wide angle from the per- pendicular—both these types occur with massive or slender horns; a type with horns very much curled, the tips extend- _ ing up well beyond the eyes; a type with very small, com- _ pact, curled horns, often well wrinkled in age, but very slight in weight; a type large at the base, and abruptly _ tapering outward to thinness; a type with horns curving _ without elevation from the skull, having the appearance of _ low horns; another, the reverse, in which the horns rise _ eurling almost directly upwards from the skull, having the *Loc. cit., Appendix F, eS RRA eee aE SH RR ae es ea aa aoe he 142 a 138 136. 84 132 130 328 126 A2@# (22 120 L io] Bay/ A "ey a Illustrating the distribution of Black Mountain Sheep (Ovés Aho, Ss stonei) and White Mountain Sheep (Ovis dalli) with the In- a? SE i termediate colour grades in Canada (after Sheldon). 68 | : mm j The limits indicated on the map are provisional only, but | 6g { \ are in accord with present knowledge. atl Pf H : Scale of Miles f : ! ' ee g 100 200 300 an At. Ba \ haafhnapt pt ee . . 7 +1 66 : 4 — TAY: & 2 i TSS N| Cle | \ . e i ae, dae t a 64 + ° 2. ; 62 ta 7 tier 160 ° ° 58 ¥ 4 » E zy a 6 126 124 eS Le ee ed : ILLUSTRATING DISTRIBUTION OF MOUNTAIN SHEEP IN AREAS INDICATED ON THE MAP PLATE VIII Fre. 4s. Onis fanning : * O stonel, Type, Distribution Areas A.—Occupied by Fig. 1 (Ovis dalli) exclusively B.—Ogilvie Mountains occupied by Figs. 2, 3, 4, exceptionally Fig. 5, in eastern section. Figs. 2 and 3 greatly in the ma- jority. Between Yukon and Tanana Rivers oc- cupied mostly by Fig. 2 with much less black on tail, occasionally Fig. 1. West of Lewes River oc- cupied by Figs. 1 and 2 in the majority; Figs. 2, 3, 5 exceptionally C.—Occupied by Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 most common.. Intermediate colours be- tween 2 and 3 equally common D.—Occupied by Figs. 4,5, 6, 7,8. Figs. 5, 6,7 in the majority. Ten- dency toward lighter col- ours in the north. Fig. 4 exceptional in the north, still more so toward the south. Fig. 9 occasion- ally in the south E.—Occupied by Fig. 9 (Ovis stonei). Rarely Figs. 6 and 7 are found in this area Figs. 1, 5, and 9 were drawn from the Types. The other figures are he ri from specimens illustrat- * ing the average colours, p. but actually every intermediate gradation of colour occurs between each form illus- . trated aes (After Sheldon) Bia Rie! a THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 83 _ appearance of high horns; more exceptional types where the ” tips thrust at length almost horizontally outward, and where _ the tips do not turn outward at all. Every possible inter- . ‘mediate form of horns occurs between all these types. The § ‘horns of ewes, although generally more uniform, vary be- _ tween the narrow and diverging types.” According to _ Sheldon the common type of horns of the dalli-stonei group _ everywhere is the narrow type. ‘‘In regions where sheep _ are more abundant naturally there are more rams with large horns, and also, in most places, with a larger proportion of _ diverging horns.” The known distribution of Ovis stonei is shown approxi- _ mately in the accompanying map (p. 82). Southward they _ have been found near the head of the South Fork of Stikine _ to the Iskoot River, not far from the Nass River. The ex- _ treme southern and eastern range is not known. Sheldon _ suggests that it is probably between latitudes 56 and 57 _ degrees, and west of longitude 122 degrees. _ In various parts of their range the black mountain sheep _ are to be found in abundance. They are reported to be _ very numerous in the mountains of the Cassiar district, _ which perhaps constitute their chief centre, and in 1915 _ Mr. Williams, provincial game warden for British Columbia, _ reported that good bands were seen on several ranges that _ had almost been deserted for several years previously. _ East of Dease Lake they are also abundant. The flocks are _ often larger than those of the Rocky Mountain sheep. _ Large flocks may sometimes be found consisting of ewes and _ young rams. Except in the fall and winter the older rams _ separate from the ewes, as in the previous species, and they _ live apart in small flocks. The blackest specimens have _ been found north and south of Telegraph Creek, B. C. _. The inaccessible character of the greater portion of the _ range of this species prevents great reduction in its numbers _ either by hunters or Indians. The Cassiar region in which 84 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE it ranges is unsurpassed as a big-game country, and will continue to attract sportsmen from all parts of the world, — in consequence of which every precaution should be taken ~ to prevent a reduction in numbers of this splendid animal. Dau.’s Mountain SHEEP (Ovis dalli) (PLATE VII) It must have been one of the great occasions of his life 7 when my friend, Doctor E. W. Nelson, now chief of the Bi- ological Survey of the United States Department of Agri-- : culture, first saw this most northerly and certainly the — most beautiful species of mountain sheep, which he after- wards described, in the mountains of Alaska in 1881. From the fall to the spring its thick coat of rather long pelage is | pure white, and its amber-coloured horns have the graceful sweeping spiral typical of the northern species, O. stonei i and O. dalli. From early June to September the copious — winter coat is shed, and the hair is short like that of the Rocky Mountain sheep. Through contact with the red soil and rocks it becomes discoloured and often bears a a reddish tint. Intrepid climber of the most rugged peaks of the high northern mountains of Alaska and Canada, it affords a trophy of the finest kind. The distribution of Ovis dalli will be most readily ascer- tained by reference to the map. Sheldon states that pure- white sheep, that is, Ovis dalli, are distributed as follows: Throughout the Mackenzie Mountains, within the Macken- zie watershed south farther than latitude 62 degrees. In the Yukon Territory, north of latitude 66 degrees, south of lati- tude 62 degrees, and west of 136 degrees. West of the Lewes and Yukon Rivers they greatly preponderate over the intermediate colour grades. In the Ogilvie Mountains the tendency towards the white O. dalli prevails increasingly | L towards the west and north. a ; = THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 85 4 The presence of all gradations between the pure white _ O. dalli and the dark-grey or black O. stonei in the moun- tains between the range of these two species has already been mentioned. In the Selwyn Mountains and in the region between the Sheslay River district and the Lewes _ River the colour of the sheep is extremely variable. From _ the Sheslay River region north of the Stikine River, north along the uninterrupted area of travel through the Stikine Mountains and the Pelly River region, there is more gen- eral uniformity of colour, lighter sheep occurring along the -Pelly River. It would appear that ‘within the areas of colour varia- tion,” to quote Sheldon, ‘“‘sheep inhabiting the continuous unbroken ranges have a tendency towards uniform colours, while those inhabiting regions where the mountain ranges are broken, having the character of complex groups separated by wide valleys, tend to vary.” R. G. McConnell reported this species from the moun- tains west of Peel River, in 1901. Jos. Keele, in the report of his reconnaissance of the Mackenzie Mountains, in 1907 and 1908, states that they are plentiful in portions of the Gravel River region, particularly on the low mountains be- tween the Sayunei and Tigonankweine ranges. E. A. Preble (1908) reported their occurrence in the mountains west of the Mackenzie River from the vicinity of Fort Liard to near the Arctic coast. They are killed in the mountains opposite to Forts Norman and Good Hope, and while at Fort Macpherson he saw heads and skins which had been obtained on Black Mountain, the extremity of the range _ west of the Mackenzie delta. During the summer the rams and ewes are hardly ever found together. Charles Sheldon informs us that the _ lambs are born from early May to early June, and some- _ times, though this is exceptional, as late as early August. After the lambs are born the ewes and lambs remain in the 86 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE most inaccessible parts of the mountains and afterwards seek the best food areas. The rams seek the best food areas, but do not move about so much as the ewes. The splendid trophy that the head of the white sheep makes causes it to be hunted whenever and wherever pos- sible. R. M. Anderson has reported the use of the skins for clothing by western Eskimos, but this is not common as the range of the sheep is largely outside of Eskimo ter- ritory. The great palatability of its flesh has been one of the main causes of its reduction and extermination in many parts of its range, especially in Alaska, where miners, pros- pectors, and others have not only killed it extensively for their own use but also to serve as dog food in the winter. No animal ean stand the reduction in numbers that such killing involves, and it is to be hoped that such wasteful destruction of this beautiful animal will be checked by more stringent regulations for its protection. The recent establishment of a national park by the United States Gov- ernment, in the Mount McKinley region, will do much to preserve this species in that territory, and the establish- ment of protected areas in the Canadian range of this, the most beautiful of our mountain sheep, cannot be too strongly urged, especially as it would not affect the vital interests of either white or native inhabitants. THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN GOAT (PLATES IX AND XVI) The Rocky Mountain or white goat (Oreamnos montanus) is another of the unique members of our native mammals. It is the only representative on this continent of the numer- ous wild species of goats that are found throughout Asia, southern Europe,—where its nearest relative is the chamois, —and northern Africa. Its home is to be found on the slopes and inaccessible summits of the western mountains. THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 87 ‘The mountain ranges of British Columbia, from the Rockies on the east to the Coast Mountains on the west, constitute _ the chief stronghold of this remarkable animal. 3 _ Habits. —The characteristic haunts of the Rocky Moun- tain goat are the precipitous rocky slopes and ledges, and “the grassy alpine ridges above the timber-line, of the high mountains, where they feed on the grasses, lichens, and _ other stunted vegetation found among the rocks. In choice 4 of habitat they differ from the mountain sheep. The differ- ence in choice of locality between these two inhabitants of our western mountain ranges is generally known, and the "fact is frequently acknowledged by the statement that moun- _ tain sheep and goats are not often found together on the ; ‘same mountain. Usually the difference of geological forma- _ tion between neighbouring mountains provides separate and suitable habitats for both species. __ They combine remarkable steadiness of nerve with agility _ and sure-footedness on the most precipitous and inaccessible rock faces, and in rock-climbing are the most expert of all _ American hoofed animals, with more apparent than real stupidity, and great deliberation on occasions when it is least expected. The oddness of their temperament is - hardly surpassed by that of their appearance, which is ex- _aggerated greatly when they are seen away from their na- tive crags. In spite of the fact that they do not offer the _ sportsmen either so splendid a trophy or so palatable a _ carcass as the mountain sheep, they are, nevertheless, an inducement to the most intrepid of climbers and cragsmen, _ who will seek them in their rock-bound pastures, over which _ their small, sure feet carry them with the greatest ease and _ safety. The difference in the shapes of the feet of the _ mountain goat and sheep leads to a difference in the appear- _ ance of their tracks. In the case of the goat, the open end _ of the V is in the direction the animal travels, whereas it _ is reversed in the case of the sheep. 88 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Distribution.—While the greatest numbers, not only in Canada but in North America, are to be found in British Columbia, they are also found in Canadian territory on the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains in Alberta and in the Yukon. In Alberta they appear to be holding their own. The following are the numbers of mountain goats obtained by hunters, under license, in this province within the past few years. 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 38 46 56 58 42 61 40 26. 37 43 In the Dominion Parks in Alberta there will always be a plentiful supply of mountain goats, as the parks that in- clude portions of the Rocky Mountains afford exceptionally good localities for these animals. In Jasper Park they are increasing in numbers and may frequently be seen there in their characteristic haunts by visitors. They are also increasing in numbers in the Rocky Mountains Park, where they may be found in nearly all parts of the park, partic- ularly on the Sulphur Range and on the high, rocky ridge at the summit of the White River and the West Fork of the Elk River. In the Waterton Lakes Park they are very plentiful. In British Columbia they are very abundant, and may be found on the mountain ranges from the summit of the Rockies to the sea-coast. In his annual report for 1915 Mr. Bryan Williams, provincial game warden, states: ‘‘ More people hunt goat than formerly, but the number killed is so small as to have no effect on the enormous numbers of these animals. Except in one or two places very easy of access, they are as numerous as they ever were.”’ And in the report for 1916 Mr. Williams states: ‘‘Goats have been but little hunted this year; they seem to have increased in several of the places where they were getting a bit scarce.” ‘ THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 89 _ On account of its habits and its comparative lack of “meat value, there is little fear that this animal, with the adequate protection that it now receives, will become very _ greatly reduced in numbers, and probably it will continue to afford an inducement to the boldest of hunters, and a _ pleasing feature of the higher altitudes of our magnificent western mountains. THE MUSK-OX The musk-ox (Ovibos moschatus) (Plate III) is, in many respects, one of the most interesting of the larger members _ of our wild life. It is also one of our native animals that is fast disappearing, as will be shown, from causes which are avoidable; and it is in need of absolute protection. _ From a scientific standpoint it is of the greatest interest, _ as it occupies a unique position in the animal world. While _ it is not, strictly speaking, a link between the two families _ of sheep, on the one hand, and cattle on the other—a rela- tion indicated by its scientific name—it nevertheless com- _bines anatomical and other characters belonging to these two large groups. In size it equals one of the small breeds of Welsh or Scotch cattle, and in appearance it resembles a small buffalo. This resemblance to the buffalo is not only external, but, as J. A. Allen,* in his valuable mono- ' graphic study of the musk-ox, has shown, the musk-ox has “many anatomical features which would indicate that its nearest living relative is the American bison. In certain _ other features, such as the linear horizontal pupil of the _ eye, its short tail, and especially in its behaviour, it dis- _ plays its affinities to the sheep. Allen also shows that the _ musk-oxen which at the present time inhabit northern Can- Y *“Ontogenetic and Other Variations in Musk-oxen, with a Systematic _ Review of the Musk-ox Group, Recent and Extinct,” by J. A. Allen. Mem- ‘ed Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. 8., vol. I, pt. 4, pp. 103-225, 45 figs., 8 pls., 90 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE ada and Greenland can be separated into three well-defined types, and that in the absence of further evidence the musk- oxen of the continental Barren Grounds are referable to the one species, Ovibos moschatus moschatus. Like the buffalo, its head, throat, and shoulders are covered with long hair arising through a thick coat of under fur, but in the musk-ox this long hair covers the greater part of the body, and serves to protect the animal from snow, while the thick covering of under fur is essential to an animal which lives in some of the coldest and most inhospitable regions of the world. The valuable character of its fur has been one of the main causes of its great decrease in numbers, as musk- ox robes have always been in great demand by fur traders. Formerly it was widely distributed in the arctic regions of northern Europe and Asia as well as North America, and remains of musk-ox have been found in fairly recent geological deposits (Pleistocene) in Siberia, Russia, Ger- many, Austria, France, and England, with the remains of the mammoth, reindeer, and woolly rhinoceros. It is now entirely confined to northern Canada, some of the islands of the Arctic, and Greenland. It is, as its appearance so strongly suggests, a descendant of those prehistoric animals that ranged the regions of ice, snow, and rock that in former — times spread over the land areas of the northern hemi- sphere. Within historic times the musk-ox ranged over the whole of the Barren Grounds from Alaska and the mouth of the Mackenzie River on the west to the Churchill River on the east, but to-day the region it occupies is very restricted — compared with its former distribution, as will be shown later. Habits—In these regions the musk-ox, which does not migrate in the manner shown by the barren-ground caribou, by reason of its abundant coat of thick hair withstands the blizzards and the deep snows, and, with the aid of the furi- ous gales which sweep across those wastes, it is able to — eke out an existence on the dried grasses and creeping wil- — bie pot vVLuag Ty Tewyue sy Jo o8ue1 Jou103 oy jo 4U04xe 943 soyeorpul ‘deur s,uolTy Woy Uoyey ‘oul, YoRlq Yor? oyy ‘xo “YSnyL 04) JO UOPNGLysTp UMOUy 4UO seid 9y} Seyeoypuy UOMI0d pepeys oy, VAVNVO NI XO-MSOW HHL JO NOILOAAIML -SId GHL ONILVULSATIL dvVW ORS 92 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE lows that the winds lay bare. According to MacFarlane, during the severest cold it will, sometimes, enter the northern fringe of the forest region to a depth of forty or fifty miles. With the advent of spring the thick winter coat is shed and the animals wander farther north. Mr. Stefansson believes they migrate about five miles per month. He states that they seem to be unwilling to cross narrow strips of water, and therefore do not migrate from one Arctic island to another, as in the case of the caribou. They are gregarious in habit and usually live in bands of six to twenty indi- viduals, but herds containing as many as one hundred animals have been recorded. In these bands there are usually but few males; Mr. Stefansson counted 114 ani- mals in a single herd on Melville Island. In spite of their heavy and ungainly appearance and the shortness of their legs, they run with considerable speed. When alarmed they show their sheep-like habits. The herd collects to- gether, forming a circle around the calves, the larger animals facing with their formidable-looking horns the source of danger. In this manner they are usually able to withstand the attacks of wolves, but the Eskimos take advantage of this habit and surround the herd, from which, as a rule, not a member escapes, the whole herd being killed (Plate VI). This reckless slaughter, sometimes imitated by white men, has been the cause of the reduction of the musk-ox to the alarmingly small numbers in which they exist to-day. When they are able to escape they take to the hills, where they are able to ascend precipitous slopes and to traverse rocks and crags with astonishing agility, led usually by an old bull. The female produces one, rarely two, young — at the end of May or the beginning of June. Ekblaw (see p. 97) records the birth of a musk-ox calf on or about April 28, near Cafion Fjord, Ellesmere Island. The flesh of a fat musk-ox is said to be excellent, resembling caribou somewhat, but coarser in grain. The bulls may attain a ; Z f ; THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 93 considerable size, Seton having killed a very large old bull ‘in August, 1907, on the north shore of Aylmer Lake, where ‘it had undoubtedly wandered from the more northern terri- tory inhabited by this animal. The bull was estimated to weigh 900 pounds. Its total length was 96 inches, and its height at shoulder 59 inches. _ Economic Value as Furbearer.—The possession of a large _and valuable pelt by the musk-ox led to the destruction by : the Eskimos, Indians, and white traders of every musk-ox that could be Honched, and the gregarious habits of the animal brought about a speedy reduction in its numbers. Roderick MacFarlane, a former chief factor of the Hud- _son’s Bay Company, who has contributed so much to our knowledge of the animals of the north, gives an account of _ the trade in musk-ox skins. He states: _ The Company’s posts at which musk-ox skins are usually traded are _ Fort MacPherson (from the Eastern Coast Eskimos); Forts Good Hope and Norman (from the Anderson Eskimos and from post Indians who _ hunt them); Rae and Resolution on Great Slave Lake (from Indian hunt- ers); Lac du Brochet, Reindeer Lake (from inland Eskimos); and Fort Churchill (from the Padbon, Bay Eskimos). It is only in recent years, however, that the Company has strongly encouraged the hunting of -musk-oxen, and although there is no record of the sale of any in the - London Statement, 1853-1877, yet we know that a number of pelts were occasionally, if not annually, traded at Forts Churchill and Anderson, at least subsequent to 1860, and that they must have been sold there or in Montreal (the British Company’s market for buffalo robes) as the _ statement of the northern department fur returns for outfit 1865, ‘shows that the districts of Mackenzie River and York, Hudson Bay, collected 26 and 66 musk-ox skins, respectively, in that year. During the last thirty years, the Indians and Eskimos have devoted more attention than before to the hunting of this valuable animal. In 1902, _ 271 skins and in 1903, 246 skins were exposed for sale, and the average for the past twenty years probably ranged between 200 and 250 pelts. _ The greater portion of those secured by the Company are purchased in London and re-shipped to and used in Canada and the United States, chiefly as sleigh and cutter winter robes. 94 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE In his report of his exploration trip from Great Slave Lake to Chesterfield Inlet via Thelon River, in 1900, J. W. Tyrrell states that they first found musk-oxen among the lakes in the vicinity of the height of land between the basin of the Great Slave Lake and that of the Thelon, and, after emphasizing the fact that the musk-oxen are among the most valuable resources of the north country, he recom- mends that the territory between Thelon and Backs Rivers — be set aside as a game sanctuary, on account of the rapid diminution of their numbers. In his volume, ‘Through the Sub-arctics of Canada,”’ he refers to the musk-ox (pp. 241-242), and states that he has seen ‘‘musk-ox robes stacked by the Eskimos like hay-cocks, along the shore of Chesterfield Inlet, awaiting opportunity to market them.” In 1912 the Hudson’s Bay Company established a post at Chesterfield Inlet, and I am informed by a recent explorer from that region that the natives were being encouraged to bring in all the musk-ox robes that it was possible to obtain. © As the remaining herds of musk-ox are now restricted on the mainland to the region between Chesterfield Inlet and Backs River, the significance of such hunting is only too obvious. | It had been hoped by many of those of us who are en- deavouring to prevent the extermination of this scientifi- cally unique and economically valuable animal of our Arctic plains that in the interior of the Barren Grounds there - was an area, more or less inaccessible on account of the diffi- - culties of travel to the Dog-rib and Yellow-knife Indians © on the west, and the Eskimos on the east, in which there would be less danger of the musk-ox being killed out. Un-~ fortunately, the latest reports indicate that this is a vain hope. It is true, as I am reliably informed by one of the © Hudson’s Bay Company’s officers, that the western and — southern range of the musk-ox has been so reduced that it~ was practically impossible to obtain musk-ox skins at the 4 | : q THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 95 estern trading-posts, owing to the great expense entailed in fitting out the Indians to hunt them at so great a dis- _ tance away in the interior, but from the Arctic coast on _ the north and the Chesterfield Inlet region on the east, the Eskimos, better equipped, and able to travel through almost _ any country, were reported to be attacking the remaining herds. _ Distribution—The most recent account of the present H distribution of the musk-ox, and the extent to which its _ extermination is proceeding, is given in the following re- ¥ _ port, which has been kindly prepared at my request by r Doctor R. M. Anderson, who has had unequalled oppor- _ tunities for collecting bis foeupatiin on the subject as chief of the southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 4 (1913-1916), and on his previous sojourn in the Arctic in - 1908-1912. Doctor Anderson states: The musk-ox has been greatly reduced in numbers during the last _ few years. The last musk-ox was killed in the region around Franklin _ Bay about eighteen years ago, and the last records near the coast, west _ of the Coppermine River, were not later than sixteen years ago, in the _ Darnley Bay region. No musk-oxen are left on Banks Island, accord- ing to Mr. George H. Wilkins, who has recently returned after spend- _ ing considerable time in 1914, 1915 and 1916, in traversing the greater _ part of Banks Island with the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. There were formerly numbers of musk-oxen on Banks Island, as is evidenced by skulls and skeletal parts seen frequently on the land. According to Mr. Wilkins, Melville Island, which is not - normally inhabited, has a good many musk-oxen left, cat the Western Eskimo hunters who were taken north to Winter Hastiout to establish a base for 1916-1917, were killing a good many musk-oxen in the spring of 1916. _ The Indians have within the past few years practically exterminated _ the species around the east of Great Bear Lake. Three to my knowl- ' edge were seen and killed by the Indians there in the winter of 1910-1911, _ and they were said to have finished off a herd of eighty almost com- _ pletely a few years before that. Inspector C. D. LaNauze, R.N.W.M.P., reports that the Indians saw a few musk-ox tracks on the north side of _ Great Bear Lake in the summer of 1915. No musk-oxen have been seen 96 | CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE for many years near the lower Coppermine. The western limit of musk-ox near the Arctic coast is now about in the region of the Annielik River (improperly named Unialik), flowing into Grays Bay, about one hundred — miles east of the mouth of the Coppermine. A few musk-oxen were seen near the coast here in May, 1916, but the Eskimos say they are not found farther west. Musk-oxen are said to be more common in the very rugged country south of Arctic Sound, and a considerable number of skins were taken there by Eskimos in the summer of 1915. The Eskimos in that region (Bathurst Inlet) are better supplied with rifles than the Eskimos farther west in Coronation Gulf and Dolphin and Union Strait, a num- ber of them having been recently supplied from a new post to the south- eastward, on or near Hudson Bay, so that the last stronghold of the continental musk-ox is being pretty rapidly cut into on two sides, and the probable decrease in numbers in the past five years, and the next five years, will probably be proportionally greater than in any preceding twenty-five years. The limits of the inroads of the Dog-rib and Yellow- knife Indians had probably been nearly reached long ago, as the In- dians are not accustomed to hunt more than a certain distance from the edge of the timbered lands. These newly equipped Eskimo hunters are accustomed to travel anywhere on the barren grounds with very little fuel, burning oil or heather, and there is no region which they cannot visit with little trouble. When a herd of musk-oxen is seen, it is usually slaughtered, being, from the nature of its habits easier to slaughter than most other large animals. Since the musk-ox, so far as it is found on the mainland of North America, is on as decided and as rapid a decline as was the buffalo a few years ago, it should be put on the protected list. That would at least forestall any possible future market demand for skins, which would accel- erate the slaughter, and also reduce temptation for traders to stimulate a demand. Although the savages kill a certain number on their own initia- tive, they should not be encouraged and abetted in the slaughter by traders who have only a temporary interest in the country and who will leave the natives to their own devices again as soon as the bulk of the game and fur-bearing animals have been destroyed. On his return in 1918 from his explorations in the Arctic — regions of Canada with the Canadian Arctic Expedition, Mr. Stefansson informed me that on the islands he visited musk-oxen were most abundant on Melville Island, where he _ and his party of seventeen lived on the animals for two sum- — THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 97 % mers and one winter, 1915-1916. On this island, he esti- hd mates that there are from 3,000 to 4,000 musk-oxen. Ac- cording to the latest reports that he received they appear to _ be extinct on Banks Island, or, if present, are very scarce. _ A few herds were reported from the northeast of Victoria _ Island, but none was reported from Prince Patrick Island. _ He found no musk-oxen on the islands discovered by him, - nor on the Ringnes Islands. _ At the present time, the chief habitat of the musk-ox in _ Canadian territory appears to be Ellesmere Island. Their _ abundance in that region is shown by Doctor Donald B. ~ MacMillan in his account of the Crocker Land Expedition _ of the American Museum of Natural History.* : In a quotation given by Doctor MacMillan from the writings of Sir Clements Markham, it is stated that Elles- _mere Island ‘‘is called Oo-ming-man (the land of the musk- _ oxen) by the Eskimo.” Mr. W. Elmer Ekblaw, a member _ of the Crocker Land Expedition, made traverses of Elles- _ mere Island, and in the account of his explorations which : is given in Doctor MacMillan’s interesting narrative, he __ states: by ee DMA 2 it ___ The west coast of Ellesmere Island in the vicinity of Bay Fjord, is not 4 generally so precipitous and bleak as the east coast. It is more maturely & dissected, the valleys are wide, the slopes are less steep and the moun- _ tains do not everywhere rise so abruptly. Large tracts support a rela- D tively luxuriant growth of willow, sedge and grass, the chief foods of the _ musk-oxen. : In this place a herd of sixty-seven animais was seen, of _ which fourteen were killed for food. Ekblaw states that the excellent condition in which they were found was due, no doubt, to the excellent pasturage they found on the grassy _ meadows among the mountains and along the fjord. __ **¥Four Years in the White North,” by Donald B. MacMillan. Harper a * Brothers, New York, 1918, Se tle PT SI 98 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Travelling up Eureka Sound to the northernmost end of Fosheim peninsula, at the mouth of Greely Fjord, Ekblaw states: All along the way we had seen musk-oxen on the hills on both sides of the sound, and we killed all we needed for food. Even on the ice, we found their tracks for miles. The latter observation would indicate that, contrary to the belief of Stefansson, musk-oxen may migrate from one island to another when the intervening water is frozen over. Increased Protection of Musk-ox.—The reduction in the numbers of musk-oxen has not only been due to recklessness of the natives and the demand for musk-ox robes, but thousands have been slain for the support of the various Arctic expeditions that have visited or penetrated their range. Large numbers have been slaughtered by sports- men, and, while no fault is found with those who have killed a few individuals for the sake of their heads, or to provide specimens for the larger museums, we have evidence that a number of men, calling themselves sportsmen, have dis- played a passion for slaughtering these animals which rivals that of the Eskimo and the game-hog. , The extermination of the musk-ox is only a matter of a few years, unless prompt and adequate steps are taken to put an end to the killing of the animal for the sake of its skin. The extreme scarcity of the musk-ox is now admitted by the fur traders. At the present time I am informed that the price in Canada varies from $50 to $350 a robe, according to the size and quality. In some cases it takes two or three skins to make a robe. In a comparatively recent adver- tisement in The Gazetie (Montreal), of musk-ox robes offered for sale by one of the leading dealers in these supplies, the following statement is made as an inducement to purchase: THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 99 This animal whose fur is much finer than that of the buffalo is be- coming very rare and the skins will soon be absolutely unobtainable. One of the leading fur merchants in New York, who deals exclusively in raw furs, and through whose hands more musk-ox skins pass, perhaps, than through those of any other firm, in response to my inquiries courteously supplied me with the following information, in November, 1916, re- garding the trade in musk-ox robes: Most of these goods are brought down by whalers, some of which go into San Francisco or Seattle, and others into New Bedford [Mass.]. Also the Hudson’s Bay Co. collects a fair quantity every year. I personally have had a vessel up on the Hudson Bay for quite a few years, and we collect a few from the height-of-land which is situated about 100 miles northwest of Wager River. These animals are becoming more and more extinct, as, ten years ago, if you wanted to get a quan- tity you would only have to go up to that country and you could get them, but the parcel we sold Messrs. —— [a Montreal firm], about 160 skins, represented three or four years’ collection; so there is no doubt but what they will get scarcer. The Hudson’s Bay Company has very kindly furnished me with a statement showing their annual returns of musk- ox skins from 1864, which may be taken as a good criterion of the extent to which the musk-oxen were hunted-for their skins. From 1864 to 1878 the number of skins received by the company did not exceed 200 annually. From that year the number increased until 1881, when over 600 were re- ceived. In the following eight years the numbers decreased, and then rose again in 1890 to over 1,400 skins. The high- est level was reached in 1892, when nearly 2,000 skins were received. Since that year there has been an almost steady decline in the number, the lowest level being in 1907, when less than 100 skins were received, and only once, that is 1912, has the number slightly exceeded 200. We have no record of the large number of musk-ox skins taken out an- 100 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE nually by way of the Arctic coast by whalers and traders to San Francisco and Seattle. The best fur traders now admit that the musk-ox can only be saved from extermination by the absolute prohibi- tion of its slaughter for commercial purposes. In 1914, and again in 1916, I laid before the Commission of Conservation specific recommendations regarding the amendment of the Northwest Game Act to secure much- needed protection of our northern mammals, including the - musk-ox :* (a) The prohibition of the killing of the musk-ox except under license, which should not permit the taking by bona fide hunters or other duly authorized persons, of more than two skins and two heads under each license. WNa- tives or bona fide explorers to be allowed to kill musk-oxen for food for their own use, but not in order to secure the skins. (b) The prohibition of the killing of musk-oxen on Vic- toria, Banks, and Melville Islands, thereby constituting these islands permanent reserves for musk-oxen and as centres for their natural distribution to other parts. These recommendations have since been put into effect in the Northwest Game Act, 1917, and the regulations thereunder, which provide for the permanent protection — of the musk-ox, except in such zones and during such period as may be prescribed under the act, and at the pres- ent time the killing of musk-oxen is everywhere forbidden in Canadian territory. Section 38 of the regulations sets forth the sole conditions under which musk-oxen may now be killed; the section reads as follows: 38. Musk-ox may be hunted and killed by Indians, Eskimos or half- breeds who are bona fide inhabitants of the Northwest Territories, but only when they are actually in need of the meat of such musk-ox to pre- * Seventh Annual Report, Commission of Conservation, 1916, p. 33, THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 101 vent starvation. No person shall at any time trade or traffic in musk-ox or any part thereof, and the possession of the skins of such musk-ox by any other person than the said Indians, Eskimos or half-breeds shall constitute an offence. In another chapter (p. 313), the utilization of the musk-ox as an economic factor in the development of Arctic Canada is discussed. We hope that the absolute close season for a number of years will prevent its complete disappearance within « very few years from our northern Barren Grounds, where it has maintained itself in those Arctic solitudes for thousands of years before the advent of the white man and his deadly rifle. BEARS Canada possesses, in numerical abundance of the chief species of bears, by far the greatest portion of the bear population of North America. The enormous extent of the coast and islands of Arctic Canada constitutes the chief habitat of the polar bear. The Rocky Mountains and the mountain ranges flanking them in British Columbia now form the chief region in which the grizzly bear, which has been largely wiped out in its more southerly range, is to be found; its near relative, the Barren-ground grizzly, is only to be met with in the treeless northern region; while the black bear occurs everywhere in the wooded regions from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and nowhere throughout this extensive range can it be said to be very uncommon; in certain regions it is very common. From all standpoints, therefore, we are particularly fortunate in our bear popula- tion, and a special responsibility accordingly rests upon us to take such measures as may be necessary to conserve so interesting and, at the same time, so economically valu- able a section of the native mammalian fauna of this continent. 102 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Tue Poxar Bear (Thalarctos maritimus) (PLATE Ix) From the Alaskan-Canadian boundary on the northwest, along the Arctic shores of the Northwest Territories, the ‘Hudson Bay and Labrador, and throughout the islands of the Canadian Arctic, this magnificent denizen of the polar seas, whose very name conjures up a vision of deep-blue Arc- © tic seas and fringing ice-floes, withstands the rigours of the north and the persecution of the hunters of his splendid skin. In the solitude of the Arctic this animal, so splen- didly endowed by nature for such an environment of ice and frigid waters, hunts its food along the edge of the ice- pack and drifting floes, where he may secure, by patient hunting, the cautious seal. Whatever animal remains are cast ashore are acceptable, and only during the short Arctic summer is it able to resort to vegetable food such as constitutes a large portion of the food of his more southerly relatives. As a-rule only the more hardy males face the long Arctic winter out-of-doors. The female usually hibernates in some convenient cavity, and there, buried under the deep snow, she brings forth her cubs, which rely on their mother © for their sole supply of food during the winter months they spend in the little ice cavern, that is formed by the com- bined heat of their bodies. With the advent of spring they are released from their snow prison, and the fish and wild fowl form their food until the melting of the snow uncovers. the sparse supply of vegetable food, such as herbage, roots, and Arctic berries. Many years of excessive hunting have materially reduced the numbers of the polar bear, especially in the western Arctic, and they are in serious need of protection. The Hudson’s Bay Company’s returns show that in the decade, PLATE IX Ome See es ee et From photographs of groups in the American Museum of Natural HTistory. Reproduced by courtesy of the Museum 1. Polar Bear 2. Black Bear, showing colour phases 3. Rocky Mountain Goat THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 103 1902-11, the number of white bear skins offered for sale at their auctions in London, England, ranged from a maxi- mum of 170 in 1902, to a minimum of 82 in 1911, and the average number offered was only 97. These figures tell their own story, and indicate most strongly the urgent necessity of increased protection which this animal must un- questionably receive and, we hope, will receive in the future. It constitutes an economic resource of no mean value, apart from the obvious duty of preventing so unique a species of mammal from reaching the point of extinction in the territories under our control and supervision. Grizzty Berar (Ursus horribilis) Distribution—The fame of the North American grizzly is world-wide. In the days when the buffalo was abundant, and up to the early part of the last century, it ranged the western plains, foot-hills, and mountains with its supremacy unchallenged. The buffalo bull fell beneath its powerful blows, but now in its mountain retreats it more usually contents itself with such infinitely smaller prey as mice and ants. From the journals of Alexander Henry we learn that in 1800 it occurred in southwestern Manitoba, and the capture of grizzlies at Portage la Prairie will appear somewhat as- _ tonishing to the residents of to-day in that region. This was its most easterly range; and westward and southward it ranged the plains and foot-hills of the Rockies. The dis- appearance of the buffalo and the systematic hunting of the grizzly, which in the early days was both dangerous and destructive to the cattle and horses on the range, led to its extermination over practically the whole of the non-moun- tainous portion of its range. Even in the mountains it is nowhere common at the present time. The greatest number are to be found in the Rocky Mountains and their 104 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE adjacent ranges in British Columbia. The eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains form the easterly limit of the range of the grizzly in Canada. Northward it may be found as far as the mountains west of the Mackenzie delta. In Al- berta they appear to be most abundant in the mountains immediately north of Jasper Park. Throughout the Rocky and Selkirk Mountains in British Columbia grizzlies may be found in varying abundance. In some sections they are by no means uncommon; in the Kootenay region, for example, — they are not difficult to find by strenuous hunting. In 1915, I reached the remote and beautifully situated remnant of a former prosperous gold-mining settlement bearing the name of Trout Lake City (to distinguish it from Trout Lake) a few days after three grizzlies, a female and two grown cubs, had been killed in front of the small schoolhouse. In the Stikine Mountains grizzly bears can be found in fair abun- dance. Habits.—The grizzly bear has the unenviable reputation of being the most dangerous of our big-game animals; and this reputation is well deserved, for no animal is more power- ful and more tenacious of life when wounded. But this reputation was largely gained in the early days of the West, when the arrows of the Indians and the primitive firearms of white men served more to annoy than to de- stroy him, and when the human aggressor often forfeited his life. His ability to bring to earth, and often drag for some distance, a buffalo, steer, or horse naturally inspired an appreciation of his immense strength. But the grizzly of to-day is a different animal from the former monarch of the foot-hills and mountains. In his re- treat to the mountains he has accepted not merely the su- periority of man himself but of man armed with the modern high-powered repeating rifles, the instrument that has put fear into the hearts of all members of our wild life that have escaped its destructive effect. As Thompson Seton has so THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 105 _ well said, in referring to this change in the creed of the ‘grizzly: ; No longer the arrogant despot of all trails and ranges, he has retreated - to secluded fastnesses, to wild inaccessible regions of thicket and swamp. He is changed in temper as in life, and the faintest whiff of man-scent is now enough to drive him miles away. This acquired and now inborn dislike of man, which is perhaps more correct than fear in the case of the grizzly, is a fortunate factor so far as the continued existence of the grizzly is concerned. It means, first, that such a tendency to seclusion will be an important aid to the preservation of the species, if only the required amount of additional legal ' protection is also given. Secondly, it means that, being no _ longer the menace it formerly constituted to horses, cattle, or sheep on the ranges, or to man himself, it cannot be classed as a highly noxious animal. The dislike for man renders possible the protection of the grizzly in our national parks, where there is little chance, so far as the bear is concerned, of familiarity breeding contempt. The remoteness of its range from well-travelled haunts and its preference for se- clusion may aid in its preservation. Nevertheless, it would be a mistake to assume that the grizzly has lost its dangerous attributes. This is by no means the case. While its attitude is one of defense rather than aggression, no more dangerous assailant can be met _ than a grizzly that is cornered, or that imagines that he is cornered. Females accompanied by cubs are usually to be avoided by an unarmed person, as in the majority of cases they will be likely to attack on suspicion. Unless one is well prepared to defend one’s right of way, it is advisable not to attempt to dispute a grizzly’s right to the same trail. He is likely to resent the interference with what he is perhaps justified in regarding as his rights. No animal is more dangerous than a wounded grizzly, and its OE Re ts eT ms, 106 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE great strength and tenacity of life in spite of repeated shots into non-vital parts is very great. Only a direct hit in the brain or spinal column will make approach to a wounded animal really safe. In some localities the grizzly bear seems to prefer the open country to the woods, and his chosen habitat is the open and generally rocky mountain uplands of the divides, where sparse timber, dense growth of thickets, and occa- sional swamps furnish him with suitable environment. He frequents the open ground only through necessity— the search for food. It is only for a month or two in the summer that the male seeks the company of the female bear. As long as they can secure food in the fall and win- ter they do not go into hibernation. Grizzly bears are largely carnivorous, provided they can secure animal food, and they will eat. anything from steers to mice. Nothing is too small to escape the long claws of these animals, by means of which they can pick the mountain berries, and unearth succulent roots, and insects as small as ants. Be- fore winter covers the mountains with snow they retire to their winter quarters in some convenient cavity or natural den in the rocks, or a den excavated in the mountainside, and there in midwinter the female brings forth her small cubs; usually two cubs are born, sometimes three, rarely - four. The small size of the newly born cubs of bears is one of the striking features of these animals. The newly born young of the grizzly bear usually measures only about eight or nine inches in length, a remarkable size for the young of an animal of which the adult male may weigh from 500 to 600 pounds. The cubs usually remain with the mother the first year, but lead a separate existence thereafter. The most distinctive characters of the grizzly bear are the high shoulder region, formed by a distinct hump, the great length of the front claws, which are twice the length of those of the hind feet, and the somewhat hollow facial THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 107 region. In colour great variation is found. The normal colour is deep brown to brownish black, with the outer por- tions of the longer hairs tipped with light gray, which gives the name “‘silver-tip.’”’ In some cases the fur is com- pletely or partly gray; in others it varies from dark brown to cinnamon, and R. H. Chapman, of Washington, D. C., recently showed me the skins of a female and two cubs, obtained near Revelstoke, B. C., which were of a distinctly reddish shade. Not only is there great variation in the colour of the skins of grizzly bears, but marked differences in the skulls are also to be found, and, as a result of these, striking anatom- ical differences in the cranial and dental characters. Doc- _ tor C. Hart Merriam, who has kindly demonstrated to me these differences in the very extensive series of skulls that he has collected, has described a large number of species and sub-species within the grizzly-bear group. Tue Barren-Grounp Grizzty Brar (Ursus richardsont) Throughout the Barren Grounds this species may be found, but it does not appear to be anywhere abundant. Its occurrence along the Arctic coast was reported by the early explorers, Samuel Hearne, Franklin, and Richardson. It was found in the neighbourhood of the Coppermine River and Bathurst Inlet. In J. B. Tyrrell’s explorations in 1900 evidence of its occurrence on the Thelon was found, and J. M. Bell saw, during the same season, these large greyish- brown bears quite often along the north and west shores of Great Bear Lake. . In his account of northern mammals MacFarlane states: “This bear is not uncommon in the Barren Grounds of the _ Anderson region, nor on the polar shores of Franklin Bay.” He recounts a number of instances illustrating the danger- 108 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE ous character of this formidable animal. It is omnivorous in its habits, and in the stomachs of specimens that have been killed the remains of venison, seal, marmot, berries, edible roots, and grass have been found, showing the varied nature of the diet upon which it subsists. Buack Berar (Ursus americanus) (PLATE IX) Everywhere throughout the wooded regions of Canada, from Nova Scotia to British Columbia, this, our most com- mon and familiar bear, is to be found in greater or less abundance. Its range is practically co-extensive with our northern forests, for, unlike the aforementioned species of bear, the black bear is essentially a forest species, and its northward distribution is limited by the limit of forest growth. The fur returns of the Hudson’s Bay Company would indicate that this species, in common with the other species of bears, shows a tendency exhibited by the other fur-bearing animals to periodic increase and decrease in abundance. The greatest number of skins was obtained by the Hudson’s Bay Company in 1889 and 1892, when about 11,500 were received annually, but, since 1900, the num- bers have gradually declined, and in 1915 only 4,500 skins were obtained. Nevertheless, no trip can be made into the woods in any section of Canada without evidences or speci- mens of this bear being encountered. It is a shy animal, and for that reason it is less commonly seen than might otherwise be expected. But its retiring habits are to its advantage, and so long as the main evidence of its existence ~ in a region lies in the presence of its well-worn trails, claw- marked trees, and overturned stones or rotting logs, it can- not be considered an objectionable neighbour. Frequently it would not be seen by travellers in the woods were it not THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 109 for its spirit of curiosity in the doings of human intruders 4 into its haunts. Black bears usually mate about June or July, and they part a little later. The young are born in January, while the mother is still in her winter den, which may be a natural _ cavity in the rocks, under a fallen tree or its upturned roots, _ or even in a hole dug by the bear herself. Usually two cubs are born, but three are not uncommon. The newly born _ eub is remarkably small. It measures about eight inches long and weighs from nine to twelve ounces. When the _ spring sun melts the snow and ice in the woods the mother leaves her winter quarters and sallies forth with her young family, than which no more interesting or amusing young- _ sters can be found in the whole realm of wild life. The brown or cinnamon-coloured bear is merely a colour-variety of the black bear. In the same litter of cubs one may find both black and brown varieties. For some time in the spring the black bear subsists largely on roots of various plants, supplemented by an occasional mouse or insect, for it is omnivorous to a degree. Insects constitute a large part of their diet. In the spring and early summer bears frequenting lakes and streams feed extensively on May-flies and shad-flies. Hearne states that they may catch these insects by swimming with their mouths open, and he found their stomachs filled with these insects. As summer wears on they hunt out the nests of bees and rob the accumulated stores of honey or brood. In the hunt for such delicacies their ability to climb trees stands them in good stead. Nor do they hesitate to attack any wasps’ or hornets’ nests. The nests of ants are sought in rotting logs or under stones, etc., and the ants and larve are greedily devoured. Where fish can be obtained they are very acceptable, and the black bears in British Columbia are especially fa- voured by the large quantities of salmon that they are able DR Rent eimai, 110 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE to obtain without much trouble. Scavenging is a favourite occupation, and near human habitations their predilection for garbage is well known. In the autumn they take full advantage of nature’s lavish provision of wild fruits. Wild strawberries, blackberries, raspberries, blueberries, and other small fruits are greedily devoured, together with the more satisfying acorns and beechnuts, which enable them to lay up the necessary store of fat for absorption during the win- ter’s rest and enforced fast. In British Columbia I have seen orchards bordering the woods assiduously robbed by bears, which may become a nuisance on this account. In spite of its shyness and normal desire to escape when man approaches, the black bear can be a dangerous animal when her cubs are in danger or when the adult animal is wounded or cornered. On such occasions it can prove a formidable foe to an unarmed man. But under ordinary circumstances the black bear is no more to be feared than most of the timid creatures of the woods. : KermMope’s WHITE Bear (Ursus kermodet) On the islands of the northern coast of British Columbia, and on the adjacent coast of the mainland, is to be found a white bear. The type specimen was killed on Gribbell Island in May, 1904, by Mr. F. Kermode, the director of the Provincial Museum, Victoria, B. C., after whom the species was named. Mr. Kermode informs me that this interesting species, which is illustrated herewith, is found from South Bentinck Arm to Burke Channel, north along the coast region, including Swindle, Princess Royal, Gribbell, and all the larger islands except the Queen Charlotte group; to Nass River, and up the Skeena River as far as Kitsum- gallum. The records of specimens killed, which are given in the Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, show { Soe AB an SES LES Mpa TAH eng aa THE GAME ANIMALS OF CANADA 111 _ that most of the bears have been killed on the islands, _ particularly on Princess Royal and Gribbell Islands. As _ Mr. Kermode has pointed out to me, this does not mean that they are any more common on the islands than on the adjacent coast of the mainland; but it shows that they are more easily seen and hunted on mountain slides on these islands. There are no white goats; whereas, on the mainland, when observed from a distance, these bears are likely to be mistaken for goats, owing to their size and cream-white colour, both these animals being found on the open grassy slide country, which is a favourite feeding- ground for bear in the spring. PROTECTION OF BEARS Attention already has been called to the great need of giving protection to the polar bear, which is rapidly de- creasing in numbers in the more accessible regions of the Canadian Arctic coast, although their numbers are, no doubt, being maintained to a greater degree on the more remote islands of the Arctic. Only in the provinces of Quebec and British Columbia are there close seasons or bag limits on black bears. In Quebec a close season on the black bear is maintained from July 1 to August 20, which covers the mating season. In British Columbia a close season on the black bear was instituted in 1918; this season is from July 1 to September 30. In view of the great decrease of grizzly bears in the United States, owing to the absence of any restrictions on the killing of this animal, it would seem very desirable to give it more protection in Canada, as continuous and assidu- ous hunting will undoubtedly seriously jeopardize its future, and a bag limit should be fixed, if only as a precautionary measure. I received a report of big-game hunting in 1916 in the Cassiar region of British Columbia, in which one 112 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE hunter from the United States had five grizzly bears to his credit. Comment on such butchery disguised under the name of ‘‘sport” is hardly necessary, but it indicates the abuse on the part of unscrupulous persons that is liable to accompany the absence of any restriction. Bears will prob- ably hold their own in our mountains and forests for many years to come, even without protection, owing to their dis- like for man and the sparse population in or near their haunts. But there are a number of adverse natural factors. that tend to reduce their range, of which, perhaps, the chief is forest fires; and it is with a view to counterbalancing the effect of such factors and the gradual diminution of their range by the increase of settlement and population that some form of protection should be granted this interesting and economically valuable group of our wild life while such protection will have the desired effect. CHAPTER V THE BUFFALO OR BISON Irs Present, Past, AND FuTURE Tue history of the buffalo in North America constitutes _ one of the greatest tragedies in animal life in historical _ times._ The extent of its destruction appals one by its im- mensity when we consider the character of the animal. It _ would seem inconceivable that this, the largest of the wild fauna of our continent, should within the limits of the last century, be reduced from countless millions to the point of extermination. Formerly ranging over about one-third of the entire continent, it has been practically wiped out of existence except for small bands of so-called ‘‘wood bison,” now to be found in the region north of Peace River. That its disappearance was an inevitable result of the develop- ment of the country does not diminish the character of the tragedy. It is the greatest of all our wild animals, and un- doubtedly the most noble of its family in any part of the world. Now, it has practically disappeared from the face of the continent, and only by the foresight of the Canadian and United States Governments has it been prevented from becoming completely exterminated. The history of its dis- appearance and the most complete account we have of this noble member of our native fauna have been given by Horna- day in his memoir, ‘‘The Extermination of the American Bison,” and it is from this work that I have taken most of the facts that I am about to give regarding its history. Its former range in North America, according to Horna- day, was as follows: ‘“‘Starting almost at tide-water on the Atlantic coast, it extended westward through a vast tract 113 114 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE of dense forest, across the Alleghany Mountain system to the prairies along the Mississippi, and southward to the delta of that great stream. Although the great plains country of the west was the natural home of the species, where it flourished most abundantly, it also wandered south across Texas to the burning plains of northeastern Mexico, west- ward across the Rocky Mountains into New Mexico, Utah, Idaho, and northward across a vast treeless waste to the bleak and inhospitable shores of the Great Slave Lake it-. self.” : Early Distribution in Canada.—The favourite range of the buffalo in Canada was the northern extension of the great plains region, lying between the Missouri River and the Great Slave Lake. The most northerly record of its occur- rence was made by Franklin in 1820, when he found it at Slave Point, on the north side of Great Slave Lake. In 1829 Richardson defined the easterly distribution of the buffalo in Canada as follows: ‘‘They do not frequent any of the districts formed of primitive rocks, and the limits of their range to the eastward, within the Hudson’s Bay Com- pany’s territories, may be correctly marked on the map by a line commencing in longitude 97 degrees on the Red River, which flows into the south end of Lake Winnipeg, crossing the Saskatchewan to the northward of Basquian Hill* and running thence to the Athapescowy; thence to the east end of - Great Slave Lake. Their migrations westward were formerly limited to the Rocky Mountain range and they are still unknown in New Caledonia and on the shores of the Pacific to the north of the Columbia River; but of late years they have found out a passage across the mountains near the sources of the Saskatchewan and their numbers to the westward are annually increasing.” As late as 1871 the buffalo inhabited the shore of Great Slave Lake, as is shown by a letter from E. W. Nelson to * Pasquia Hills, + Lake Athabaska, — PLATE X BUFFALO BONES PHOTOGRAPHED BY MR. HUGH LUMSDEN, C.E., AUGUST 9, 1890 This is probably the largest accumulation of buffalo bones ever made in Canada. They were piled along the siding just then constructed at Saskatoon. The piles were about eight feet wide and eight feet high, the skulls being built up on the out- side and all broken skulls and other bones thrown into the centre The bones were gathered by Indians and half-breeds from a radius of, say, 12 or 15 miles around that point. They were sold at from $5.00 to $7.00 per ton to buyers from Minneapolis, U. S., and were used for the manufacture of bone charcoal. Mr. Lumsden estimated that these bones represented the remains of over 25,000 Buffalo ~ualtheakgs ‘THE BUFFALO OR BISON 115 _ J. A. Allen, dated July 11, 1877, and quoted by Hornaday. _ Nelson states: ‘‘I have met here [he was writing from St. _ Michael, Alaska] two gentlemen who crossed the moun- - tains from British Columbia and came to Fort Yukon _ through British America, from whom I have derived some ' information about the buffalo (Bison americanus) which will beof interest to you. These gentlemen descended the Peace _ River and on about the one hundred and eighteenth degree of longitude made a portage to Hay River, directly north. On this portage they saw thousands of buffalo skulls and old trails, in some instances two or three feet deep, leading east and west. They wintered on Hay River near its en- trance into Great Slave Lake and here found the buffalo still common, occupying a restricted territory along the southern border of the lake. This was in 1871. They made inquiry concerning the large number of skulls seen on the portage _ and learned that about fifty years before, snow fell to the estimated depth of 14 feet, and so enveloped the animals that they perished by thousands. It is asserted that these _ buffaloes are larger than those of the plains.” It should be _ pointed out in passing that the only herd of wild buffalo _ (as opposed to those enclosed in government reserves) is _ to be found in the region referred to above. Further de- tails regarding this herd will be given later. The buffalo was migratory in its habits, and in this re-. _ spect it differed from most of the other terrestrial quad- _ rupeds of America. In the spring, on the return of mild _ weather, it migrated about 300 or 400 miles northward to _ feed on the better pasturage it found there, and in the fall, _ when winter approached, it left its range, extending from the Peace River southward, and the great herds moved south. This migratory habit was no doubt responsible for the failure of the buffalo to break up into local races, ex- cept possibly in the case of the buffalo occupying the afore- mentioned region southwest of Great Slave Lake. The ALASKA PACIFIC OCEAN reEEyg GREENLAND re) ATLANTIC MEXICO GULF OF OCEAN MEXICO MAP ILLUSTRATING THE DISAPPEARANCE OF THE BISON The outer dark line indicates the area formerly inhabited by Bison (Mainly after J. A. Allen) The inner shaded areas indicate the range of the great northern and southern herds in 1870, after the building of the Union Pacific Railway (After Hornaday) The present distribution of the chief Bison herds is indicated by the following numbers: 1. Range of Wood Bison 2. Buffalo Park, Wainwright, Alta. CONDOR OD Montana National Bison Range, Dixon, Mont. . Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming Salt Lake City, Utah . Pierre, South Dakota . La Vela Pass, Colorado . Wichita National Game Reserve, Cache, Okla. —— a ee Henry and of David Thompson, 1799-1814,” from which - Seton has taken the extracts given in his ‘‘Life Histories of _ Northern Mammals,”’ which are given below: ms Bers Mc THE BUFFALO OR BISON 117 _ migratory movements of the buffalo are described by Alex- ander Henry in “The Manuscript Journals of Alexander 18 September, 1800. The plain was covered.... They were moy- ing southward slowly, and the meadow seemed as if in motion. 7 November. Great herd of cows going at full speed southward. 1 January, 1801. Buffalo in great abundance .. . the plains were en- tirely covered; all were moving in a body from north to south. 14 January. The ground was covered [with buffalo] at every point of the compass, as far as the eye could reach, and every animal was in motion. During January, 1803, Henry found the country from Park - River, N. Dak., to the Riding Mountains crowded with buf- falo. These definite records of Henry’s not only give exact _ information regarding the migration of the buffalo, but they also serve to convey an idea of their immense numbers. Hind, who led the expedition which explored the Cana- _ dian prairies in 1859, found that the Saskatchewan herd _ wintered in central Saskatchewan in a region of which Sas- katoon now occupies approximately the central point. This observation on the wintering habit of this herd is of inter- _ est as indicating the suitability of that region as a wintering place for the buffalo. The Destruction of the Buffalo——But to gain an adequate idea of the immense nature of the herds of buffalo that in- habited the plains and prairies the reader must consult Hornaday’s account. The vast herds seemed to clothe the prairies in a coat of brown. They were as thick as the leaves in the forest. These countless herds greeted the advance guards of civilization and that process spelled their doom. The history of the buffalo was only an illustration on the largest possible scale of the history of every species of wild animal when man invades its natural haunts with an 118 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE unrestrained desire to kill. No part of our wild life can withstand the destructive influence of men armed with modern guns; man and gun spell their doom, and the only salvation for any species is the restriction by law of the number that may be killed. These considerations, however, had no import in the early days of the buffalo. It was faced with men armed with powerful firearms, who killed without any regard for the future, and there was a complete absence of any restrictions on the part of all the governments concerned. The Indians, who had always regarded the buffalo as the source of their meat supply, had their point of view entirely changed in so far as the number of animals to be killed: was concerned. Their passion for killing was inflamed by the example of the white hunters, with serious economic results when their source of meat was wiped out. Various methods of slaughter were followed. The ex- traordinary stupidity of the animals made them an easy prey for the still-hunters. Still-hunting (Plate XI) was conducted on business lines, and was highly profitable when over a hundred animals could be killed from one stand, and the robes were worth two dollars and four dollars each. The practice of hunting on horseback provided an exciting sport, and when the hunters—white, half-breed, and Indians—went out in armies the results were disastrous to the herds, par- ticularly as the cows were especially chosen, owing to the superior value of their skins. A favourite method employed by the Indians was that of impounding or killing the animals in pens, into which they were driven. This method was commonly practised by the Plains Crees in the South Sas- katchewan country. The terrible scenes that attended these wholesale slaughters of the herds are beyond description. Other methods of slaughter on a large scale were surround- ing, decoying, and driving the animals, and all tended towards the same end—complete extermination of the herds. As the animals became more scarce the half-breeds and In- PLATE XI From Hind CREE INDIANS IMPOUNDING BISON STILL-HUNTING BISON From the painting by J..H. Moser in the National Museum, Washington, D. C. THE BUFFALO OR BISON 119 - dians vied with the white hunters in destroying them. _ Far more buffalo were destroyed than could possibly be - utilized, but this could not long continue. No longer did _ the prairies thunder with the sound of thousands of gallop- _ ing hoofs. The great herds were driven farther and farther _ afield. Indians who formerly merely cut out the tongues _ of their victims, if they took any part of the carcass at all, ' now almost starved for want of food. In 1857 the Plains _ Crees, inhabiting the country around the headwaters of the _ Qu’Appelle River, decided that, on account of the rapid de- struction of the buffalo by white men and _half-breeds, _ they would not permit them to travel in their country, or travel through it except for the purpose of trading for their dried meat, pemmican, or robes. In the following year the Crees reported that between the North and the South Sas- _ katchewan Rivers buffalo were very scarce. Hind’s expedi- - tion in 1859 saw only one buffalo between Winnipeg and % Sandhill Lake, at the head of the Qu’Appelle near the South 4 Saskatchewan, where they encountered the first herd. Catlin has given some idea of the enormous numbers that _ were killed during the first half of the nineteenth century. _ In 1832 he stated that 150,000 to 200,000 robes were mar- _ keted annually, which meant a slaughter of 2,000,000, or perhaps 3,000,000 buffalo. So great was the destruction _ that he prophesied its extermination within eight or ten _ years! Frémont about the same time also bore witness to the appalling destruction. The death-knell was struck when the construction of the Union Pacific Railway was begun at Omaha, in 1865. _ Previous to the advent of the first transcontinental railway the difficulties of marketing the results of the slaughter _ served as a slight check on the rate of extermination, for, although they were being killed out at a rate greatly in ex- ~ cess of their natural increase, they would have existed for _ some years longer than the coming of the railroads and ad- 120 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE ditional swarms of white hunters rendered possible. This — railroad divided the original great body of buffalo into © southern and northern herds. That was the beginning of the end. Although the range of the northern herd was about twice as extensive as that of the southern, the latter contained probably twice as many buffaloes. Hornaday — estimates that in 1871 the southern herd contained about 3,000,000 animals, although most estimates give a higher total than this. The slaughter of the southern herd began in 1871, and : reached its height two years later. From 1871 to 1873 the — wastefulness was prodigious. The number of skins that — were marketed bore no indication of the enormous slaughter. In four short years the great southern herd was wiped out of existence, and by 1875 it had ceased to exist. By the time the destruction of the northern herd com- : menced in earnest, buffaloes in Canada had already become very scarce. The remnants of our former herds were assidu- ously hunted by the Indians as they constituted their main supply of food. As Hornaday states: ‘‘The herds of British America had been almost totally exterminated by the time the final slaughter of our northern herd was inaugurated by the opening of the Northern Pacific Railway in 1880. The Canadian Pacific Railway played no part whatever in — the extermination of the buffalo in the British possessions, for it had already taken place. The half-breeds of Mani- toba, the Plains Crees of Qu’Appelle and the Blackfeet of the South Saskatchewan country swept bare a great belt of country stretching east and west between the Rocky Moun- ~ tains and Manitoba. The Canadian Pacific Railway found ~ only bleaching bones in the country through which it passed. The buffalo had disappeared from that entire region before | 1879 and left the Blackfeet Indians on the verge of star- vation. A few thousand buffaloes still remained in the country between the headwaters of the Battle River, be- —— at | a oon THE BUFFALO OR BISON 121 tween the North and South Saskatchewan, but they were 3 surrounded and attacked from all sides, and their numbers _ diminished rapidly until all were killed.” _ “The latest information I have been able to obtain in _ regard to the disappearance of this northern band,” Horna- _ day continues, ‘‘has been kindly furnished by Prof. C. A. ' Kenaston, who in 1881, and also in 1883, made a thorough _ exploration of the country between Winnipeg and Fort Ed- -monton for the Canadian Pacific Railway Company. His four routes between the two points named covered a vast scope of country, several hundred miles in width. In 1881 at Moose Jaw . . . he saw a party of Cree Indians who had _ just arrived from the north-west with several carts laden with fresh buffalo meat. At Fort Saskatchewan, on the North Saskatchewan River, just below Edmonton, he saw a party of English sportsmen who had recently been hunt- _ ing on the Battle and Red Deer rivers, between Edmonton -and Fort Calgary, where they had found buffaloes, and killed as many as they cared to slaughter. In one after- noon they killed fourteen, and could have killed more had they been more bloodthirsty. In 1883 Prof. Kenaston found the fresh trail of a band of twenty-five or thirty buf- faloes at the ‘elbow’ of the South Saskatchewan. Excepting in the above instances he saw no further traces of buffalo, nor did he hear of any in all the country he explored.* In 1881 he saw many Cree Indians at Fort Qu’Appelle in a starving condition, and there was no pemmican nor buffalo meat at the fort. In 1883, however, a little pemmican found its way to Winnipeg where it sold at 15 cents per - pound, an exceedingly high price. It had been made that *In October, 1884, a Canadian Pacific tri-weekly train from Calgary to Winnipeg was boarded at way stations by passengers laden with rifles, sad- _ dies, and other equipment till it was crowded to capacity. Inquiry elicited ' the information that seven buffalo had been reported in the Cypress Hills. This was undoubtedly the last remnant of the vast herds which once roved the prairies of Western Canada, and, inspired by a desire to slaughter, at least 122 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE year, evidently in the month of April, as he purchased it in May for his journey.” The main part of the northern herd was to be found in the United States. Here the Indians of the Northwestern territories were waging a relentless war on the animals. Hornaday computes that the number of buffalo slaughtered annually by those tribes must have been about 375,000. The destruction of the northern herd began in earnest in 1876 and became universal over the entire range four years later. By this time the annual export of robes from the buffalo country had diminished three-fourths. The con- struction of the Northern Pacific Railway hastened the ex- termination of the herd. White and Indian hunters killed as long as there were buffaloes to kill. The hunting season which began in 1882 and ended in February, 1883, com- pleted the annihilation of the great northern herd, and only a few thousand head were left broken in straggling bands, The last shipment of robes was made from the Dakota Territory in 1884. In 1889 Hornaday, on the basis of all available data, estimated that the number of buffalo run- ning wild and unprotected, was 635 animals! Was the de- struction of an animal ever so completely brought about? It furnishes what is undoubtedly the most striking and ap- palling example of the fate of an animal existing in appar- ently inexhaustible numbers when left exposed to unre- stricted slaughter, and should be a serious lesson to the people of the country for all time. That the buffalo had to go in the face of advancing civilization was inevitable. It occupied lands that were to furnish homes and occupation fifty, and probably one hundred, hunters immediately started for the town of Maple Creek, as being the nearest railway station on the Canadian Pacific— then the only railway in what is now the province of Saskatchewan. It is gratifying to note that, so far as known, these sportsmen were unsuc- cessful, and this small herd survived for several years. It is believed that it increased to twenty or twenty-five, but eventually it was exterminated by Indians. The fact that it increased at all indicates that, had it received adequate protection, its descendants might be living to-day.—J. W. EN ERAS ETSI et a a ai cana ea ee, ie» THE BUFFALO OR BISON 123 - for millions of immigrants and that now produce so large a part of the world’s staple crops. Time, however, will not efface the traces of the buffalo’s occupation of the continent. They blazed the trails that later became important highways. As A. B. Hulbert, in his “Historic Highways of America,” has pointed out, the buf- falo selected the route through the Alleghanies by which the white man entered and took possession of the Mississippi Valley. They found the best routes across the continent, and “human intercourse will move constantly on paths first marked by the buffalo. It is interesting that he found the strategic passageways through the mountains; it is also interesting that the buffalo marked out the most practical paths between the heads of our rivers, paths that are - closely followed today by the Pennsylvania, Baltimore and Ohio, Chesapeake and Ohio, Wabash and other great _ railroads.” To-day the only wild buffalo exist in Canadian territory, _ and it will be of interest now to discuss this herd. THe WiLtD or Woop Bison In the area comprising a portion of northern Alberta _ and the Northwest Territories that is bounded on the north _ by Great Slave Lake, on the west by the Hay River, on the _ southeast by the Peace River, and on the east by the _ Slave River, there roams to-day the only wild remnant of the former millions of buffalo that inhabited this con- tinent. By their segregation they have formed a dis- _ tinet race or sub-species known as Bison bison atha- _ basce Rhoads. This race is larger in size and darker in _ colour than the typical buffalo of the plains; also, its hair is _ said to be more dense and silky, and the horns are larger and - more incurved (Plate XII). Samuel Hearne was the first traveller to record the occur- 124 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE rence of these buffalo, and found them ‘‘very plentiful” in the country east of Slave River. Mackenzie (1801) also records them in the region adjoining the river named after him to the west of the Great Slave Lake, and on the plains near Vermilion Falls. In 1808 Harmon found them abun- dant on either side of the Peace River near the Rocky Mountains. Richardson’s observations in 1829 have already been quoted (p. 114). Other travellers referred to their abundance in this region in subsequent years, and E. W. - Nelson’s letter referring to their occurrence has been quoted (p. 115). John Macoun, in his ‘‘ Manitoba and the Great Northwest,” refers to this herd as follows: ‘‘The wood buffalo, when I was in the Peace River in 1875, were confined to the country lying between the Athabaska and Peace Rivers north of latitude 57° 37’, or chiefly in the Birch Hills. They were also said to be in some abundance on Hay River and on Salt River, a tributary of Slave River north of Peace River. The herds thirteen years ago were supposed to num- ber about one thousand all told. I believe many still exist as the Indians of that region eat fish, which are much easier procured than either buffalo or moose, and the country is much too difficult for white men.” In an article in the Field (London) of November 10, 1888, Mr. Miller Christy (quoted by Hornaday) states: “‘The ~ Hon. Dr. Schultz, in a recent debate on the Mackenzie River basin in the Canadian Senate, quoted Senator Hardisty of Edmonton, of the Hudson’s Bay Company, to the effect that the buffalo still existed in the region in question. ‘It was’ he said, ‘difficult to estimate how many; but probably five or six hundred still remain in scattered bands.’ There had been no appreciable difference in their numbers, he thought, during the last fifteen years, as they could not be hunted on horseback, on account of the wooded character of the country, and were therefore very little molested. They are larger than the buffalo of the great plains, weighing mF nee p a SBS ae Bana ag al soe etn Sia ‘ THE BUFFALO OR BISON 125 at least 150 pounds more. They are also coarser haired and straighter horned.” Doctor Schultz also quoted Hon. Frank Oliver of Edmonton, who recorded the wood buffalo as still existing in small numbers between the Lower Peace and Slave Rivers, extending westward from the latter to the Buffalo River in latitude 60°, and also between the Peace and Athabaska Rivers. Some buffalo meat was brought every winter to the Hudson’s Bay Company’s posts nearest the buffalo ranges. In 1888 W. Ogilvie obtained further information regard- ing these buffalo, and this is given in the Annual Report of the Department of the Interior for 1889. He estimated the number of animals to be about 180, and from information secured in 1891 the same observer thought that their numbers did not exceed 300 (Annual Report, Department Interior, for 1892). Doctor Otto Klotz published in the Ottawa Naturalist for 1901 data furnished him by J. A. Macrae, Inspector of Agencies in the Athabaska region in 1900. At this time it was computed that the buffalo numbered from 500 to 575 head. Mr. Macrae stated that ‘‘some eight or nine were killed last winter, but as I tried and punished those who killed them it is thought that no more depredations will occur. I understand that there has been an increase since the animals were protected, of perhaps a couple of hundred, and it would appear to be only necessary to continue vigor- ous protective measures in order to perpetuate the herd.” Fortunately, the Northwest Game Act was passed by the Dominion Parliament in 1906, and under this act a permanent close season for buffalo was provided for a number of years. In 1907 Inspector A. M. Jarvis of the R.N. W.M. Police was sent specially from Regina to the Athabaska . region to ascertain the existing numbers and condition of the wood buffalo and to recommend means for their pro- 126 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE tection. Accompanied by Ernest Thompson Seton and E. A. Preble, he visited the region west and southwest in June and July, 1907. In the region of Upper Salt River one herd of thirteen bison was seen, and a second herd of four bulls, one yearling, four little calves, three two-year-olds, and eight cows was observed a few miles further on. Mr. Seton photographed the first herd and one of his photographs is reproduced in his ‘‘The Arctic Prairies.” In summing up the results of his investigation Inspector Jarvis, after re- marking that it would take from two to three months to make a complete investigation, gives the following conclu- sions: ‘‘That the buffalo are in danger of extermination not by wolves but by poachers. These poachers are all known and live at the village of Smith Landing in the summer time. They could easily be controlled by a local police patrol; without some protection the buffalo will not last five years longer. Therefore, I strongly recommend, as I did some time ago, that if it is the wish of the government to pro- tect the buffalo, resident guardians be placed on the grounds.” * Inspector Jarvis further states: ‘‘In conclusion I would point out that the range of the buffalo herds is very limited; that it has certain natural boundaries; that the buffalo do not attempt to leave this area; that it is removed from any village or permanent habitation and that finally, it would be an efficient and easy measure of protection if the whole area in question were at once turned into a National Park. Animal life was not abundant. We saw no big game whatever and few signs of moose or bear.” As a result of Major Jarvis’s report the buffalo were pro- tected more stringently. A system of occasional patrols _ by selected non-commissioned officers and men of the Royal *For a detailed account of Inspector Jarvis’s investigation the reader should consult the Annual Report Royal North West Mounted Police for 1907, pp. 122-129, 1909. PLATE XII Wallows of Wood Bison in Salt River region, Northern Alberta WOOD BISON THE BUFFALO OR BISON 127 a Northwest Mounted Police into the buffalo country was in- _ augurated, and some resident hunters were engaged as _ special constables. In 1909 Corporal Mellor of the R. N. W. M. Police, en- _ gaged on a patrol into the buffalo country southwest of _ Smith Landing, “found buffalo tracks very numerous at ‘Beaver Lake and also on Big Salt Prairie, at Hay Lake and - about Peace Point.” In the district named, Corporal Mel- lor was able to get within five yards of a band of about _ seventy-five buffalo and obtained a good look at them. He says in his report: ‘“‘Owing to the fact that many of them were hidden from view in the bush, I was unable to count them correctly. Those nearest to view were nine large bulls, all splendid animals and rolling [in] fat. I saw only four calves in the band although there may have been more in the bush, but the guide, after examining the tracks, told me that there were no more. . . .” In the summer of 1910 Sergeant Mellor, accompanied by Constable Johnson, ascended Big Buffalo River from Sul- phur Point on Great Slave Lake to Buffalo Lake. The main object was to determine as far as possible the northern boundary of the wood-bison habitat. As a result of this exploration Sergeant Mellor concludes that the wood bison never range as far as Buffalo Lake, nor across the Caribou Hills, neither do they reach Great Slave Lake at any point; on the other hand, they come close to Slave River from a point about fifty miles below Fort Smith, right up to Peace River, and also reach Peace River, at any rate as far as Jackfish River. Their habitat would therefore appear, he _ says, to be bounded on the west by the Caribou Mountains, _ on the south by Peace River, on the east by Slave River, and on the north by an imaginary line drawn from Caribou Mountains on the west to Slave River on the east, touching the latter at about Point Ennuyeuse, and the former about fifty miles south by Buffalo Lake. The buffalo have, so far 128 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE as he could make out from careful inquiry, never been seen many miles north of these low points. The attitude of the Indians towards the buffalo is indi- cated by the evidence of Inspector H. A. Conroy of the De- partment of Indian Affairs before the Senate committee in 1907. He says: ‘‘You do not require to enforce the law to protect the buffalo. The Indians will not kill them. They want to preserve them as much as any one else. The Indians think if the buffalo are gone they will have nothing - left. The Wood Crees are benefiting by the errors of the Indians south of the Saskatchewan. They know that the buffalo are all gone south of them and they want to protect the wood buffalo.” Sergeant R. W. MacLeod of the R.N. W.M. Police, reporting on his long patrol from Fort Vermilion to the mouth of the Hay River on Great Slave Lake, in December, 1910, corroborated Mr. Conroy’s statement. He states: ‘‘The Indians I met were familiar with the regulations for the protection of the buffalo and protested strongly against a white man being permitted to kill any. The Indians told me the western range of the buf- falo is thirty-five to forty miles east of Buffalo Lake and there is certainly no feed for them in any part of the coun- try I passed over.” In 1911 the Department of the Interior appointed Mr. G. A. Mulloy to investigate the condition and protection of the buffalo herds, and to obtain information in regard to them under the supervision of Mr. A. J. Bell, government agent at Fort Smith. Mr. Mulloy, who resigned in 1913, submitted several re- ports, the most comprehensive of which is contained in the report of the director of forestry for the year 1914 (Appen- dix No. 8, pp. 129-133). This report gives a good account of the regions occupied by the buffalo and their habits. In a letter of December 2, 1916, Mr. R. H. Campbell, director of forestry, under whose jurisdiction the supervision of these _THE BUFFALO OR BISON 129 matters is placed, informed me that ‘‘there is nothing to indicate that the herd is at present suffering from lack of feed or from the depredations of either wolves or Indians. The possibility of a decrease in the buffalo range is, how- ever, a danger which has been pointed out by the govern- ment agent, and is receiving attention by the strengthening of the fire patrol in that vicinity.” With a view to securing the latest information in regard to the wood bison and their present range, I suggested to Mr. Chas. Camsell, now Deputy Minister, Dept. of Mines, who was visiting that region of the northwest during the summer of 1916, for the purpose of supervising the work of several field parties working under his direction there, that it would be most desirable if he could visit the territory oc- cupied by the buffalo west and southwest of Fort Smith; the Commissioner of Dominion Parks was also anxious to have such information. Mr. Camsell was very fortunately able to make such a visit in September, 1916, and on his re- turn he communicated the following facts to me: Three journeys were made into the buffalo territory. The first was made from Fort Smith westward past the salt springs in Salt River, into the northern part of the buffalo range. A second journey was made from Fitzgerald or Smith Landing southwestward for a distance of about thirty-five miles into the central part of the range. Earlier in the summer the range was entered from Peace Point on Peace River, for a distance of about ten miles. The wood bison are now divided into two separate bands, occupying two distinct ranges in northern Alberta and the adjacent portion of the Northwest Territories. There does not appear to be at, present nor to have been within recent years any migration of the buffalo from one range to the other. The limits of the northern range are not as clearly outlined as those of the southern, but in general it extends north of the 60th parallel between Buffalo and Little Buffalo \ 130 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Rivers, almost to the shores of Great Slave Lake, and cov- ers as large an area as the southern range if not larger. The southern range extends from Peace River northward to latitude 60° N., between longitudes 112° and 113°, and covers an area of about 2,000 square miles. The two ranges are separated by a belt of muskeg country 30 to 40 miles wide, with a slightly settled area, adjoining the Salt River mission on the west. This tract of country prevents migration from one range to the other, except by way of the Salt Plain. In each range there are said to be about 1,000 head of buffalo, though these numbers must be taken as being approximate, particularly with reference to the north- ern range, as, so far as known, no white man has trav- ersed it. Little is known of the northern range, which is much more inaccessible than the southern, although some idea of its general character was obtained by the journey inland from the south shore of Great Slave Lake into the northern border of the range. The timber, soil, and topography were found to be very similar to those of the southern range. The southern range is a flat or gently undulating plain, lying at an elevation of about 800 feet above sea-level. On the south its surface is only about 60 feet above the level. of Peace River, and on the north it drops sharply away to an escarpment 150 to 200 feet high, down to the broad, level plain of the Slave River; ridges of sand, or boulders of limestone, which are rarely as much as 100 feet high, con- stitute the only irregularities of its surface, which is, how- ever, frequently pitted by immense sink-holes, due to the solution of the beds of gypsum which underlie the surface of the greater part of the range. There are very few lakes, and several of them contain water too alkaline to drink. Muskegs, which are not very numerous or of great extent, occur on the range. There are very few streams, the greater part of the drainage being apparently underground. The whole range is more or less timbered, interspersed THE BUFFALO OR BISON 131 _ with irregular open patches of prairie, a few hundred yards in length and breadth. On the northern range and in the valley of the Salt River there are areas of several square miles of prairie or meadow-land. All are grass-covered, except near the salt springs, where clay flats occur, and cover about thirty square miles of the salt plain. The _ timber is mainly white poplar, which often reaches two feet in diameter. On the sandy ridges jack-pines are found, and in the lower, wetter portions there are belts of good spruce, with trees up to two feet in diameter. Grass grows everywhere, both in the prairie openings and throughout the woods, affording excellent pasturage. A collection of grasses was made and identified by Mr. J. M. Macoun; among them were found the following: feather, slough, reed- canary, meadow, manna, bromus (introduced), blue-joint and squirrel-tail grasses, wheat and wild rye. Wild vetch, wild pea, and larkspur (Delphinium glaucum), which is poisonous to domestic cattle, were also found. From various sources Mr. Camsell gathered the follow- ing information regarding the habits of the buffalo: In the _ southern range they spend the early part of the summer in the northern part of the range, near the Little Buffalo River. During the greater part of the year they occur in small bands of ten or twelve individuals, but in July and August, when the animals are mating, herds of twenty, thirty, or forty animals have been seen. An Indian in- “ormed Mr. Camsell that he had seen a single herd of about one hundred head. In August the buffalo of the southern herd begin to migrate southward, and they spend the win- ter not far north of Peace River, between Peace Point and Point Providence. In their migration from one part of the range to another they appear to follow the same route every year. This route is marked out by numerous deep trails through the woods, similar to the well-known trails in the prairies made by the plains buffalo. The route is also marked by many wallows on the sides of hills and in 132 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE nS 4 3 12 GREAT SLAVE TsuL DRTHERN : RANGE 4 \ i { { between NWT) fx 60 vi \ and Alberta . Salt iP 159 us RANGE OF WOOD BISON Limits Of FANG C..1.mi meme mpm the open patches of prairie. One place was found which the buffalo were accustomed to visit in order to lick the salty earth; the ground for five or six acres was completely cut up and covered with tracks, the whole area resembling the ground of a cattle-pen. A single bull was seen here (Plate XII), and Mr. Camsell approached within fifty feet of it. It showed little fear, and made no attempt to move THE BUFFALO OR BISON 133 off for several minutes, while photographs were taken of it. _ This incident would appear to indicate that the animals are not being molested by Indians or other hunters. On _ the same salt lick there were seen tracks of animals of all _ ages, and many of these were the tracks of yearlings and calves, indicating that there is an increase taking place in _ the numbers of the herd. Some of the tracks were those of very large animals. The general opinion appears to be that the Indians are now observing the law prohibiting the killing of the buffalo, and except perhaps in cases of necessity, where an Indian family is out of food, no buffalo have been killed, at least in recent years. Timber wolves would appear to be the only natural enemy of the buffalo, and in the various traverses made into the southern range ten or twelve old and new tracks of these animals were seen at various points. The other wild life found on the buffalo range consists of moose, woodland caribou, black bear, lynx, fox, beaver, marten, mink, otter, fisher, wolverene, coyote, and musk- rat. In the spring and fall ducks and geese are found. Spruce partridge, willow grouse, and sharp-tailed grouse - occur all the year round and ptarmigan in the winter. From all the evidence he collected and from his observa- tions when in the buffalo territory, Mr. Camsell has no hesitation in saying that the buffalo are not only holding their own, but are increasing. If, therefore, a portion of their range could be made a national park, there is no reason why the wood bison should not only be saved from extermination, but there is every reason to believe that the surplus would migrate into the adjacent territory, which is unsuited to agriculture and therefore could be justifiably devoted to the preservation of the only examples of our largest and noblest native mammal now living in its original wild state. 134 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Tur PRESENT STATE OF THE BUFFALO IN CANADA From the latest reports, we are justified in concluding that the number of wild or wood bison in Canada is not less than 1,500 or 2,000 head, and is probably increasing. This has been brought about by the protection of this sole remaining wild herd by the government. If now we con- sider the present state of the plains buffalo in Canada, we shall find a condition of ‘affairs of which every Canadian may justly feel proud, a condition that has resulted from an endeavour on the part of the government to prevent the extermination of this former monarch of the prairies. The present state of the buffalo will be all the more strik- ing if we first take into account the low ebb to which the numbers of the animals in North America had fallen. They reached their lowest level in 1889, when there were only 1,091 buffalo then living, according to Hornaday’s estimate. Of this total, 256 buffalo were in captivity, 200 were pro- tected by the United States Government in the Yellowstone Park, and 635 were running wild, of which number 550 were estimated to be in the Athabaska region of our North- west Territories. Twenty years later, the same authority estimated the number of living buffalo in North America to be 2,047, and in 1912 there were computed to be 2,907 by Mr. W. P. Wharton. In 1907 and 1909 the government purchased the well- known herd of buffalo, the largest on the continent, belong- ing to Michel Don Pablo, of Montana, consisting of 709 head. For these animals a special buffalo park was created at Wainwright, in Alberta, on the main line of the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway, between Saskatoon and Edmon- ton. This park covers an area of about 160 square miles, the whole of which is enclosed in a special wire fence about 76 miles in length and consists of land unsuited to agricul- ture on account of its sandy nature, but admirably suitable THE BUFFALO OR BISON 135 for buffalo, as it evidently formed a favourite place for buffalo in years gone by, as shown by the abundance of old -wallows and buffalo trails. Several lakes, the largest of which is Jamieson Lake, about seven miles long, provide an ample water supply. The land is rolling, and includes scat- tered clumps of poplar and buffalo willow groves every- where. Under these eminently natural conditions the buf- -falo have increased annually. In the spring of 1913 the numbers had increased to 1,188 head; a year later there were 1,453 buffalo. When I visited the buffalo park in | 1915 there were over 2,000 buffalo. In June, 1919, the herd had increased to 3,830 animals.* In other words, _ there are at the present time in the Buffalo Park at Wain- : wright, Alta., under the care and protection of the Cana- - dian Government, more buffalo than existed on the whole North American continent eight years ago, and by far _ the largest herd of buffalo in existence. In addition the f - government maintains small herds of buffalo at Banff (8) and Elk Island Park (195). Altogether, there were 4,033 buffalo under the protection of the Canadian Government _ in June, 1919. _ ‘The successful protection of the buffalo at the Buffalo _ Park is due not only to the choice of a suitable natural _ range but to the care that has been exercised in looking _ after the herd. The park, in addition to being enclosed by a high, strong wire fence, is surrounded by wide fire-guards, _ which are ploughed around the entire park, both inside and _ outside the fence, to guard against prairie fires (Plate XIV). _ Many hundred tons of hay are cut each year and fed to the _ buffaloes in the winter, during which season they occupy a _ more restricted range. Great care is taken to prevent the introduction of contagious cattle diseases; for example, _ when the epidemic of foot-and-mouth disease broke out in *In December, 1920, there were about 5,000 buffalo in Wainwright Buffalo Park. It is proposed to sec N 1,000 of ‘them in 1921.—J. W. : 136 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE the Chicago stock-yards about two years ago the park was closed to visitors and the greatest precautions were taken. The question naturally: arises: how are we to dispose of the surplus stock of buffaloes? With the present rate of increase the time will shortly come when the numbers will reach the capacity of the Buffalo Park. This oe an interesting field, which I will now consider. Tue FutTure OF THE BuFFALO IN CANADA An obvious step to be taken with a view to disposing of the surplus buffaloes from the Buffalo Park is to establish small parks in other parts of the Prairie Provinces, where small herds could be maintained, which would be more readily accessible to the people who are interested in seeing and protecting these remnants of the former inhabitants of the prairies.. Every large city should have its zoological park, the educational advantages of which have been so conclusively demonstrated in the older countries of Europe. It should be possible for cities starting or maintaining such parks to obtain buffaloes from the government. Domestication.—The greatest value of the buffalo, how- ever, lies in the possibility of its domestication. This may appear to be a novel idea, but I am convinced that its acceptance and adoption would result in inestimable benefit to the Prairie Provinces and the country as a whole. The greatest need in the Prairie Provinces is an increase in its beef-producing capacity. The buffalo is an animal which offers: great possibilities, being pre-eminently suited to prairie conditions, and at the same time it produces a robe of no small commercial value. The needs of the West in the matter of suitable stock have been well stated by the late Mr. C. J. Jones, of Garden City, Kansas, whose experience with the buffalo earned for PLATE XIII From a photograph by F. Bradshaw 1 and 3. Buffalo in barnyard, Elk Island Park, Alberta, during winter, showing possi- bilities of domestication 2. Antelopes: two males, two young (male and female) born in captivity, and adult female, in the private reserve of R. Lloyd, Davidson, Saskatchewan 4 THE BUFFALO OR BISON 137 hin: the name of “Buffalo Jones.” In the Farmers Review of August 22, 1888, Mr. Jones stated the problem as fol- 3 _ (1) We want an animal that is hardy. _ (2) We want an animal with nerve and endurance. _ (8) We want an animal that faces the blizzards and endures the storms. _ (4) We want an animal that will rustle on the prairies and not yield ‘ to discouragement. _ (6) We want an animal that will fill the above bill and make good 4 beef and plenty of it. _ All the above points could easily be found in the buf- falo,” continues Mr. Jones, “‘excepting the fifth, and even that is more filled as to the quality, but not in the quan- _ tity. Where is the ‘old timer’ who has not had a cut _ from the hump or the sirloin of a fat buffalo cow in the fall of the year, and where is the one who will not make an affidavit that it was the best meat he ever ate? Yes, the fat was very rich, equal to the marrow from the bone of domestic cattle.” _ The buffalo is the best suited of all animals to withstand those conditions which stockmen have found most inimical _ to domestic cattle. It can weather our western storms and blizzards and can withstand the hunger and cold that _ would kill our domestic steers. As Hornaday says: ‘‘When “nature placed the buffalo on the treeless and blizzard-swept plains, she left him well equipped to survive whatever nat- ‘ural conditions he would have to encounter.” Unlike do- ‘mestic cattle, which usually drift before a storm and thus ‘suffer an inevitable fate, the buffalo knows how to face _the storm and endure it. And as regards its ability to withstand such conditions we have seen how the buffalo formerly wintered in the middle prairie region. _ It is on these facts, therefore, that the claim for a consid- . eration of the possibility of domesticating the buffalo in 138 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE the Canadian West is based, and we cannot afford to dis- — miss the claim lightly. I have already submitted this pro- posal to the Parks Branch of the Department of the Interior for consideration, in the firm belief that it affords a solution to the question of the disposal of the surplus stock of buffalo in the Buffalo Park. There are undoubtedly stockmen in the West who would be willing to enclose sufficient range unsuited to the production of wheat to permit the main- tenance of small herds of buffalo by way of preliminary experiment. And I am convinced that the results of such experiments would demonstrate that the domestication of the buffalo is practicable. Any one who has ridden over the Buffalo Park and mingled with the herds there must realize that the buffalo are as manageable as the beef steers of the range if not more so. They are docile, and untracta- ble bulls can be readily dealt with (Plate XIII). Cross-BREEDING witH Domegstic CATTLE With a view to combining the excellent natural qualities of the buffalo, that make it so suited to Western conditions, with the beef-producing qualities of the best domestic breeds of cattle, efforts have been made from time to time to cross the buffalo with domestic cattle. The first records we have of such domestication by cross-breeding are those of Huguenot settlers in Virginia in 1701, and later in the eighteenth century buffaloes were domesticated and bred in captivity in that State. It is interesting to note that one of the most important of these earlier attempts to utilize the buffalo, which are recorded by Hornaday in his mono- graph, was undertaken by Mr. 8. L. Bedson, of Stony Mountain, Manitoba. In 1877 Mr. Bedson purchased 1 buffalo bull, 4 heifers, and 5 calves. By 1888 his herd, which was allowed to range the prairie at will, had increased _ to 83 head, consisting of 23 full-blooded bulls, 35 cows, 3 — THE BUFFALO OR BISON 139 half-breed cows, 5 half-breed bulls, and 17 calves, mixed and pure. In that year this herd was purchased for $50,000 7 by Mr. C. J. Jones, of Kansas, who had already been courageously endeavouring to produce a cross-bred race. tie quotes an interesting letter from Mr. Bedson, written in 1888, in which the latter gives his experience. The crossing: was generally between the buffalo bull and an ordinary cow, with encouraging results and no greater losses than would be experienced in ranching with ordinary cattle. Buffalo cows and crosses dropped calves at as low a temperature as 20° below zero, and the calves were sturdy and healthy. Mr. Bedson states: ‘‘The half-breed resulting from two crosses as above mentioned has been again crossed with the thoroughbred buffalo bull, producing a three- quarter breed animal closely resembling the buffalo, the head and robe being quite equal, if not superior. The half- breeds are very prolific. The cows drop a calf annually. They are also very hardy indeed, as they take the instinct of the buffalo during blizzards and storms, and do not drift like native cattle. They remain in our open prairies while the thermometer ranges from 30 to 40 degrees below zero, with little or no food except what they rustle on the prairie and no shelter at all.” After pointing out the ad- vantages of an animal that does not need care and shelter during the winter, he continues: ‘‘They are always in good order, and I consider the meat of the half-breed much pref- erable to domestic animals, while the robe is very fine indeed, the fur being evened up on the hind parts, the same as on the shoulders.” When it was necessary through accident to slaughter certain of the half-breed animals, the dressed hides realized from $50 to $75 each, and a half- breed buffalo ox four years old weighed 1,280 pounds dressed beef. The three-quarter breed was an enormous animal, possessing an extra good robe; Mr. Bedson con- sidered them the coming cattle for range cattle in our 140 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE northern climate. He believed that ‘‘a cross with Gallo- ways would produce the handsomest robe ever handled, and make the best range cattle in the world.” The experiments of Messrs. Bedson, Jones, Goodnight, and. other workers conclusively demonstrated the following © facts: That the buffalo bull crosses readily with the domes- tic cow, which produces a half-breed calf successfully, but the buffalo cow has not been known to produce a halif- breed calf; that the progeny of the two species is fertile to any extent, yielding half-breeds, quarter, three-quarter breeds and so on; that the hybrids display all the desirable qualities of the buffalo as regards ability to withstand ex- posure, etc., and, finally, that the buffalo will breed suc- cessfully dnd regularly in captivity. In order to determine to what extent peactinal 4 use can be made of the crosses between the buffaloes and domestic cattle, the Dominion Department of Agriculture in 1915 purchased a herd of “cattalos,” as the hybrids are called, from the herd which was developed by the late Mossom Boyd on his Big Island stock farm at Bobcaygeon, On- tario. An account of the purchase of this herd and the character of the experimental work that is now being under- — taken by the Division of Animal Husbandry of the Do- minion Experimental Farms, under the direction of Mr. Archibald, the director, was published in The Agricultural — Gazetie of Canada for March, 1916, from which the follow- ing statement is taken: The experiment carried on by the late Mossom Boyd was commenced in 1894 and continued until the time of his death, some two years ago. At the outset cows of various breeds and crosses were used. Some of these failed to produce and, after several years of experiment, all but grades of the Aberdeen-Angus and Hereford were discontinued. The © resulting herd, therefore, possess the thick form of these beef breeds and a modification of the hump and depth of rib peculiar to the buffalo. In the early stages of the experiment, sterility was a dominating ob- — stacle to progress, more particularly with the initial cross. With the — PLATE XIV FENCE AROUND THE BUFFALO PARK, WAINWRIGHT, ALBERTA This buffalo-proof fence is about nine feet high and seventy-two miles long: with the interior dividing fences there is a total of one hundred and seventy miles of fencing. Round the entire part fire guards twenty feet wide are ploughed inside and outside the fence, as shown in the photograph BUFFALO IN THE BUFFALO PARK, WAINWRIGHT, ALBERTA The Buffalo in the park separate into groups of varying sizes. The photograph shows a small group containing both young and old animals THE BUFFALO OR BISON 141 securing of the true cattalo—the offspring of parents both of which pos- ‘sess mixed blood—and the elimination of shy breeders, Mr. Boyd devel- oped a herd of prolific animals. Abortions were frequent in the early es, but this tendency, also, has been overcome in the cattalo, ‘which mpares favourably with ordinary cattle in carrying the young to , urity. __ The success of Mr. Boyd’s work was, no doubt, assisted by a knowledge of what others had accomplished. Knowing from the experience of others that initial difficulties incident to these crosses could with persistence be overcome, Mr. Boyd pursued his work with confidence and ultimately reached a place that began to show the value of the new breed. After is death, however, it was found that the estate could not further pursue experiment. From time to time during recent years, requests have been made to the Department of Agriculture to undertake experiments with these crosses, and when it was learned that the herd of the late Mr. Boyd was likely to be distributed and the value of his work lost, _ strong representations were made to the Minister of Agriculture to secure 9 the herd of cattalos and to continue the experiment along truly scientific ~The Honourable Mr. Burrell, therefore, had the herd thoroughly in- a tigated by officials of the Experimental Farms, the Live Stock and the "Health of Animals branches, and on the results of their findings a selec- tion from the herd was made. The selection consisted of twenty head “of the most promising individuals, made up of sixteen females and four males. The females range in age from one to nine years, possess from twenty-five to seventy-five per cent of buffalo blood, and weigh from five - hundred to seventeen hundred pounds. The males range from four to nine years of age, carry from thirty-one to seventy-five per cent of buffalo blood, and weigh from one thousand to two thousand pounds. They are all regular breeders so far as they have been tried, and possess every in- - dication of vigour. It has long been recognized that the buffalo possesses qualities which | i would be of value if transmitted to beef-producing animals, more par- : - ticularly for ranging purposes for cold-ridden districts. From the ex- " periments of Mr. Boyd and others it appears that the excellent rustling - qualities of the buffalo are retained in the cattalo. During the blizzard _ conditions the cattalo like the buffalo faces the storm rather than drifts _ before it as is the tendency of domestic cattle. _ Fuarthermore, the cattalo shows excellent grazing qualities, maintain- _ ing a plump body even on scant pastures. They carry a further resem- _ blance to the buffalo in rising on their fore feet, which enables them to rise when in a weakened condition. 142 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE The anatomy of the buffalo is favourable to the carrying of heavy carcasses of beef. They possess an additional pair of ribs as well as much longer spines of the vertebra. Although these extra ribs are not always perpetuated in the cattalo, the length of back persists. Along these spines very heavy muscles are carried, enabling the animal to carry an exceedingly high percentage of beef on the back. which is the most valuable part of the carcass. The value of the pelt of the cattalo is also a matter of importance. It possesses many of the qualities of that of the buffalo, but has a better colour, and more lustre, and the hair, which possesses considerable curl, is nearly as long and not matted. The cattalo wintered (1915-16) on a quarter-section of land at the Dominion Experimental Station at Scott, Sask. They were’ enclosed within an ordinary wire fence. Al- though they grazed to some extent, they were given a ration of straw, hay, green-cut oat sheaves, and a few roots. Subsequently the cattalo were moved from Scott to Wainwright, Alta., where they were placed in a special enclosure in the Buffalo Park. Up to the present time, however (1919), there have been practically no cattalo calves born. It is also proposed to carry on cross-breeding experiments with the yak, which is closely related to the bison and the true oxen. This work will include crosses between the yak and domestic cattle, and we would also suggest crosses between the bison and yak. It is greatly to be hoped that success will attend this experimental work, and that the results may be of such a character as to demonstrate the wisdom of the step taken by the Dominion Department of Agriculture in its effort to add to the stock-raising possibilities of our more northerly territories. CHAPTER VI THE GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS OF CANADA Iw another chapter the protection of the insectivorous _ and other small members of our bird fauna is considered. _ These birds have not received the attention of sportsmen, ' non-sportsmen (including the market hunter), and the framers of game legislation that has been given to the large class of birds included within the category of game birds, _ in which category, however, are included a number of birds, - such as swans and cranes, that are no longer regarded as _ game birds. Within this important class of birds are included such _ migratory groups as the swans, geese, ducks, cranes, and _ shore birds, and the non-migratory species, such as grouse oe: and quail. _ From the earliest historical times perhaps no country _ was inhabited during the spring, summer, and early fall by _ so large a number of swans, geese, and ducks as Canada, _ whose vast areas of water, in the form of marshes, sloughs, _ ponds, and lakes, furnished nesting-places and food for _ myriads of these water-fowl. The opening up and agri- - cultural development of the country, the construction of railroads, and the birth and growth of towns and cities _ gradually brought about a rapid decrease in their number _ and drove many of them back into the undeveloped lands _ of the north, where at the present time by far the vast _ majority continue to breed. The causes which have mainly _ contributed to this decrease in the numbers of these migra- ; tory game birds are discussed elsewhere (page 172), and “i 143 144 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE it is the purpose of this chapter to describe as briefly as possible the present state and distribution of the chief rep- resentatives of this group. SWANS The Whistling Swan.—Formerly this species was abun- dant. It occurred throughout Canada, from the Atlantic to the Pacific coasts, and northward to the coasts and islands of the Arctic. But its large size, conspicuous character, and the market value of its skin have been responsible for its serious reduction. It breeds only in the far north, and winters in Louisiana, South Carolina, and Texas. During its migrations in the spring and fall it still occurs in large flocks in Ontario. Mr. P. A. Taverner informs me that he has seen flocks on Lake St. Clair, looking like rafts of ice in the distance, and composed of 200 to 500 birds. Small flocks pass over the Western Provinces, and are occasion- ally seen in British Columbia. Some idea of the former abundance and nb re- duction in numbers of this magnificent bird may be gained from the returns of the Hudson’s Bay Company, as given by MacFarlane. He states that between 1853 and 1877 a total of 17,671 skins were sold. The number sold annually ranged from 1,312 in 1854 to 122 in 1877. ‘From 1858 to 1884, inclusive, Athabaska district turned out 2,705 swan skins, nearly all of them from Fort Chipewyan. Mac- kenzie River district, according to a statement in my pos- session, supplied 2,500 skins from 1863 to 1883. From 1862 to 1877, Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake, contrib- uted 798 thereof. For 1889, Athabaska traded 33 skins as against 251 skins in 1853. In 1880 and 1890, Isle-d-la- Crosse, headquarters of English River district, sent out two skins for each outfit.” Naturally, so conspicuous a bird, accustomed to alight in its migratory flights on ponds and lakes, offered a tempting and comparatively easy mark Pio Eg a PNT ee Eaga o SM ae GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 145 _ to the man with a gun. This was especially the case when they were overtaken by adverse weather. J. H. Fleming has described * a great destruction of swans that took place in March, 1908, at Niagara Falls. One hundred and twenty- eight birds were taken out of a flock that were swept over the falls. On March 14 a flock of three or four hundred swans was seen floating down the river with the current, _ till danger of being swept into the Canadian rapids caused it to rise and fly to its starting-point. Below Horseshoe Falls the water was breasted by a struggling mass of swans. The majority of them were carried to the ice bridge and _ either cast up or ground against it by masses of floating - ice. The destruction on this occasion was practically total. The Trumpeter Swan.—The breeding range of this species extends farther south than that of the whistling swan, and it is found in migration from Manitoba to British Columbia.t Like its near relative, it formerly wintered farther north _ than is the case to-day. The trumpeter has suffered more than the whistling swan on account of the greater prox- imity of its breeding-range to the regions in which settle- ment has taken place. The Migratory Birds Convention provides for a close season for ten years for swans in Canada and the United States, and it is to be hoped that the protection that is thus _ given to these fine birds in their northern breeding-grounds, _ in their wintering places in the South, and during their mi- gration will be a means of increasing their numbers. GEESE The Canada Goose-—What sound is a more welcome herald of spring than the honking of the geese, what sight is more pleasing than the A-shaped flocks of these geese * The Auk, pp. 306-308, 1908. tin 1920, trumpeter swans were discovered to be wintering in British Columbia and were “ filmed.’’ See Bulletin American Game Protective Associa- tion, April, 1921, p. 13. 146 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN | WILD LIFE winging their way northward through the evening sky, when the stern winter is loosening its grip on land and water? ; It breeds throughout the more northerly parts of Canada from northern Quebec to the Pacific, chiefly within the limits of tree growth, although it may be found nesting in Labrador and on the treeless shores of the Hudson Bay. Its breeding-range extends northward along the wooded basin of the Mackenzie River. Mr. P. A. Taverner informs me that the Canada goose still nests as far south as Red Deer, Alta., and until recently it nested at Shoal Lake, Man. The remarkable manner in which the Canada goose re- sponds to encouragement and protection has been strik- ingly demonstrated by Mr. Jack Miner of Kingsville, Essex County, Ontario, whose wild geese have made him famous throughout the United States and Canada. It has been my good fortune to visit Mr. Miner when his wild geese were enjoying his hospitality for a few weeks on their way north, and to hear from him the story of his successful ex- periment of securing the confidence of so shy a game-bird. After having made the reputation of being one of the great- est Nimrods in Ontario, Mr. Miner became converted to the idea of making friends of the creatures that formerly re- garded him as one of their most dangerous enemies. Ad- joining his brick-and-tile factory was a small pond, and in 1904 he purchased seven wild geese, clipped their wings, and turned them out on the pond, which he enclosed, and which, it should be noted, is next to a much-travelled public highway. No wild visitor came until 1908, then on April 2 eleven geese stopped with him for a month on their way to their northern breeding-grounds. In 1909 thirty-two wild geese arrived on March 18; and on March 4, 1910, wild geese began to arrive from the South until, in two weeks, 350 had arrived. Each year the geese were fed with corn on the cob. In the following year (1911) the geese began a GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 147 to arrive ‘‘in clouds” on February 20. Every year since they have visited Mr. Miner, not in hundreds but in thou- sands. On Good Friday, 1913, it was a very windy day and Lake Erie was extremely rough; the geese came to his farm in such numbers that they filled a five-acre field. For several weeks each year they enjoy his hospitality and consume annually several hundred dollars’ worth of corn. For years Mr. Miner has borne the cost of feeding his wild visitors, and it is impossible to praise too highly the spirit that has prompted so great a financial sacrifice on the part of a lover of wild life, who can ill afford the ex- penditure involved in this unique experiment. To accom- modate the increasing number of his visitors Mr. Miner made new and enlarged ponds and added to his farm, the whole of which was devoted to and specially laid out for the protection of the geese, wild ducks,—which also visit him in large numbers,—quail, and insectivorous birds. So successful was the work that the Ontario government has created the Miner farm and adjacent farms a game sanc- tuary, which, each year, is visited by thousands of peo- ple, particularly in the spring, when the geese are staying there. One of the most wonderful and inspiring sights I have ever seen is the return of the flocks of geese during the early hours of sunrise on an April morning. While the heavens are still glowing with the rosy light of the rising sun, the geese begin to leave the water of Lake Erie, where they have spent the night, and in their characteristic A-shaped flocks, they head straight for the sanctuary, where they alight and spend the day, fed by the generous hand of their protector. Such pleasures cannot be purchased; they are the natural sequence to a genuine love of wild life and a patient winning of its confidence. Mr. Miner was not satisfied with demonstrating the re- sponse of the wild geese and ducks to his encouragement 148 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE and protection, but desired to learn something of their movements when they left him, for considerable numbers also visited him in the fall on their southward journey. Accordingly he has made a practice of capturing a number of his feathered visitors and marking their legs with alu- minium tags, one of which is reproduced (Plate XXII, 3, 4). A number of these leg-tags have been returned to him, some from the breeding-places of the geese in the north and others from their wintering places in the south. As a result of this work valuable information has been secured. From ten wild geese marked in 1915-1916, six tags were returned from the following places: In the north, where they were breeding: Moose Factory, Paint Hill, Watts Island, and Fort George, all on James Bay. In the south, where they winter: Nag Head and Currituck Sound, North Carolina. The work of Mr. Miner serves as an admirable object lesson in wild-life protection. There is no reason why his example should not be followed by others in all parts of Canada. The educational value of such protection cannot be overestimated, and the results that would accrue from a wider adoption of such a scheme are incalculable as a means of increasing the numbers of our migratory game and other birds. We fervently hope that his example will be followed throughout the Dominion. Hutchins’s Goose.—This is a smaller Western variety of the Canada goose, with which it frequently associates. It is a common visitor in the spring and fall in the western prov- inces, from Manitoba to British Columbia. In Manitoba it has become fairly plentiful in recent years, and to some extent has taken the place of the Canada goose; they may be found on the stubble about the end of September. In British Columbia it is a common migrant in the spring and fall, and a number winter on the coast of British Columbia. It breeds abundantly on the delta of the Yukon River, on : i, GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 149 _ the Arctic coast and islands, and on the northwestern coast - of Hudson Bay. Snow or White Goose.—This species, known as the “‘white wavey,” breeds in the Arctic from the mouth of the Mac- kenzie River eastward to Franklin Bay. It is an uncom- mon migrant in the east, but in the west it winters on the coast of southern British Columbia, sometimes collect- ing in considerable flocks at the mouth of the Fraser River. The greater snow goose migrates along the Atlantic coast. Blue Goose-—The breeding-grounds of this more easterly species are unknown, but it is believed to nest on the eastern shores of Hudson Bay or in northern Quebec (Ungavg). Brant.—Formerly the brant was one of the most abundant of the wild fowl that frequented our coasts, but its numbers have decreased very greatly. It is still an abundant mi- grant along the entire Atlantic coast, where it visits the coastal flats and estuaries. It breeds in the far north on the coast and islands of the Arctic Sea. 3 The black brant is a Pacific coast species, and it winters along the coast of Vancouver Island and British Columbia. Its breeding-grounds are on the Arctic coast and islands from Point Barrow to Melville Island. DUCKS It is not possible within the limits of the description of our native wild fowl, nor is it desirable in an account of this nature, to discuss in detail the range and habits of all the numerous species of ducks that are native to Canada. Such details as the reader may wish to obtain may be found in the excellent “Catalogue of Canadian Birds,’ by John and James M. Macoun, in Forbush’s “Game Birds, Wild Fowl and Shore Birds,” and in the excellent work, “Game Birds of California,’ by Grinnell, Bryant, and Storer. Ref- erence may be made, however, to a number of the more common species of ducks. 150 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Merganser.—The ‘‘saw-billed”’ ducks are well known and are generally regarded by fishermen as destroyers of fish. The red-breasted merganser nests on rivers and lakes throughout the wooded regions of Canada, from the Gulf and River St. Lawrence and northern Quebec to British Co- lumbia. The hooded merganser breeds from Ontario to British Columbia; the centre of its abundance appears to be in northern Manitoba. It is common in British Colum- bia and has been found wintering on Okanagan Lake. | Mallard.—Forbush has truly called the mallard ‘‘the wild duck of the world.” It is a cosmopolitan species, progenitor of our domestic breeds of ducks, a joy to the naturalist and sportsman, and in every way our best wild duck. Its chief breeding-grounds are the western provinces, the Northwest Territories, and British Columbia. It is not common east of the St. Lawrence, but it breeds in some of the marshes in western Ontario. West of the Great Lakes it may be found everywhere. Almost every little slough has its pair of mallards. But nowhere does it exist in the countless numbers that were formerly found when individual gunners killed them by the hundred per day, until they tired of the slaughter. They respond readily to protection and encouragement and are easily propagated. Black Duck.—In the Maritime Provinces, in Quebec, and - in Ontario, this species takes the place of its near relative, the mallard. West of the Great Lakes it is not common. Gadwall.—In eastern Canada this species is not common; migrants are rarely seen on the Atlantic coast, but it breeds more commonly on the prairies, although it appears to be the rarest of our ducks, having a wide distribution. Baldpaie or American Widgeon.—Like the gadwall, this fresh-water species is a valuable food duck, and consequently has suffered from excessive hunting. In eastern Canada it occurs as a migrant, becoming less common from Ontario eastward. It breeds abundantly in Manitoba and north- GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 151 ward through the Northwest Territories; it is also com- mon in the Fraser Valley and the interior of British Colum- bia. Teal.—The green-winged teal is common from Manitoba to British Columbia, and breeds throughout that region and northward to the Arctic. The blue-winged teal breeds sparingly in eastern Canada; its chief breeding-range is from Manitoba to the Rocky Mountains and northward. It is a summer resident in the lower Fraser Valley, though uncommon in the rest of British Columbia. The teal are the smallest of our ducks, and, being swift fliers, are good sporting ducks. Shoveller or Spoonbill—This handsome bird is distin- guished by its peculiar spoonlike bill, which enables it to sift the mud of the ponds which it frequents. As a migrant it is fairly common in Ontario and Quebec, but rarer in the Maritime Provinces. It is one of the commonest ducks of the prairies as far as the Rocky Mountains, where it finds the most suitable feeding-grounds. It is a common summer resident in British Columbia. Pintail—Few of our native ducks excel this species in beauty of colouration, and certainly not in grace of out- line. While it breeds in some of the Ontario marshes and eastward to Nova Scotia in small numbers, the chief breed- ing-places of the pintail are in the Northwest Territories northward to the Arctic coast. Wood Duck.—Of all our wild ducks this species is by far’ the most gorgeous in its colouring; in fact, it is not excelled in beauty of colouration by any other wild duck in the world. Formerly it was abundant throughout the wooded regions of Canada, but so reduced have its numbers become that it has now been considered necessary to protect it by a permanent close season. It is still found in small numbers from Nova Scotia to British Columbia, but it is rare in the region west of Manitoba to the Coast Mountains of British 152 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Columbia. Its peculiar habit of nesting in hollow trees and stumps above ground is well known. Redhead.—This species resembles somewhat its near rela- tive, the canvas-back duck. It is a large duck and favoured by sportsmen. In the Maritime Provinces it is a rare migrant, but more abundant in Ontario, where it breeds in certain of the marshes. It breeds commonly throughout the Prairie Provinces, where it frequents the abundant sloughs. Canvas-back Duck.—In the opinion of the epicures this — is the king of the game-ducks. It is rare in the Maritime Provinces, but it is a more common migrant in Quebee and in Ontario. Its chief breeding-grounds are in the Prairie Provinces and the Northwest Territories. It also breeds in central British Columbia and winters on Okanagan Lake and around the mouth of the Fraser River and Victoria. Scaup or Bluebill—This swift-flying duck offers excellent shooting to the sportsmen, and migrates southward later than many of the other ducks. It breeds throughout northwestern Canada and east of the Coast Mountains in British Columbia. It may be found in the winter in south- ern British Columbia and on the Pacific coast. Golden-eye or Whistler.—The latter name of this species is due to the whistling sound made by its wings in flight. Like the wood-duck, it nests in trees and stumps. It is a migrant in Ontario, Quebec, and the Maritime Provinces. Its chief breeding-places are the wooded regions of Mani- toba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta, particularly along the lower portions of the Saskatchewan, Nelson, and Churchill Rivers. It also breeds abundantly along the Athabaska and Slave Rivers. Eider-Duck.—The sea is the natural home of these large ducks, that do not come within the category of game-birds. There are a number of species which make their home in the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions of Canada. On the Atlan- tic coast, the northern and American eider are the chief i ‘ 7 Py Hi, k ¥ op | { a, ame A gt sf ee ose GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 153 species. The king eider breeds on the Arctic and Labrador coasts. The Pacific eider breeds on the northern Pacific and Arctic coasts, being abundant around the mouth of the Mackenzie River (Plate XVI, 4). The great economic importance of the eider as the source of the valuable product, eider-down, a product of particular value in our northern latitudes, should need no emphasis. In the northern European countries of Norway and Iceland the birds are most zealously cared for by the inhabitants, who collect their down from the nests of the birds for com- mercial purposes. They realize fully the importance of conserving the birds, and encourage them by making nest- ing-places, so that they become semi-domesticated, and do not fear the intrusion of their protectors. During the early part of the nesting-season the down is taken, and also a proportion of the eggs, but sufficient eggs are left to enable the birds to rear the young required to keep up the num- bers of the birds. How widely different has been the treatment of the American eider on the coasts of Labrador, Newfoundland, and eastern Canada! Owing to the enor- mous destruction of the eggs, not to mention the adult birds, the eider is rapidly nearing the point of extermination on the Atlantic coast. Doctor Grenfell has described to me the ruthless destruction that takes place on the New- foundland and Labrador coasts. For years this relentless destruction has been carried on. It is the modern version of the story of the killing of the goose that laid the golden eggs. In the eider the inhabitants of our coastal lands, all too destitute of commercial resources, have a resource of inestimable value if the birds were protected to the same extent, that the eider is protected in northern Europe. A valuable eider-down industry could be developed which would alleviate materially the conditions of life that are endured by the inhabitants of those inhospitable northern shores. 154 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE A most admirable account of the serious reduction in the abundance of the eider, its protection and use in Nor- way and Iceland, and an appeal for its conservation on our Atlantic coast, is contained in Doctor Charles W. Town- send’s paper, ‘‘A Plea for the Conservation of the Eider,’ published in The Auk, vol. XXI, pp. 14-21, 1914, and in the Seventh Annual Report of the Commission of Conserva- tion, p. 250, 1916, to which the reader interested in this subject is referred. Under the Migratory Birds Conven- tion the eider is protected for a period of ten years. It is fervently hoped that Newfoundland will co-operate in protecting this bird, and that an eider-down industry may be developed on the coasts of Canada, Newfoundland, and Labrador. Scoters.—There are three species of scoters, which are black sea-ducks, native to Canada. As they are fish-eaters, their flesh is not generally esteemed, but they are eaten by the natives, and on the coast of British Columbia the In- dians kill for food the white-winged and surf scoters, which are locally known as “‘siwash ducks.” During the migra- tion the American scoter occurs commonly on the Atlan- tic coast. CRANES In Canada we have three species of these birds, which have become so reduced in numbers as to necessitate the special protection they now receive under the Migratory Birds Convention. The whooping-crane is perhaps the most stately of all our large native birds, but at the present time it is threatened with extermination. Formerly it bred in all the large marshes on the prairies from Manitoba to the Rocky Mountains and northward. Thompson, in his “Birds of Manitoba’ (1890), describes it as a tolerably common migrant and rare summer resident, and states that ‘‘this beautiful bird is common in the Touchwood : Ji \ 4 GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 155 Hills.” But the advent of man and railroads spelled the destruction of so fine and conspicuous a bird, and its nest has not been found for a number of years. A few birds are occasionally seen in Manitoba and Saskatchewan, and only in the region between the Quill Lakes and Last Mountain Lake in Saskatchewan do they appear to exist or breed in any numbers. The little brown crane is often confused with the sandhill crane, which is the well-known resident brown crane of the prairies; the little brown crane, on the other hand, is only a migrant within civilization and nests in the far north. The sandhill crane is a rare migrant in Ontario, and it is not common in British Columbia. But in the Prairie Provinces and to the north the sandhill cranes are fairly common, and one’s eyes may still be gladdened by the long lines of these birds sailing through the sky. It has been the custom to shoot these birds for food and to regard them in certain localities as injurious to grain crops. SHORE-BIRDS, OR WADERS The shore-birds, or waders, have a special interest to Canadians, as these birds, which migrate unusually long distances, in most cases breed entirely and, in other cases, principally within our territories, where suitable breeding- grounds exist on a large scale. Large numbers breed in or near Arctic Canada, and migrate to Central and South America. The knot, one of the sandpipers found on our Atlantic coast during the migration, breeds on the most northern islands of the Arctic, such as Victoria and Ellesmere Islands, and, after migration along the Atlantic coast, win- ters in Patagonia, a distance of over 9,000 miles separating its summer and winter abodes. Formerly shore-birds of all kinds occurred on our coasts and inland in countless numbers, but now some have prac- tically disappeared, and even the species that have man- aged to hold their own are far from abundant. No class of 156 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE birds has suffered so serious a reduction in abundance, and no class stands in so great need of vigorous protective mea- sures. Their serious reduction in numbers has been brought about largely by the same causes that have affected our own game-birds, namely, the destruction of their former haunts by agricultural development and the extension of settlement both in their summer haunts in Canada and their winter habitat in such parts of South America as the Argentine, the increase in the number of gunners and the better facilities that now exist for hunting. The only manner in which the influence of these adverse factors can be offset to an extent that will prevent reduc- tion in the numbers of shore-birds to the point of extermina- tion, is by stringent protection—short open seasons and small bag limits; and such protection must necessarily be of ap international character. Under the Migratory Birds Convention, a close season for a period of five years is provided for all shore-birds, with the exception of the woodcock, the Wilson or jack snipe, the black-breasted and golden plover, and the greater and lesser yellowlegs. The curlews, sandpipers, other species of plover, and the rest of the shore-birds are now protected absolutely north of Mexico, and it is to be hoped that our South American bird-lovers will secure some measures of protection for all these birds in their winter homes in the South. Woodcock.—But a remnant of the former numbers of this bird now remains in eastern Canada, where it breeds in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Quebec, and the more south- ern portions of Ontario. As it breeds on land unsuitable for agriculture, there is no reason why it should not increase in numbers with adequate protection and provide sport for those real sportsmen who prefer the difficult shot to the easy mark. Snipe.—The Wilson or jack snipe is considered by many Sa ylang eect fy er [cia deci’! | Ligier! FS aot GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 157 _ to be the finest of game-birds; certainly no bird affords bet- _ ter sport. But so long as it was butchered in the Southern _ States during its winter sojourn, little advantage was gained _ from the protection it received in Canada, where its chief _ breeding-grounds occur. The serious decrease in numbers has been chiefly due to excessive slaughter in the Gulf and _ Southern Atlantic States. We are informed that a single _ hunter in Louisiana killed 69,087 birds from 1867 to 1887, _ or an average of 3,500 snipe a winter. Cooke, in his valu- able article on “‘Our Shorebirds and Their Future’’* states: “Fortunately, the breeding grounds of most of the Wilson _ snipe are in Canada, where the birds are protected by law _ and custom throughout the nesting seasons. Moreover, their nesting sites are on land that will not for many years, _ possibly not for several generations, be used for agricultural purposes. Hence, there is provided in Canada an enor- mous favourable breeding area for these game birds, a _ region which formerly supported a snipe population many _ times more numerous than at present, and which will return to us in the United States each fall a liberal increase on whatever numbers we may allow to cross our northern border in spring.” The Federal migratory bird regulations in the United States and the keener sense of responsibility in this phase of bird protection now displayed in the ad- ministration of game-laws in the States concerned, would indicate a more hopeful future for this excellent game- bird. _ In Canada the snipe breeds in all the provinces, and northward to the Mackenzie delta, and in Yukon and Alberta. The Plovers.—With the exception of the black-bellied and golden plovers, all the plovers, such as the killdeer, semi- palmated, and piping plovers, are protected for a period of * Year Book of the United States Department of Agriculture for 1914, pp. 275-294. 158 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE five years under the Migratory Birds Convention. All the plovers are valuable to the agriculturalist, as they feed on grasshoppers, cutworms, white grubs, and other pests of our field and garden crops. The black-bellied plover is a fall migrant in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick; in Quebec and Ontario it appears both in spring and fall, but in the Prairie Provinces it is @ spring migrant. It breeds on the Arctic coast, and winters from California southward to Brazil and Peru. The golden plover breeds along the Arctic coast from Alaska to the northwest coast of Hudson Bay, including the Barren Grounds. In the fall it travels southward to spend the winter chiefly in Brazil and Argentina. It is a common migrant in the fall in the eastern provinces, and in the Prairie Provinces it appears as a migrant in both spring and fall. Formerly the golden plover was perhaps the most abundant of all the shore-birds, vast flocks sweeping northward and southward across the continent in their long migratory journeys. But excessive hunting has reduced them to but a small fraction of their former numbers. Audubon estimated that in the annual slaughter that he witnessed in 1821, near New Orleans, about 48,000 plovers were killed in one day. Sandpipers.—This group includes about half of the shore- birds. They are chiefly small birds frequenting the edges of stream, river, lake, and sea. In spite of their small size they have been killed in thousands to satisfy the palates of the epicures. Now all species, with the exception of the greater and lesser yellowlegs, are protected for five years. Among the commoner species may be mentioned the fol- lowing: The Semipalmated Sandpiper.—This is a common migrant in the fall along the Atlantic coast and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. In the western provinces they appear in the spring on their journey to their northern breeding-grounds, -— * a, - PL tate ne a . GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 159 although they occur as both spring and fall migrants in British Columbia. The Least Sandpiper is a common migrant from the Atlantic to the Pacific. The Solitary Sandpiper is a summer resident in New Brunswick, northern Quebec, the Prairie Provinces, and British Columbia. The Upland Plover or Bartramian Sandpiper is a bird of the open prairie, and is a common summer resident in the Prairie Provinces, where its chief breeding-centre is in western Manitoba and eastern Saskatchewan. Without the complete protection it is now afforded, it was doomed to complete extermination at no distant date, owing to the excessive destruction it has suffered at the hands of the market gunner. With adequate protection the melodious call of this bird, as it migrates northward in the spring, will continue to please the ears of bird-lovers. The Greater and Lesser Yellowlegs may be hunted during their fall migration. On the Atlantic coast it is a common migrant in spring and fall, and frequents the shores of tidal marshes. It is also a common migrant in Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, and Saskatchewan. In British Co- lumbia, it is an abundant resident in the winter along the coasts. The lesser yellowlegs is reported to be more abun- dant than the former species. It is found throughout the same range and breeds in large numbers in the Barren Grounds. The Curlews.—The history of the Eskimo curlew resem- bles somewhat that of the passenger pigeon. Formerly one of our most abundant shore-birds, and although fairly com- mon up to 1890, it is now almost extinct. Its disappearance has been chiefly due to unrestricted market hunting in the United States, particularly during its northward migration in the spring. It bred in the northern Barren Grounds, and in the fall travelled southward along the Labrador and 160 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Atlantic coasts to Argentina and Patagonia, a distance of 6,000 to 9,000 miles. In the spring it took a westerly course northward, and covered the prairie regions of the United States and Canada. It was in the Middle States, on the prairies of Texas and Kansas, that the ‘‘dough birds,” as they were called, met their fate. They congregated in such closely massed, large flocks that their wholesale slaughter by the market gunners was rendered easy. Forbush has given an excellent account of the history and the disappear- ance of this bird. He records the occurrence of immense flights of these birds on their southward journey; their dense flocks of millions would darken the sky, and the fishermen of Labrador and Newfoundland salted them down in barrels. All down the east coast the slaughter in the fall was terrific. In the spring they were killed in thousands in the Mississippi Valley, and were shipped into the Eastern market by the ton, in barrels. No bird could stand such slaughter, and in less then thirty years they were practically exterminated. It is a sad story of the exterminating effect of unrestricted destruction, and affords one of the most powerful object-lessons. The Long-billed Curlew is not common east of the prairies, but it is still fairly abundant in the southern portions of Saskatchewan and Alberta, where it breeds on the open prairie, and in British Columbia. But like other members of the family it is suffering from the inevitable extension of agriculture and the consequent reduction in its breeding- grounds. At the present time this species, the Hudsonian, and other curlews enjoy a permanent close season until 1923, and, with adequate protection, it should be possible to prevent their extermination. BOB-WHITE, OR QUAIL In Canada the bob-white is confined to the extreme southern portion of southwestern Ontario, although its GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 161 _ range formerly extended farther eastward.* As this re- gion forms the extreme northern limit of its range, it is _ with the greatest difficulty that this useful little bird is holding its own; in the spring of 1917 it was feared by many ' that the previous severe winter had destroyed the remnant of what was formerly a fairly abundant bird on the farms of southwestern Ontario. It is unfortunate that a bird so useful as the bob-white from the agricultural standpoint should be considered a game-bird. As a destroyer of insect pests it is one of the best friends the farmer has, and how much poorer the countryside is when it lacks the bob- white’s cheery call. The bob-white should no longer be listed as a game-bird, attractive as it is to sportsmen, but it should be given absolute protection on account of its value to agriculture. Under present conditions its continued existence will not be possible if it is hunted as game, and the sportsman who would be a party to its destruction is un- worthy of the name. GROUSE 7 The different groups of grouse and ptarmigan are well _ represented in Canada. The following may be taken as representing the chief groups: Richardson’s Grouse-—With the exception of the sage-hen this species and its related races are the largest of the grouse family. They may be found from the eastern foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains through the mountains to the Coast _ Mountains, and northward to the Yukon and the Mackenzie regions. _ ~Spruce Grouse-—The spruce forests from the Atlantic _ coast to the Yukon are the home of this species, which, in many parts of its range, has suffered on account of its com- parative tameness. * Quail have been successfully introduced into British Columbia, and are thriving in the southern part of Vancouver Island. 162 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Ruffed Grouse.—This species, commonly known as the “partridge,” offers excellent sport to the hunter. It ranges through the wooded regions of all the provinces from Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia to British Columbia, and the ‘“‘drumming”’ of the male birds is a well-known sound of springtime, when the winter snows are melting. During the last few years there has been an alarming decrease in the numbers of this and other species of grouse, the causes of which will be discussed presently. With adequate pro-— tection, however, when the numbers of grouse become seri- ously reduced, there is no reason to fear their disappearance, provided the protective regulations are adequately enforced, as the breeding range is so wide that the species have suf- ficient means for recuperation. Ptarmigan.—These hardy birds breed in our most north- erly latitudes, and are chiefly distinguished by the fact that they assume a plumage of pure white during the winter months. The willow ptarmigan breeds throughout northern Canada from the Labrador coast and northern Quebec to the Yukon. In the autumn they unite to form flocks of con- siderable size, and constitute an important article of food for the Indians and Eskimos and the few white inhabitants of the north during the winter. Above the timber-line in the Rocky Mountains and other high mountains in British — Columbia is to be found the white-tailed ptarmigan. The Pinnated Grouse or Prairie Chicken.—This well-known game-bird of the prairie regions has followed the extension of the area devoted to grain-growing. It migrated into Canada from the south; the first specimens appear to have been killed in Manitoba about 1881, according to Thompson. By 1884 it had become tolerably common, and in 1886 it was abundant near Winnipeg, and is now spread over the entire prairie region of Canada. During recent years, how- ever, its numbers have been reduced to such an extent through natural causes and overshooting that the provin- GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 163 - cial governments of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta - were compelled to establish an absolute close season. Com- _ plaints have been made that the use of poisoned grain in the _ Prairie Provinces in the destruction of gophers, or ground- _ squirrels, has been responsible for the deaths of prairie _ chicken. The investigations of Pierce and Clegg in Cali- fornia on quail, and of Bradshaw in Saskatchewan, have shown that under natural feeding conditions poisoned grain will not kill these birds. The Prairie Sharp-tailed Grouse.—Unlike its near relative, the pinnated grouse, this bird, which is commonly known as the “‘prairie chicken”’ on our prairies, retreats before settlement. It is more usually found in deep woods and on uncultivated land overgrown with poplar, willow, or other low-growing trees, and it may be found throughout such wooded sections in the Prairie Provinces. The pinnated grouse keeps in the open country and frequents the willow serub in the winter for protection. The Scarcity of Grouse.—During the last few years there has been a remarkable and almost alarming decrease in the number of grouse throughout Canada, from the Atlantic to the Pacific. The chief species, such as ruffed grouse or partridge, pinnated grouse or prairie chicken, and sharp- tailed grouse, were all affected, and in some sections of the country they disappeared almost completely. Many fac- tors contributed to their scarcity. Of the artificial factors there is no doubt that overshooting, particularly for the market, was responsible for the scarcity of birds; this is especially the case in the Prairie Provinces, where the in- creasing use of the automobile in hunting ‘‘chickens’’ has increased the slaughter of birds to a serious degree. Natural factors have played an important rédle. In the case of all species, cold, wet springs have killed off the young birds. Many reports indicate that large numbers of ruffed grouse have been killed in the spring. They have been imprisoned .164 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE under the snow, under which they are accustomed to shel- ter, but which proves to be a death-trap when alternate thawing and freezing causes the formation of an ice-crust. The most important and at the same time the most in- teresting cause of the searcity of grouse during recent years has been the migration southward of certain large species of northern predatory birds such as the goshawk and great horned owl. This southern migration of these predatory birds was evidently due to the scarcity through- out the northern regions of the rabbit or varying hare, which experiences, as is well known, periodic cycles of abun- dance and scarcity, as I have described in another chapter (see p. 216).. This relation between the scarcity of rabbits and the decrease in the numbers of grouse was indepen- dently studied by Mr. P. A. Taverner and myself in Canada, and Mr. John B. Burnham, president of the American Game Protective Association, who has published an interesting report on the subject.* Owing to the scarcity of rabbits, which normally constitute the chief food of such predatory birds as the goshawk and great horned owls, these birds mi- grated southward in large numbers and sought other prey. This migration brought these enemies of our game-birds in abnormal numbers into the natural haunts of the various grouse, and these birds suffered from the consequent ex- cessive slaughter. In cases of this kind the natural balance usually becomes restored in a few seasons, and, if close sea- sons are wisely fixed to counteract the baneful influences of natural factors over which we have no control, it is possible to prevent excessive reduction in numbers provided steps are taken at the same time to prevent overshooting. These species of grouse afford such excellent sport and recreative exercise that the greatest care should be taken in the fixing of open seasons, bag limits, and in regulating the methods * Bulletin of the American Game Protective Association, vol. VII, no. 1, pp. 4-8, January, 1918, GAME BIRDS AND LARGER NON-GAME BIRDS 165 ] of hunting so that the conditions will be favourable to the birds. Too often the claims of the hunter receive consid- EE Pe SPS DI RE Ne a ee eration at the expense of the quarry. True game protection consists in the consideration of the claims of the game, rather than those of the improvident pot-hunter, for no sportsman worthy of the name will consent to kill game at the risk of its continued existence. Sage Grouse or Sage Hen.—The range of the sage grouse, which is the largest of all our grouse, is very restricted in Canada. They may be found in small numbers in certain sections of southern Saskatchewan, and probably in southern British Columbia, near the international boundary, where the sage-brush (Artemisia) grows. The sage-brush country is their natural habitat, and, provided the permanent close ‘season that they now enjoy is maintained, we may hope to continue to count this fine bird among our species of grouse. The foregoing review of our game-bird resources indicates the remarkable wealth of species that are included in our Canadian fauna. As I have pointed out, the abundance of many species must inevitably be adversely affected by the opening up and settlement of the country, which results in the destruction of their normal feeding and breeding-grounds. But, provided we legislate wisely, fixing open seasons and bag limits that will prevent excessive killing, prohibit the sale of game-birds, and make every effort to counteract the adverse natural factors that are beyond human control, there is no reason why our game-birds should not continue to provide the future generations of Canadians with health- giving sport and recreation. CHAPTER VII BIRDS IN RELATION TO AGRICULTURE Economic Value.—As agriculture is the basic industry of Canada, a thorough appreciation of the important relation that the protection of our insectivorous and other birds bears to agricultural production is essential to progress in this branch of national activity. While every farmer, fruit- grower, and forester knows to his cost the results of insect depredations, the non-agricultural section of our population, which depends on the products of the farm and forest, is by no means so fully aware of the immense losses that are caused by insect depredations. As a result of careful investigation we are able to determine the average loss on crops due to insect attacks. On the basis of this knowledge and taking the known yield of our different field crops, I have esti- mated that the loss due to insect depredations on the agri- cultural crops is not less than $125,000,000 annually. Birds constitute one of the chief natural factors tending to keep insects in check. If injurious insects were to increase with- out any natural control, there would be no vegetation left on this continent in a very short time. Therefore, the pro- tection of birds is essential from the point of national economy. Again, as the investigations of the Commission of Con- servation have demonstrated, one of the most serious ad- verse factors affecting Canadian agriculture at the present time is the increasing prevalence of weeds. In the Prairie Provinces especially the weed problem is one of the most serious with which the farmers have to contend. And yet the value of certain species of birds as weed-destroyers is hardly realized by most agriculturists. 166 BIRDS IN RELATION TO AGRICULTURE 167 Few people realize the extent to which birds feed upon and destroy insects. Certain species feed upon them wholly, others during part of the spring and summer seasons. Those birds that are partially insectivorous generally de- stroy large quantities of insects during the period of the year when they are raising their young broods, and this period coincides with the period of the year when insects are most prevalent. Certain families of birds diligently search the surface of the ground for insects, others search the vege- tation, and others the air, and in this manner the insects on the earth, under the earth, on the plants, and in the air are ceaselessly hunted (Plate XV). Investigations con- ducted on this continent and in Europe have shown the extent to which insects go to make up the diets of birds. For example, it has been found that insects constitute 65 per cent of the total yearly food of woodpeckers, 96 per cent of that of flycatchers, 95 per cent of that of wrens, and 89 per cent of that of phoebes. Birds require an enor- mous amount of food when they are growing and, owing to their active habits, in the adult state. A young crow will daily consume twice its weight in food. Nash found that a young robin weighing three ounces would eat five and one- half ounces of cutworms in a day. It has been calculated that a pair of tits and the young they rear will consume about 170 pounds of insect food in a year. A blue tit will destroy six and one-half millions of insects in a year, and in bring- ing up a family of about twelve to sixteen young ones about 24,000,000 insects would ultimately be accounted for. Grab, in Switzerland, states that three blue tits and three cole-tits consumed 8,000 to 9,000 insect eggs daily; three marsh-tits, one cole-tit, one long-tailed tit, and a golden-crested wren consumed 600 caterpillars in 100 minutes. Similar facts based on accurate observation and investigation might be quoted at great length to indicate the enormous destruction of insect life that is accomplished by birds. 3 . b y 168 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Feeding. Habits of Chief Groups.—It will be of interest to review briefly the feeding habits of the chief groups of birds. Hawks and owls, which, as a group, are wrongly regarded as noxious birds, prey not only upon injurious small mam- mals, such as field-mice, gophers, and various rodents, but also consume injurious insects. The little sparrow-hawk lives largely upon grasshoppers and crickets, and such larger hawks as Swainson’s hawk live almost exclusively upon such insects in the summer-time. The noxious hawks — and owls (see p. 210), such as Cooper’s hawk, the sharp- shinned hawk, and the great horned owl, form a voy small proportion of the family. The thrush family, including such wellkguun birds as. the robin and bluebird, are not only well known but useful birds. .While robins are sometimes destructive to fruit, a large portion of the vegetable matter they consume consists of wild fruits; 330 stomachs contained 58 per cent vegetable matter, of “hich 47 per cent consisted of wild fruits, and 4 per cent of cultivated fruits.* About two-thirds of the food of the bluebird consists of insects, such as caterpillars, grasshoppers, and beetles. The nuthatches, tits, and tree-creepers are among the most diligent of hunters after insects in all their stages, partic- ularly in the egg stage, and figures have already been given ~ to indicate the enormous destruction of insect life they effect. The warbdlers constitute a family of almost purely insectivorous birds that is well represented in Canada. Wherever insects may be found some species of warbler will also occur. Shyly they pursue their work of search- ing every leaf and twig of shrub or tree for eggs, larve, or adults of destructive insects. We have found them to be not unimportant factors in the control of certain pests of * Except where it is otherwise stated, these analyses of stomach contents are taken from the publications of the Biological Survey of the U. 8. De- partment of Agziculture. PLATE XV DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION OF THE ECONOMIC STATUS OF SOME OF OUR COMMONER BIRDS Protection of trees and foliage: 1. Phoebe. 2. Vireo. 3. Warbler. 4. Chickadee. 5. Nuthatch. 6. Downy woodpecker. 7. Flicker Aerial insect-destroyers: 8. Whippoorwill. 9. Swallows. 10. Kingbird. 11. Crows and Gulls Destroyers of noxious rodents: 12. Owl. 13. Hawk Destroyer of soil-infesting insects: 14. Robin Destroyers of weed seeds: 15, Chipping Sparrow and Juncos. 16. Goldfinch BIRDS IN RELATION TO AGRICULTURE 169 our forest and shade-trees. The vireos also are unrivalled . as destroyers of insects which feed on the foliage of trees. The swallows and martins scour the air in the search of _ adult insects of all forms, which make up their entire diet. Our native sparrows, in which group we do not include ; the undesirable alien house-sparrow, are among the greatest _ weed-destroying agencies, owing to their appetite for weed _ seeds. The song-sparrow is one of our most welcome spring - arrivals. About three-fourths of its food consists of weed _ seeds and one-fourth of insects. Beetles, especially weevils, form the greater portion of the insect food. The chipping sparrow, whose confiding ways give it a warm place in our affection, is the most insectivorous of our sparrows. About 42 per cent of its focd consists of insects and spiders, and _ caterpillars make up the major portion of the insect food, especially when the young are being reared, when as many _ as seventeen feedings per hour, on an average, for a brood of four nestlings, have been recorded. The retiring and sombre junco or snowbird destroys insects and feeds on weed seeds. An examination of 500 stomachs gave 23 per cent animal food (caterpillars, bugs, and beetles), and 77 per cent vegetable food, of which over 61 per cent consisted of weed seeds. In September the proportion of weed seeds may rise as high as 95 per cent of the food. Among the commoner weed seeds consumed by the spar- rows we find the seeds of bindweed, lamb’s-quarters, rag- weed, amaranth, pigeon-grass, etc. Judd records the re- sult of the examination of over 4,000 stomachs of twenty species of sparrows. It was found that for the entire year weed seeds form more than half their food, and during the colder months of the year these seeds constitute about four- fifths of the food of many species. A single bird will often be found to have eaten 300 seeds of pigeon-grass, or 500 seeds of lamb’s-quarters or pigweed. Beal estimated that the tree-sparrow may consume one-quarter ounce of weed 170 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE seed per day, and on that basis, in a state the size of Iowa, the species would consume about 800 tons of seeds annually. In passing, it should be pointed out, however, that the weed-destroying power of graminivorous birds may be ex- aggerated if the question is not investigated with great thoroughness, for while the powerful gizzards of some birds may grind up the hardest-coated seeds, in other cases seeds may be capable of germination after passing through the digestive tract, as Collinge has shown in a number of cases in English birds. In such cases the birds would act as dis- seminators of weed seeds. Then again, in the case of in- sectivorous birds, besides destroying noxious insects, they will destroy various kinds of insects which are useful by reason of their parasitic habits upon noxious insects. These facts indicate that the question of the economic status of a bird is not always an easy matter to determine, and de- mands thorough investigation in each case. ; Furthermore, in certain, instances useful birds eat grain or fruit. 'The horned larks occasionally eat grain, vegetable food constituting about 80 per cent of their total food. Six- sevenths of this total amount of vegetable food consists of the seeds of such weeds as foxtail, amaranth, ragweed, and bindweed. It surely is not too much to ask that, in view of the good they effect, a little injury shall be overlooked, especially as they make no charges for the good work they accomplish. It has sometimes seemed to me that in the case of those useful birds which sometimes take to fruit- eating, it is far cheaper to protect the fruit from the birds than from the insects. As insecticides birds are the cheapest and most generally efficient that can be found. The much-maligned crows are to no small extent friends of the farmer. In my investigations in England I found that at certain periods of the year they consumed large quantities of cutworms and root-feeding insect larve. In the United States Beal has found that the crow deserves protection and not wholesale destruction. The crow is an BIRDS IN RELATION TO AGRICULTURE 171 experienced cutworm-hunter, and these birds have been observed in large flocks destroying cutworms in badly in- fected fields, which they carefully work over. When fields are ploughed they follow the plough and consume immense quantities of the destructive white grubs, one of our worst agricultural pests. Where, through their numbers, crows become destructive, it is necessary to take stevs to reduce them. The woodpeckers are specially fitted by nature to destroy the wood-boring insects that so speedily kill our forest, shade, and orchard trees. The flicker feeds largely on ants; a single stomach has been found to contain over 5,000 ants. In another instance 28 white grubs were found in the stomach of one of these birds, which feed largely on the ground. The downy woodpecker feeds largely on the borers of trees, and is one of our most useful insectivorous birds. An examination of 723 stomachs showed that 76 per cent of the diet was animal food, consisting chiefly of insects. The yellow-bellied sapsucker is practically the only member of the woodpecker family that is injurious. Its fondness for the inner bark of trees leads it to girdle the trees with holes, the effect of which is either to kill the trees outright or seriously disfigure the timber. Gulls are constantly associated in the minds of most peo- ple with the sea or our large inland lakes, and their agri- cultural value is therefore largely obscured. Nevertheless there exist very extensive breeding-places of certain species inland, and such a species as Franklin’s gull is a true inland species. Sometimes hundreds of ring-billed, herring, and Franklin’s gulls may be seen following the plough on the prairie and feeding on the white grubs, wireworms, and other insects and their larve that are turned up. It has been found that about four-fifths of the food of the Frank- lin’s gull consists of grasshoppers. _ From the foregoing review it is obvious that all the chief groups of birds contain representatives, or entirely consist 172 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE of birds that are an actual necessity in the maintenance of as great a control as possible over the infinite variety of insect pests that attack the roots, stems, branches, and leaves of our cultivated plants and trees. And whatever may be the habitat of the insect it is usually found by some species of bird owing tothe diversity of their feeding-habits. In view of the great economic value of our insectivorous birds from an agricultural standpoint, but not forgetting the esthetic motives which surely need not be supported by argument, it is evident that the protection of these birds must form an important part in the maintenance or in- crease of our agricultural production. Experience has shown that not only directly by killing, but indirectly by the destruction of their natural haunts and breeding-places, man has intentionally and unintentionally been more anxious to destroy bird life than to protect it. Leaving aside the wilful destruction which birds have suf- fered by their misfortune in offering an easy and living tar- get, we find that the former haunts of our birds are obliter- ated by the advance of agriculture and settlement. Wood- lands and forest are cut down and give way to open fields; bird-haunted snake fences yield to wire. Near our cities subdivisions and lots wipe out the waste places and wooded haunts of. birds. With their breeding and feeding places: more and more reduced, and their lives frequently endan- gered, it is not surprising that birds are not more abundant, and that protection and encouragement are essential. Local Abundance of Birds.—Few people realize the variety of birds that breed within a certain area, as so many species are shy in their habits. During the last few years the Bi- ological Survey of the United States Department of Agri- culture has been conducting a bird census of the United States. As illustrating the valuable and interesting data that such a census provides, the following are the results of an annual census taken since 1914 by Mr. Norman Criddle, PLATE XVI From a photograph by R. M. Anderson (1) From a painting by C.War- From a photograph by Froma photograph by R.M. An- burton Young (2) Bruce Rose (3) derson. Courtesy of the Geolog- ical Survey (4) 1. Arctic Fox 2. Coyotes attacking sheep in Kamloops district of British Columbia 3. Rocky Mountain Goat, female with young 4. Nest of Pacific Eider Duck (Sumateria v.-nigra); Dolphin and Union Strait, Arctic Ocean 5, Ptarmigan in the Yukon Territory BIRDS IN RELATION TO AGRICULTURE 173 of the Entomological Branch, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, in two areas near Aweme, in southern Manitoba: Area No. 1 consists of seventy-six acres, comprising chiefly unbroken prairie surrounded by low woods, chiefly aspen poplar, and scrub lands. It also includes farm-buildings and gardens containing ornamental shrubs and trees. The follow- ing is the result of the census of birds breeding in this area: Name or Brrp 1914 | 1915 | 1916 Pairs | Pairs | Pairs TS CREE UE CREE RULES Pe ROO ee 1 1 1 Canadian ruffed grouse..............s0002-e0005, 1 a ss Prairie sharp-tailed grouse....................... 1 1 oe SS ISIE OE Pn rn 2 2 1 BIEN WOGUTIOOKOR . 6 6c e kc csc cect ccc ccccceess at es 1 I op bc ss cis cc dcwce¥eccccsiucs x of 1 ETE I ee ere 1 1 “ie TG e dua dost dsc cdedscedsceecss 1 1 1 SE Sr ee 2 4 3 ee es eve cdc cc ecdstedessess 1 2 1 I rn ar ie et 1 Ee er 10 11 12 ES a a 2 1 2 IN ee se 1 2 1 Western vesper spatrow. .............-ee ee eeeee 9 14 9 avoids a cccccecdicccceccess 2 4 5 Clay-coloured sparrow...................2-00005- 6 10 8 Rose-breasted grosbeak...................220005. ee 1 1 he ca cass dccde ss ccccascceces Bs 3 1 I re 1 2 2 ey fase vce ctsceceesccas 1 4 2 eg cheek ceed decececces 1 1 1 Orange-crowned warbler......................... Sy 1 EE i ee rere ‘i e 1 ES Pe Pre 1 1 1 I Se 1 1 1 OE ee 5 4 5 Western house-wren..................22 eee e cease 5 6 9 Long-tailed chickadee......................00005 1 at of OL yc ies acc wee sdaeesiccees 2 2 1 Sila a i ely cies sceedseecveges we ‘4 1 Total number of breeding pairs................. 58 72 74 Total number species of birds.................. 23 21 27 174 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Area No. 2 consists of twenty-six acres, comprising chiefly woodland. The trees are aspen and balsam, poplar, and, in parts, a dense growth of willow. The land is low-lying, but the only water available is in shallow wells and a horse- trough. NAME oF Bikp 1916 American ruffed grouse. ......0.......2cceccecces WAGUPRIOE OVE. 85 din vcc st cecksess tp hbemeeiee Black-billed cuckoo....... (ein pe Chale she peee anaes DOWN WOGRDORRET 40. te oO ieee Yellow-bellied sapsucker...............ceceeecece PN OPCIMIE MEMEO Bo ool) 5 ooo} vinSvrese ey wid Lc alot kaw ied Oe WRIOORW TE a8 ys ile sees eo Seine eee ee ee Talal Biya l So ond. bain seiko ee ee Westerh Wood Pewoe: . «c+ -. «este «ct awit Re WOO DOWRE sf SE lie cele cs ck b ba edema Mmersennt pola | oie 5 ok. eee se cee ean PO OMNI br ais peau Vie bs 0 09:8 a oe econ Ala Western vesper-sparrow..............-e000: ieee CMI AUARIOW 5 oo Soko ajo ernst cod oars Clay-coloured sparrow ........-.c scenes ennsecoas Rose-breasted grosbeak.............-.ccceecevees a. GEMEEGE Fe UNREST Hy, a CHAPTER VIII THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE AND THE CONTROL OF PREDATORY ANIMALS Any rational system of wild-life protection must take into account the control of the predatory species of mam- mals and birds. And while the complete extermination of such predatory species is not possible, desirable, or neces- sary, a degree of control must be exercised to prevent such an increase in numbers as would affect the abundance of the non-predatory species. In the treatment of predatory animals it is necessary to determine whether the species concerned are responsible for more harm than good in a particular region. The creation on any extensive scale of wild life reserves will inevitably result in an increase within, and the attrac- tion to such reserves of predatory mammals such as wolves and coyotes, and of birds such as eagles, great horned owls, and such noxious hawks as the goshawk, Cooper’s, and sharp- shinned hawks, owing to the fact that these reserves will not only contain a larger number of the animals and their young which predatory animals destroy, but as the reserves afford sanctuary to such animals they will tend to contain a much greater abundance of wild life than neighbouring territory. Following the general rule in nature that pred- atory species collect where the species on which they sub- sist occur in unusual abundance, an increase in game and other animals will bring about an increase in their enemies, especially when the latter are harassed elsewhere. Wolves.—The large gray or timber wolves, varying in colour from white to black, which range from Quebec to 193 194 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE British Columbia and northward to the Yukon and the Arctic coast, are the most serious natural enemies of all members of the deer tribe, not to mention their destruction of domestic stock. In the more northerly forested regions of Quebec and Ontario they have been reported as being very destructive to deer, and their attacks on moose and caribou have had a marked effect on the abundance of these animals in certain regions. In northern British Columbia and the Yukon they have also been reported to be so abun- dant as to destroy mountain sheep in considerable numbers. Coyote.—The coyote or prairie wolf is to be found through- out the western provinces, from Manitoba to British Co- lumbia, and northward to the Northwest Territories and the Yukon. Unlike the gray or timber wolf, which has re- treated to a great extent from the open prairies, although it ranges the Barren Grounds of the north and now is to be found chiefly in the wooded sections of the country, the coyote prefers the open plains, but it may be found also in wooded regions throughout its range. Coyotes are more gregarious in habit than wolves, and co-operate in hunting. There is no doubt that they destroy not only young deer, mountain sheep, and antelope, but also large numbers of game-birds, such as geese, ducks, etc. The agricultural de-- velopment of the country does not tend to a diminution in their numbers, as in the case of wolves, but appears rather to encourage an increase, with the result that they become a serious menace to farmers through their attacks on sheep and poultry; the aspect of their economic importance will be considered presently. In spite of their destruction of game animals and birds, and of live stock, they also prey on rodents that are injurious to agricultural interests, such as rabbits, gophers, and mice. Where coyotes decrease in number by natural causes or hunting, the numbers of go- phers usually increase. This fact is important, and means that an active campaign against gophers must accompany | THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 195 any campaign against coyotes. Such injurious insects as grasshoppers, crickets, June-bugs (white grubs), etc., are also eaten by coyotes. Nevertheless it would appear that _ the damage they inflict far outweighs the benefits they ac- _complish. Peculiarly enough they are also fond of fruit - and consume wild fruits and berries. Cougar.—The cougar or puma, also known as the moun- tain lion or panther, is the largest of the cat tribe in North _ America. In Canada it is to be found in the Rocky Moun- tains and westward to Vancouver Island, on which it ap- pears to be most common. Large specimens may measure 7 to 8 feet in length, and weigh over 200 pounds. They _ prey upon every kind of game, but are specially destructive to mountain sheep, goat, and deer, and a large male cougar will kill a horse, cow, moose, or wapiti. Deer form their chief prey. When cougars occur in numbers the deer and ‘mountain sheep invariably decrease in numbers; for exam- ple, I am informed that the decrease in deer and sheep in the Lillooet region of British Columbia, which formerly abounded in such game, has been largely due to the depre- dations of cougars, which are increasing in that region, al- though a steady decrease in cougars in British Columbia as a whole is reported. Tue Wour AND Coyote PROBLEM AS AFFECTING Live-Stock INTERESTS From an economic point of view the destruction of live stock, especially sheep, by wolves, and particularly by coyotes, constitutes a more serious problem than the de- struction of wild life, and it is fitting that in such a presen- tation as I am making of the economic aspect of our native predatory animals we should consider the relation of these animals to our agricultural interests. British Columbia.—As a result of an extensive investiga- tion that I have made into the losses inflicted by these 196 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE animals in the live-stock interests, it would appear that the problem is most serious in British Columbia, which contains very extensive areas admirably suited to sheep-raising, particularly in the central Dry Belt region. For much of the information I am about to give concerning conditions in British Columbia, I am indebted to Mr. C. E. Lawrence, Secretary-Treasurer of the Interior of British Columbia Wool Growers Association, who writes: The matter is an increasingly serious one, and all our efforts to increase production of wool and mutton seem to be frustrated by this abominable pest. For ranchers to lose one-third of their lambs is not uncommon— quite a number in this district (Kamloops) have sold their breeding ewes to the butcher to save them from the coyotes. , Mr. Thomas P. Mackenzie, provincial grazing commis- sioner for British Columbia, states that records show the presence in British Columbia of not more than 50,000 sheep, and that with properly organized range and a scientific ro- tation system of grazing he sees no reason why British Co- lumbia should not graze at least 2,000,000 sheep. - The following reports indicate the serious nature of the losses due to coyotes in the Dry Belt region of British Co- lumbia: F. F. Wilkinson, Monte Creek: ‘‘My losses were so severe that I have sold my sheep to save what were left from going the way of the others.” Lawrence Bros., Heffley Creek: ‘‘After doing our best to combat the total loss of our choice breeding flock of Oxford Downs, we have come to the conclusion that we can only save what we have left by sending them to the butcher. After exercising every precaution this is the third year that we have lost 33% of the lambs, and the audacity of the coyotes this year promises to rob us of all the ewes as well as the lambs. We have put into practice all the information and instructions we could ob- tain as to poisoning the brutes—but no fear, they will not pick up bait nor return to a half consumed carcass while they can get a nice fresh, live lamb. The anxiety, loss of time and vexation is too much and we have, most reluctantly, decided to go out of sheep.” THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 197 F. Cornwall, Cherry Creek: ‘I shall not know the extent of our loss until we make count in the fall, but. we have a large number of ewes with full udders and no lambs. At the Sugar Loaf, our sheep range, it is impos- sible to keep the sheep there this year. Every day they are scattered to the lower ground by coyotes, beyond the power of the herder to pre- vent it, good man as he is. One of my neighbours raised a lot of poultry —including many turkeys—the coyotes have made sad havoc with them in spite of every effort to circumvent them, and the result will be a very heavy financial loss.” D. W. Strachan, Superintendent Alexandria Ranch (King Edward Sanatorium), Tranquille : “‘I cannot tell you our exact losses, but they are heavy, in spite of having an extra boy to look after the bunch. The sheep are pure bred Cotswolds and the loss of over 30% of lambs each year is a serious one for the ranch and also for the community in face of the shortage in both mutton and wool. Let me say, speaking as President of the Wool Growers Association, that this subject is ever before us at our meetings, for we are all sufferers, and the inevitable conclusion is that, until some drastic steps are taken to attack the pests in their breed- ing places, and this must be vigorously followed up, there will be no further development of sheep husbandry, and consequently no addition to the mutton supply, or the production of wool.” Mrs. Hoffman, Shuswap: “We dare not let our sheep outside the fence, and during the early part of last year my son shot 15 coyotes which came inside the pasture after the lambs.” W. W. Shaw, Heffley Creek: “Purchased 125 sheep last year. Up to midsummer of this year, had lost by coyotes 30 ewes and 60 lambs,” Mr. H. F. Mytton, B. C. Fruitlands Co.: “A thorough-sportsman who spends all his spare time in hunting coyotes and encouraging others to do so, had only last week a chicken chased to and killed on his door step —this was defiance with a vengeance.” CoYoTEs ARE NO REsPECTERS OF PERSONS The Superintendent of the Provincial Government Experimental Farm, Cariboo Road, says: “Coyotes are very bad and we have lost at least 25% of the lambs, and it looks like selling off the bunch or letting the coyotes finish them.” C. G. Cowan, a neighbouring cattle rancher, with a flock of sheep, says: “The coyotes having punished the Provincial Government flock have turned their attention to ours. Although we did not keep sheep as a commercial proposition they were profitable and afforded us fresh meat 198 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE when it would not be desirable to kill a steer for the ranch hands. But the coyotes have got the whip hand of us and our bunch will all be sold in a few days.” An Expert OPINION Mr. A. Bryan Williams, for many years Provincial Game Warden, in a letter to the Wool Growers Association last March (1918), states: “It ap- pears to me that the coyote question is one in which your Association and my Department are equally interested, and if I had been retaining my present position I should have been extremely pleased to have worked in conjunction with you. There is one thing, however, to which I might © call your attention, which I believe is of particular interest to your Asso- ciation, and that is that the sheep-killing coyote is very seldom killed. The great majority of coyotes killed are not sheep-killers, the latter is very wary, and it takes a really first class professional to catch him, and I believe it would pay to have such a man employed by the Department of Agriculture, to go from place to place, wherever his services were re- quired, and trap these coyotes. I believe that more good has been done in the United States by these professionals than any other way. I im- agine, however, there would be extreme difficulty in getting such a man, at any rate at the present time, but the idea is well worth considering.” In British Columbia a vigorous campaign against these animals has been carried on for a number of years. During recent years bounties have been paid on the following num- bers: 1914 1915 1916 WOLWGE ce cere yee cl ue wen bie hasan 382 299 210 RIG Se va kane oe eee Ga hy caee eae 280 235 221 COORG oo basa ia hal oe eh aR Se a Ea 4,138 7,482 17,352 The greatest number of cougars was killed in Vancouver Island. In spite of this destruction the number of these predatory animals has undoubtedly increased, and the coyote nuisance, in particular, has become more serious in the sheep-raising sections. In his annual report for 1916 the provincial game warden of British Columbia states: “The coyote nuisance has become a very serious one, as ne’ hats sin cE i he el etal \ : 4 THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 199 not only have they practically cleaned up all the stock of grouse, killed fawns and the deer themselves by the hun- dreds, but they have made the keeping of sheep in some parts of the interior almost an impossibility at the present time, and the number of domestic fowl they have killed would total a good many thousand dollars. The whole of the Dry Belt simply swarms with these pests. . . .”” Over $50,000 was paid by the provincial government in bounties on these pests, and in spite of this expenditure the evil was not abated. This demonstrates most conclusively that as a means of destroying predatory animals the bounty system is a failure. Alberta.—In response to my inquiries, Mr. B. Lawton, chief game guardian and wolf bounty inspector for the Prov- - ince of Alberta, has furnished the following information with regard to the payment of bounties by the provincial govern- ment for the destruction of wolves and coyotes, and the extent of the damage caused by these predatory animals: 1. Since the formation of the Province in 1905, bounty has been con- tinually paid for the destruction of grey or timber wolves. In the years 1907, 1908, 1909 and 1917 bounty was paid on prairie wolves, or coyotes. 2. The amount of bounty paid each year is as follows: ea Wi 1912. cide ccches $2,141.30 eR sk. Bees 1013... 1... osc i-og sens 2,984.75 OL Bewemee 4014 oe aa 4,208.30 Re ee Meee 2 WB occ es 4,188.70 Mes, een AG 409.48 EN ee ES AGU: oo cle as 1,160.15 3. Grey or timber wolves are very destructive to game in the mountains and in the northern part of the province. In the ranching districts in the southern part of the province a limited amount of damage is caused by timber wolves. Quantities of poultry and some calves, colts, sheep and lambs are destroyed by the prairie wolves; they are also very destruc- tive to game and other birds. They appear to be much more plentiful at times; this is more noticeable when there is a scarcity of rabbits. At such times they are compelled to come into the settlements to obtain a 200 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE livelihood, the result being that some animals and poultry suffer to a greater extent than at other times. I do not think that timber wolves are as destructive as they were some years ago, owing to being fewer in number, neither do I think that there are as many coyotes as formerly. The statistics as to losses are not available. 4. Stockmen’s associations have been offering a bounty independent of the bounty offered by the Government; this applies more particularly to a bounty on timber wolves. The following letters which I have received indicate the loss and expense caused by the depredations of coyotes in Alberta: Mr. W. E. Ross, Clive, Alta., writes: “TI lost 8 calves out of 55 and had ta build a fence around two acres to take in the houses with a chicken- proof fence to raise chickens.” Mr. Alex. Lewis, Bon Accord, Alta., writes: “I have lived in Edmonton for over 20 years. The past three years I was troubled with coyotes. I had to keep one of the children with them [the sheep] when they were on the range. I did not lose more than one or two by coyotes. The last two years (1916-17) the coyotes have again started to devour them. Last summer (1917) I lost at least $150.00 worth of lambs by coyotes. And every year since I lived on my homestead we have lost poultry, sometimes an old turkey and her whole flock of young ; we have lost as many as 50 hens and chickens in a season. I have just completed my sheep pasture by fencing with a 14-line wire. I had to act as shepherd last summer and stay with the sheep whenever they were in the pasture. I have lived 17 years on my homestead and I am certain that my loss. in that time would exceed $500.00, besides the expense of —— and watching.” Saskatchewan.—On account of the menace to the live- stock interests of the province, the provincial government has endeavoured by means of the bounty system to encour- age the destruction of wolves and coyotes. In response to my inquiries Mr. F. H. Auld, deputy minister of agriculture for Saskatchewan, has furnished me with the following in- formation on the control of coyotes and wolves in Sas- katchewan: - Your letter of the 20th ultimo, having reference to the control of wolves and coyotes, is hereby acknowledged. THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 201 In reply I have to say that during the six years prior to the establish- ment of this province in 1905 the sum of $14,000 was expended in bounty on timber wolves in the southern portion of what was then the Northwest Territories. During this period 616 adults and 1,633 pups were killed. In 1906 the appropriation set aside for the destruction of wolves was not made use of by the Provincial Range Stock Growers Association for whose benefit it was appropriated, and therefore it was decided to insti- tute a competition and substantial prizes were offered for the greatest - number of wolves killed by individuals, and also for the greatest number _ of skins shipped, so that a local market for wolf pelts might be established. - Eleven prizes ranging from $20 to $150 were awarded, and the results _ obtained were considered to be very satisfactory. _ The Wolf Bounty Act was passed in 1907. Under its provisions it _ was optional with municipalities as to whether or not they established _ Wolf Bounty districts. The bounty was fixed at $10 for timber wolves - and $1 for coyotes, half of which was refunded by the Government upon _ surrender of the wolf bounty certificate. This policy was changed in _ 1913 when The Wolf Bounty Act was amended making it compulsory - for all municipalities to pay bounty. Provision was also made that _ municipalities may increase the amount of bounty if they so desire, but _ the refund paid by the Government remained the same—fifty per cent of _ the stipulated bounty of $10 for timber wolves and $1 for coyotes and pups. The results of this policy are tabulated below: _ $Statement of grey wolves and coyotes killed in Saskatchewan from ~ 1907 to 1917. Grey Total Bounty Amount Re- Coyotes Wolves Paid by funded by Municipalities | Government 2,647 2 $2,704.00 $1,323.00 15,072 114 15,951.00 7,932.50 11,080 230 13,380.00 6,690.00 8,966 221 11,176.00 5,588.00 10,230 270 | 12,930.00 6,465.00 7,626 206 9,686.00 4,843.00 11,400 38 11,776.00 5,888.00 16,906 30 17,202.00 8,601.00 |. 34,662 Pie 34,973.00 17,486.50 44,835 40 57,263.00 22,617.50 41,000 49 45,000.00 20,750.00 204,424 1,200 $232,041.00 $108,184.50 202 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE We have no statistics regarding the actual losses due to the depreda- tions of wolves and coyotes, but it is generally stated that they are very destructive to sheep and poultry, and sportsmen claim them to be one of the worst enemies of big game and ground-nesting game birds and eggs. On the other hand, they destroy gophers and field mice which are very injurious pests of the farm, and the value of wolf pelts is quite a considera- tion at this writing, an average price of $10 being paid for No. 1 skins, and extra good pelts have sold as high as $18. - Present methods of contro! can certainly be improved upon provided the co-operation of the citizens can be enlisted. I doubt very much whether the bounty system is instrumental in the killing of more than twenty per cent of the wolves for which bounty is paid. In my opinion most of the wolves are killed incidentally by farmers in the course of their daily duties, others make a practice of hunting wolves in the winter for sport, or for the value of the fur. I believe that the money appro- priated annually for the payment of wolf bounties would be productive of better results were it expended in paying experienced hunters and trap- pers to systematically attack this problem. Under their guidance at- tempts might be made to comb out the wolves methodically in certain districts, the areas being extended in successive units year by year. Although this plan would not exterminate the wolves I think better re- sults would accrue than have been secured in the past. The pelts thus taken would be the property of the Government and sold to help defray expenses. It is often argued that if the Government would increase the bounty it would be an added incentive to kill the wolves. In my opinion the present high prices paid for wolf pelts is a sufficient inducement to hunt wolves when the fur is prime. It might be advantageous to discontinue the payment of bounties under the present plan, and try paying a bounty of say $10 on all females killed during the first four months of each year. The principle of co-operation adopted to any plan of campaign is un- | doubtedly beneficial to the project in hand, and far better results may be expected than would be secured in the case of individual haphazard methods of control. On this ground alone your proposal seems worthy of the united support of all concerned, 4nd in my opinion some such action as you suggest would go a long way toward the solution of this difficult problem. The foregoing statement shows that in spite of the ex- penditures made in an earnest effort to control these pred- atory animals the bounty system has not succeeded, as the live-stock men admit. THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 203 _ The views of the stockmen of Saskatchewan on the danger Fa atement of the Live Stock Commission :* _ Protection Against Sheep Pests: “So far as sheep are concerned, the timber wolf, the coyote and the dog are more dangerous than any bacillus; _ the sheep of Saskatchewan are free from the intestinal parasites which plague flocks in so many parts of the United States. The coyote is par- ; iGoularly harmful in many rough or partly wooded sections which would otherwise be well adapted to sheep, and worrying dogs may appear in _ “Tt has been the practice of the Government of Saskatchewan for some _ years to pay a bounty of $1.00 per head on coyotes killed in the province. _ As this sum is only a small portion of the value of the pelts, it is open to question whether the offer of the bounty has led to the killing of many “more wolves than would have been killed without it. It would be well, _ therefore, to consider whether part or all of the amount usually expended in this fashion could not be used to better purpose in some alternative _ method of combatting the wolf pest, and particularly in encouraging the __ breeding and use of wolf houn The following is typical of the experience of stockmen: _ Mr. J. C. Hall, Lumsden, Sask., writes: “They [the coyotes] are a _ perfect pest here; also the cause of very material damage and expense. I _ bought this farm with the intention of raising stock of various kinds, but _ I find that to start sheep raising would be very poor business under the circumstances.” __ Manitoba.—The coyote problem in Manitoba is admira- _ bly set forth in the following letter, which I have received _ from Mr. W. W. Fraser, provincial live-stock commissioner: _ “We regard this pest as being an exceedingly serious one, more par- _ ticularly in the newer districts and where there is more or less shelter _ by way of trees and scrub. He is a menace chiefly to the sheep industry. I desire to point out clearly that it is not only what he destroys in the form of sheep, poultry and game to an alarming degree in the aggregate, _ but where I consider the real damage is done is that hundreds of our farm- _ * Final Report of the Live Stock Commission of the Province of Saskatchewan, _ 1918, p. 21. Published by the Department of Agriculture of Saskatchewan, 204 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE ers in this western country refuse to go into the sheep industry because of — the above facts. As I go through the country discussing the sheep and — poultry situation, every district has numerous men who state they would go into the sheep industry were it not for the destruction done by the coyote, and they can point out. concrete cases. where their neighbors have been subjected to this pest for years. They declare it remains equally as bad at the present time as in the past; therefore, they cannot go into the sheep industry, although they would like to. “Whole flocks of poultry, such as turkeys and geese, have been wiped out after the owner carefully fostered them all summer, and, if not, the whole flock has frequently been reduced to 50 or 60 per cent. ; “This pest does not seem to have been seriously taken into considera- tion by many of our representative men, such as local and Dominion representatives in our Legislatures, as well as men who represent us in other capacities.” The following extracts from letters that I have received are typical of the experiences of many farmers in the province: Mr. A. A. Titus, Napinka, Man., writes: ‘ All sheep men lose heavily. Not one in ten shepherds escapes loss. I lost 25 sheep and lambs last — year (1917); more than half were pure-bred Shropshires. I lost $200 in time watching as well. Total loss close to $1,000. Coyotes eat half the turkeys of the country and from 10 to 50 per cent of other poultry, accord- ing to district. A few new-born calves are eaten.” Mr. James MacField, Two Creeks, Man., writes : “ We have been bothered with them for years around this part of the country. There are no sheep farmers to speak of as they think the coyotes would be a great menace, but every farmer tries to raise poultry and I may say every farmer loses in cold cash anywhere from $50 to $100 every year. The people are doing what they can to exterminate the wolf but we cannot afford the time to hunt wolves for two dollars per head. This winter (1917-18) there have been a great many try their hand trapping but with little success. I figure I can trap as well as the average man and I worked my spare time all winter and only got three for my trouble.” Tue NECESSITY OF ORGANIZED CoNTROL BY HUNTING AND TRAPPING The most successful method of destroying coyotes, wolves, — and other predatory animals is by the organization of sys- — THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 205 ~ tematic hunting by paid hunters, receiving no bounties and working under government control. This policy is giving _ presently. ' The problem is by no means a local one, nor even a pro- vincial one; it is both interprovincial and international in ‘ character, and it is only by organization along these lines _ that ultimate success will be obtained. What we need is _ co-operation among all concerned: individuals, live-stock _ organizations, and governments; all of them should con- _ tribute to the funds that are needed to carry out the work _ after a broad policy has been formulated. __ The present time is most appropriate for the initiation of _ a comprehensive scheme for the destruction of the predatory _ animals affecting our live-stock interests and wild-life re- sources. There is an urgent need for the increasing of our _ live stock in Canada, and Dominion and provincial govern- ments are conducting vigorous campaigns with this end in view; but, as the preceding facts have clearly shown, these efforts cannot be wholly successful, especially in the matter _ of sheep-raising and wool production, unless the failure of the bounty systems as a means’ of destroying predatory animals is recognized by our governments and steps are taken to put into effect a similar scheme to that now in suc- cessful operation in the United States. Steps must be taken to remove the obstacles in the way of successful sheep-raising. At the present time farmers are either prevented from taking up or they are compelled _ to discontinue sheep-raising on account of the losses caused by these predatory animals. In addition, when an effort is made to raise sheep the farmers experience loss of stock, loss of time shepherding their stock, and loss of money in _ building the necessary fences. _ With the return of large numbers of soldiers from mili- tary service in Europe there should be no difficulty in ob- 206 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE taining a sufficient number of hunters and trappers; in fact, — such work would be the means of finding employment for many men who are skilled in hunting and trapping, and ~ who prefer such occupation, and might advisedly form part of the resettlement scheme. ConTROL OF PREDATORY ANIMALS IN THE UNITED STATES Owing to the enormous losses experienced by the live- stock interests in the United States, particularly in the stock-raising areas of the West, the Federal and State gov- ernments have been compelled to take very active measures to eradicate the predatory animals which are responsible for their losses. It is estimated by Dr. E. W. Nelson, chief of the Biologi- cal Survey of the United States Department of Agriculture, that predatory animals destroy annually from twenty to thirty million dollars’ worth of live stock on the western cattle ranges. The United States Forest Service estimates that each wolf destroys annually an average of $1,000 worth of live stock, each coyote $50, each cougar or moun- tain lion $500, each bobcat $50, and each stock-killing grizzly bear $500. . In the annual report of the United States Biological Sur- vey for 1917-1918 it is stated that the chairman of the State Live Stock Board of Utah estimates an annual loss in that region amounting to 500,000 sheep and 4,000,000 pounds of wool. The President of the New Mexico College of Agriculture, as a result of a survey of conditions in that State, estimates an annual loss there of 3 per cent of the cattle, or 34,000 head, and 165,000 sheep. A single wolf killed by one of the Bureau hunters in southern New Mexico was reported by stock-owners of that vicinity to have killed — during the preceding six months 150 head of cattle, valued — | % A i THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 207 ” at not less than $5,000. In July, 1917, 2 male wolves were _ killed in Wyoming which in May had destroyed 150 sheep and 7 colts. Another pair of wolves killed near Opal, Wyo., | _ were reported to have killed about $4,000 worth of stock a year. Another Wyoming wolf, trapped in June, 1918, had " killed 30 cattle during the spring. These figures indicate _ the destructive powers of predatory animals. During the year ending June 30, 1919, the following num- _ bers of predatory animals were taken by hunters under the - direction of the United States Biological Survey: Ry Se 584 PRMIMUREI Sid) is ac vince vs ane 4,123 OE Ree ae 27,100 SOM ee cine ds Cha iw 43 SUMMER Talcea sees seess..- RT RIO 3s a go esd ede de ans 81 _ In the case of especially destructive animals, exceptionally _ skilled hunters and trappers are detailed to capture such _ animals as rapidly as they are reported, and it is stated that the success in capturing them has resulted in a great addi- tion to the meat output of the ranges. In response to my inquiries respecting the organization _ of the Biological Survey of the United States Department _ of Agriculture for the control of predatory animals, Dr. E. W. Nelson, chief of the Bureau, has very kindly furnished _ me with a memorandum giving full details of the manner in which this important work is carried on, from which state- ment, which is dated March, 1917, the following account has been prepared: The infested area is divided into ten districts with an inspector in charge of the work in each district, and an in- spector at large is continually in the field co-ordinating and supervising the entire work. The districts are as follows: Oregon-Washington, Montana, California-Nevada, Wyoming, Idaho, Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, Arizona, Texas. 208 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE The actual destruction of the animals is accomplished ~ through hunters and trappers, at salaries of $75 per month, — _ with additional allowances in meritorious cases of $10 per — month for camp equipment, and $15 per month for each of two horses, the hunter to pay his own expenses, including subsistence for himself and horses. Almost all hunters — furnish one or more horses. The pay of hunters is rated on — their skill and the results secured, only the best receiving the full $115 per month. They are not allowed to receive bounties, and deductions are made for time lost. A careful record is kept of the number and kind of animals taken by — each hunter as shown by reports, skins, scalps, and skulls — submitted. Trapping with steel traps has been very sucdeamul and has the advantage of giving known results and preserving — for sale the skins of the animals taken. Beginning with the methods known to the professional trapper, the policy of the Bureau has been to adopt the best devices, develop new methods, and discard in favour of new methods such prac- tices as do not give satisfactory results. Annually the in- spectors are called to some central point for conference with the Bureau officials in charge of this work. Poisoning individual animals is occasionally done to ad- vantage where stock are killed and carcasses fed upon by depredating animals. General poisoning campaigns have proved very successful, but have the disadvantage that the number of animals destroyed cannot be definitely deter- — mined, and the furs are not recovered. Strychnine capsules — are being used in these operations, and experiments are being made with cyanide and other poisons. Hunting with dogs has been carried on in an experimental way, but with- out signal success. The skins of all fur-bearing animals taken by the hunters. are cured and saved, being shipped to Washington from > time to time. They are sold by auction. It is estimated ~ Fe sige RD SS 9 Bey!! Th ti THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 209 _ that the receipts from these sales will aggregate 8 to 10 per cent of the cost of operations, and the net proceeds are turned into the United States Treasury. In the annual report of the Biological Survey for the year ending June 30, 1919, it is stated that a force of from 400 to 500 hunters is employed in the destruction of predatory animals, under the direction of district inspectors in the nine districts mentioned above. About one-fifth of these _ are paid from co-operative funds provided by the States ' or contributed by local organizations or individuals. The - net proceeds already received for the skins taken during the year amount to $76,128.56. The work of the United States Department of Agriculture _ demonstrates very conclusively the success of the policy of _ properly organized and systematic hunting by paid hunters, _ working under the close direction of district inspectors, as _ a means of destroying predatory animals over a large area, and it affords an excellent object-lesson of what might be _ done in Canada by the adoption of a similar policy. LesseER PREDATORY MAMMALS Lynz.—The Canada lynx is found throughout the Do- minion from Nova Scotia to British Columbia, and north- ward as far as the limits of our northern forests. Richardson states that it is found on the Mackenzie River as far north as latitude 66°. It is too well known to need description, _ but, as it is sometimes confused with the bobcat or bay _ lynx of eastern North America by the uninitiated, it may _ be pointed out that the Canada lynx is distinguished from the latter animal by its lighter gray colour, the tuft of long black hairs on the tips of its ears, and the large, hairy paws. Its chief food is the varying hare or rabbit, and the close relation between the periodic fluctuations of the rabbit and those of the lynx is discussed in another chapter. It also 210 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE preys largely on the several species of grouse. The lynx will kill foxes, and it is claimed that deer and caribou are sometimes attacked. Bobcat or Bay Lynx.—This close relative of the Canada lynx is slightly smaller than the latter, and its fur is of a dark-brown colour; it lacks the long black ear-tufts, and only the upper side of the tip of the tail is coloured black. It is confined to the east, and in Nova Scotia a distinct variety, commonly called the wildcat, occurs. In many places in Nova Scotia the wildcat is destructive to sheep, for which reason it is destroyed whenever possible. Like its near relative it is an enemy of ground-game such as grouse. | Foxes.—All the species of foxes, particularly the red fox, are destructive to our native game-birds. PREDATORY BrrpDs The Great Horned Owl.—While most of the owls are bene- ficial as the destroyers of noxious rodents, such as mice and moles, the great horned owl is one of the most destructive of the large predatory birds. The various subspecies of great horned owl are found from Nova Scotia, where it is known as the ‘‘cat-owl,’’ owing to the ear-like tufts of feathers on its head, to British Columbia, and throughout the northern forests to the limit of tree growth. Its home is the heavily forested and unsettled regions. But when its food supplies become reduced it migrates southward, and during recent years there have been large numbers of these birds killed in the most southern portions of its range. It is a great enemy of grouse and other game-birds, and is detested by the farmer on account of its destructive raids on poultry. Goshawk.—This hawk is undoubtedly the greatest de- stroyer of game-birds of all the species of hawks, most of > Pi é i : THE ENEMIES OF WILD LIFE 211 which are either entirely or partially beneficial. In Nova Scotia it is the commonest species of hawk, and it ranges across Canada to British Columbia, where it is represented by a Western subspecies. It normally resides in the forests and woodland, from which it makes excursions to the open country, and is especially fond of raiding the farmer’s poul- try-yard with destructive effect. In its normal haunts it preys upon the rabbit and grouse. When rabbits are abun- dant these hawks increase in numbers, but with the peri- odie disappearance of the rabbit they attack the grouse in greater numbers. When the latter birds are reduced in numbers through the depredations of these fierce birds, the shortage of food drives the hawks farther south, and, as was explained in discussing the scarcity of the different species of grouse in the prairies, they prove to be one of the worst enemies of our game-birds. This species and the two species mentioned below are the chief predatory enemies of our game-birds, and, inasmuch as they destroy large numbers of game and insectivorous birds, not to mention the great destruction of poultry that they accomplish, their protection cannot be urged, and they should be treated as noxious predatory animals. It is im- portant, however, that they should be distinguished from the many species of hawks that render considerable service to the farmer by destroying noxious rodents, such as gophers, moles, and mice, and noxious insects, such as grasshoppers. Cooper's Hawk.—This predatory species is smaller than the goshawk, and intermediate in size between it and the sharp-shinned hawk. It is not common in eastern Canada, and is more abundant in the West; in British Columbia it is generally distributed and tolerably common in the Lower Fraser valley. It is a strong and rapid flyer, having a quick, darting flight, and its boldness makes it a serious enemy of poultry. It can be recognized by its barred tail, about as long as its body, and somewhat rounded rather 212 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE than square at the end; the wings are bluntly rounded at the end. Sharp-shinned Hawk.—Throughout the Dominion this is one of the commonest hawks wherever there is wooded coun- try or brush. It is smaller than the Cooper’s hawk, but resembles it in flight and habits. Its tail is square at the end. It is a swift flyer and hunts keenly through the brush and along the fences, preying upon the smaller birds. In- asmuch as it is a great destroyer of insectivorous birds, its protection is not only undesirable but its destruction should be encouraged, provided care is taken to distinguish it from useful species of hawks. . y iN SNE ae a a CHAPTER IX THE PERIODIC FLUCTUATIONS OF OUR FUR-BEARING ANIMALS (CHARTS I TO V) TurRovuGHouT the animal world we find that not only is _ the abundance of the higher predatory animals dependent - upon the abundance of the lower forms upon which they _ prey, or which may indirectly affect their food supply, but _ this dependence may result in remarkable periodic fluctua- tions in the numbers of the predatory forms. In the insect _ world this phenomenon of rise and fall in abundance is well known; a striking example occurred in 1915, when, owing to the unusual prevalence of aphids, or plant-lice, through- - out Canada, wasps were extraordinarily abundant every- where in the same region, the probable explanation being that the wasps increased abnormally owing to the presence of an unusual amount of food in the form of ‘‘honey-dew,” which is excreted by the plant lice. Similarly, the abun- dance of certain species of our food fishes is affected by the amount of food in the shape of small crustacea, or small fishes, in the sea, such food being variable in quantity. For instance, Bullen* showed that, in the years 1903-1907, there appeared to be a direct correlation between the num- ber of mackerel taken during May and the abundance of the small copepod crustacea. Darwin’s illustration of the relation of cats to the abun- dance of clover-seed is well known, but may be recalled. Red clover depends on the visits of bumble-bees for its fertilization. The abundance of bumble-bees in any dis- trict depends very largely on the number of field-mice which * Jour. Marine Biol. Assn., vol. VIII, p. 394, 1909. 213 214 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE feed upon the combs and nests of the bees. The number of field-mice near villages and small towns is largely dependent upon the number of cats, with the’ result that bumble-bees are said to be more abundant near such places, with a con- sequent increase in the clover crop. When we study these phenomena as they occur in our wild life, the dependence of the larger animals upon the ~ abundance of the smaller is very marked, and we discover the significance of the well-known periodical increase and decrease in the prevalence of many of the well-known mem- bers of our wild life. At the bottom of the scale are the numerous species of mice and voles, which constitute the food of so many of the large and small predatory animals. The observations of Cabot* on the rise and fall in the abundance of mice, and the effect on the larger animals, are of great interest in this connection, as they were made in the same region, namely, northern Labrador and the interior of Ungava peninsula, and during consecutive years. When he first visited the region in 1903 mice were not noticeably abundant. Cari- bou had been abundant through the winter, and in early July passed north in large numbers, close to the coast. There were some of the large predatory birds, such as falcons. Few ptarmigan were seen. Foxes, the most important fur- bearers of the region, were fairly abundant. By 1904 there © had been a noticeable increase in the numbers of mice. Hawks were more numerous. Ptarmigan were fairly nu- — merous. Many tracks of wolves were seen, chiefly along the river banks, where mice occur. A wolverene that was killed was full of mice. Hawks and owls occurred inland. In 1905 the mice reached their maximum abundance. Cabot states: ‘‘Sometimes two at a time could be seen in the daylight. Low twigs and all small growth were riddled by them. There was a tattered aspect about the moss and * William B. Cabot, “In Northern Labrador,” Boston, 1912. a nee a & 4 t ¢ 3 4 5 4 7, } FLUCTUATIONS OF FUR-BEARING ANIMALS 215 ground in many places not quite pleasant to see.”’ Falcons were visibly more numerous and owls had increased some- what. A bear killed on the journey was full of mice. Foxes were abundant, but caribou were still scarce. On the next visit to Labrador in the spring of 1906 the mice had disappeared with the snow. The accompanying change in the wild life was remarkable. ‘‘The falcon cliffs were deserted, coast and inland.’”’ Ptarmigan were very scarce. In the previous years these game-birds had enjoyed some respite owing to the abundance of mice, and their conse- quent freedom from the depredations of the predatory birds, but, with the disappearance of the mice, they were harried to death. For the first time the hunting-cry of -. wolves was heard at nights, as they sought the caribou in the absence of the more abundant smaller animals. As Cabot says: ‘‘The bearing of the mouse situation on the human interests of the region is easy to see. It affected all _ the game, food game and fur. The abundance of mice _ tended to build up the ptarmigan, which are of vital impor- _ tance in the winter living of the Indians through the whole _ forested area to the Gulf. Likewise it built up the caribou _ herd by providing easier game than they for the wolves.” a a é Ib 7 is A 8 The periodic increase and decrease in the abundance of our wild life has a very important economic aspect. It not only affects the life of the Indians and other inhabitants of the north, but also affects the output of furs, the chief natural resource of the greater part of the country. The extent to which the fur trade fluctuates is strikingly shown in the fur returns from year to year. Through the kindness of Mr. W. H. Bacon, late fur commissioner of the Hudson’s Bay Company, I have been able to obtain the fur returns of that company covering a long period of years, from 1821 _ to 1914. As this is the chief company obtaining furs in Canada, with posts distributed throughout the country, _ and particularly in the north, where wild-life conditions are 216 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE practically uninfluenced by the agricultural development of the country, their returns may be taken, not only as an in- dex of the total quantity of furs of the different species of fur-bearing animals taken in Canada in any year, but also as a fair index of the relative abundance of these species. From these figures the accompanying charts have been pre- pared, and they illustrate very graphically the abundance from year to year of the chief species of fur-bearers and their periodic increase and decrease.* Varying Hare or Rabbit.—If we study the data respecting the increase and decrease in abundance of the common rab- bit or varying hare (Lepus americanus), which is widely dis- tributed throughout the country, especially in the north, we find ample confirmation of the well-known facts respect- ing the abundance from year to year of this common food and fur-bearing animal. Their capacity for increase in numbers is very great. ; The females usually begin to breed when a year old. They bear two or three, and sometimes four to six young at a time, and are said to breed two or three times in a season, the period of gestation being about thirty days. MacFarlane states: ‘‘The litter usually consists of three or four; but when in the ‘periodic’ increase, females are known to have as many as six, eight, or even ten at a time, and then gradually return to three or four.” If we take the periods of maximum abundance of the rab- bit, according to the Hudson’s Bay Company’s returns, we find they occurred in the following years: 1845, 1854, 1857, 1865, 1877, 1888, 1897, and 1905, or in other words in cycles of 9, 3, 8, 12, 11, 9, and 8, giving an average periodic cycle of 8.5 years. * MacFarlane, in his ‘‘Mammals of the Northwest Territories” (1905), a memoir to which I make frequent reference, and E. T. Seton, in his book “The Arctic Prairies,” have called attention to these fur returns and the indications they afford of the fluctuations in number of the fur-bearing animals. 4 ou o — — © : £68 oe £6: 28 i—| o o i=] o o 4 ad ° elon ° —) ° o S So 3o 5 <4 820 1820 1820 . o < > «RH : ra To 1825 1825 = 1825 met 4 z py 4 * m 1830 1830 1830 if an a 1835 ia 1835 1835 i) : 1840 1840 1840 ay 1845 1845 1845 \ 1850 1850 1850 1855 ss. 1855 \ 7. + 1860 1860 = 1860 1865 1865 1865 = Ltt 1870 1870 1870 1875 1875 1875 i - 1880 1880 = 1880 +4 i885 1885 1885 1890 1890 = 1990 f-——+ 1835 1895 1895 — "4 1900 - 1900 - 1900 j905 1905 Sap 1905 1909 1910 1910 at = es S | fae ee ae ES a J S o oc a aa Pee ° e e = ) > 3 “1914 enn 114 $6 ° o 2 B PERIODIC FLUCTUATIONS OF RABBIT, LYNX, AND WOLVERENE IN CANADA 218 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE This approaches very closely the prevailing popular idea of a seven-year cycle for this animal. They are not gener- ally equally abundant throughout the country in the same year, the abundance is usually regional in character, and the period of general abundance would cover several years. The fur returns indicate the year of the average maximum abundance. The regional character of the abundance of the rabbit will be shown from the following data of various observers, which Seton* has collected regarding the periods of increase in different regions of Manitoba. Lake of the Woods, 1856, followed by a plague in 1857 (Hind). | Upper Assiniboine, 1857 (Hind). Savanne Portage (70 miles west of Fort William), 1858-9 (Hind). | Portage La Loche, 1875 (J. Macoun). Shoal Lake and Stony Mountain, 1883-4, followed by a plague in 1885 (J. H. Cadham). Red River and Assiniboine Valley, all the poplar country in the basins of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis, Pembina, Riding, Duck and Turtle Mountains, 1886-7, followed by a plague in 1887. Shoal Lake, Manitoba, 1893-4 (W. G. Tweddell). Central Manitoba, 1894. In other parts of Canada, Seton records the following: Northern British Columbia, 1872 (J. Macoun). Mackenzie River Valley, 1903-4. Preble} also describes the enormous abundance of rabbits in this region during the same period, when, according to Seton, there were ‘‘millions in 1904, none at all in 1907.” The last period of abundance reached its climax in the Northwest in 1914. When I visited the Rocky Mountains *“Tife Histories of Northern Mammals,” vol. I, pp. 640-641, 1909, «. t E. A. Preble, ‘‘A Biological Investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie — Region,” North American Fauna, No. 27, Washington, 1908. a ek a. FLUCTUATIONS OF FUR-BEARING ANIMALS 219 region of northern Alberta, in 1915, signs of the recent abundance of rabbits were everywhere. For miles along the trails the young growth of poplar had been barked and girdled by the hordes of rabbits during the previous winter. But hardly a rabbit was to be seen; they had almost com- pletely disappeared. The cause of the sudden plague which kills off the rab- bits when they reach their greatest abundance so that the whole countryside is overrun with them is probably of a multiple nature. The chief factor is undoubtedly over- crowding. This results in an epidemic of various parasitic diseases to which rabbits are susceptible, particularly one of bacterial origin, which speedily spread throughout the rabbit population of the affected territory. Constituting as it does the chief food of many of the larger fur-bearing animals, such as lynx, fox, and wolf, the rabbit is one of the most important factors in determining the abundance of these animals. Lynz.—The lynx is primarily dependent upon the rabbit as a source of food, although it also devours mice, grouse, ducks, stranded fish, young deer, or sheep. Its periods of abundance, therefore, correspond with those of the rabbit. Preble states that the winter of 1903-04 was remarkable for the abundance of lynxes throughout the upper Mackenzie region, this abundance of lynxes being accounted for by the enormous numbers of rabbits in the same region at that time. Following the last outbreak of rabbits to which I have referred, lynxes were very abundant, according to the reports that I have received, during the winters of 1914 and 1915. When the rabbits had disappeared there was a re- markable southern migration of lynxes throughout the northwest, and, during the winters of 1916 and 1917, they were taken in districts in the Prairie Provinces,. whither they had migrated in search of food in more southerly locali- ties than they have been recorded as visiting for many 220 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE years. Consequently enormous numbers of them have been killed during the last few years, and this no doubt accounts for the greater adoption of the lynx as a fur since 1916. The regularity of the periodic increase of the lynx is most strikingly shown in the accompanying chart of the fur re- turns of the Hudson’s Bay Company. The first year of abundance, according to these records, occurred in 1831. After that we find the following years of maximum abun- dance: 1839, 1848, 1859, 1868, 1878, 1888, 1897, 1906. Personal records indicate that 1916 was the last year of maximum abundance. The cycles, therefore, occurred in periods of 8, 9, 11, 9, 10, 10, 9, 9, and 10 years, giving an average periodic cycle of 9.5 years. It will be noted, when these years of maximum abundance are compared with those of the rabbit, that the lynx becomes most abundant, or rather the greatest number were caught, during the year of maximum rabbit abundance to three and four years later. This is what one would expect. The capture of large num- bers of lynx during the two or three years after the disap- pearance of the rabbits is accounted for by the ease with which these animals, greatly increased in numbers on ac- count of the period of rabbit abundance, can be captured in snares owing to the absence of their chief article of food. It should be pointed out that a year of greatest abundance, according to the fur returns, would probably follow a year of greater abundance than the fur returns actually show, owing to the fact that when the natural food, rabbits or mice, is most abundant, the animals are harder to trap than when these food animals have suddenly disappeared. ‘The decrease in the number of lynx after a period of abundance is no doubt due to the disappearance of the rabbit. This rule applies to all predatory animals; their abundance or scarcity is governed directly by the available food supply, whether the animal be a predacious insect or a predacious mammal. ORG I se- o S S Es o S 5 fos] so o oa : 1850 1850 1850 Spore 1150 = ow 2) ~ =x t oa m - oO o ot 1855 o 1ass 1855 py 1855 id) x * oft © o o Hit 4 1860 x 1860 5 iss0)0—| HE 1860 =f 1865 1865 1865 1865 +t 1870 +4-41870 st870 =H 1870 1875 4 1875 HH 1875 (875 Ss ‘S e . eae = nN ¥, aaah 1880 ea 1880 iss0 060 AA 1880 ia Oo A t | nn 1885 1885 1885 1885 i 1890 1890 } 1850 1890 { om ++ 18395 1895 1895 Ht++H 1895 Y ~ i900 1900 > 1900 i 1900 4 I 1905 1905 1905 1905 b+ Sry 910 1910 1910 1910 H4 Lit i 1 tL +1914 re 914 aa 19 14 6 € 6 » 8s 38 8 83 o f=} o e@ & S ” iss Be ee PERIODIC FLUCTUATION OF RED, CROSS, BLACK, AND WHITE FOX 222 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Foxes.—The red fox and its colour phases, cross fox, — black fox, and silver fox, exhibit marked periodic cycles, al- though they are not so pronounced as those of the lynx. — This is probably accounted for by the fact that, while the — fox feeds upon the rabbit, especially when the latter animal — is abundant, it also feeds largely on mice or voles, supple- menting this diet with game-birds of various kinds. If we had records of the years of mouse abundance we should probably find, judging from the field observations of Cabot, that have already been given, Preble, and others, that there was a correlation between the abundant years of mice and the abundance of foxes. The fluctuations in the numbers of foxes is well known to trappers and traders. The period of comparative abundance may extend over a greater number of years than is the case with the lynx; this is indicated in the diagrams by the fact that the difference in numbers between the years of abun- dance and the years of scarcity is not so great in the case of the fox as in the case of the lynx, and the reason is probably to be found in the fact that the fox is not so de- pendent upon a rabbit diet. As the three varieties of foxes—red, cross, and black— have similar feeding-habits and inhabit the same territo- ries, so far as the forested regions of Canada are concerned, it would be natural to assume that their fluctuations in num- bers would closely correspond. The Hudson’s Bay Com- pany’s returns show that this is the case, as will be seen by the diagram. The years of maximum abundance were as follows: Red fox: 1859, 1868, 1878, 1888, 1898, 1907. . Cross fox: 1859-1860, 1868-9, 1878, 1888, 1897, 1907. Black fox: 1859-1860, 1869, 1878, 1888, 1897, 1907. The cycles, therefore, appeared in the following periods of years: ae Ay ea Sei, Sle = es d on a Rea q i coincide fairly closely. FLUCTUATIONS OF FUR-BEARING ANIMALS 223 Red fox: 9, 10, 10, 10, 9, giving an average periodic cycle of 9.6 years. Cross fox: 9, 9, 10, 9, 10, giving an average periodic cycle of 9.4 years. Black fox: 10, 9, 10, 9, 10, giving an average periodic cycle of 9.6 years. By comparing these years with the years of maximum abundance of lynx and rabbit, it will be found that they The white arctic fox and its colour phase the blue fox inhabit the northern Barren Grounds and the islands of the _ Arctic Sea in the summer. In the winter many of them wander southward in search of food. This species is re- _ ported to make caches of food for winter consumption. - MacFarlane states that ‘‘Captain Lockwood found several _ fox lairs. In one hidden rock nook he found fifty dead lemmings, in others (sand and earth covered) there were _ from twenty to thirty lemmings, while in a hollow he dis- covered a cache containing part of a polar hare and the _ wings of a young brent goose and the usual lemming. The _ lairs appeared to be occupied from year to year.” The numbers appear to fluctuate very considerably over _ shorter periods than is the case with the more southerly _ red fox and its colour phases. The Hudson’s Bay Company’s _ returns give the following years of maximum abundance: 1856, 1861, 1864, 1869, 1873, 1878, 1884, 1888, 1892, 1896, 1899, 1903, 1907, 1911. ‘The periodic cycles accordingly covered the following num~- __ ber of years: 5, 3, 5, 4, 5, 6, 4, 4, 4, 3, 4, 4, 4: The average periodical cycle occurred in 4.2 years; 4 years was the actual length of the periodic cycle in the majority of the periods. 2 ¢ ei, Ee ee e. o 8 8 ° =} 3 S$ 8 ° Ss s 1820 1820 ; 1820 ah = = 7) > oo = 2. c mi s25 4 1925 7 1825 2 m z > ; Kc 1830 =m 1830 1830 1835 1835 zoe 1835 —~ = 1840 ¢- 1840 1840 A t 1845 ambos 1845 1845 A ; 1850 At 1850 +} isso : pth 1855 tty 1855 PPT igss : iM 1860 z 1860 TH isco 1865 1865 1865 “4 N T 1870, 1870 1870 tC \ : } 1875 == 1875 41875 \ < 1880 te 1880 1880 > 1885 1885 1885 5 ‘ Z y F DT] 1890 Z 1890 1890 1895 was =H 1895 1900 j 1900 1900 iY 1905 = 1905 1905 ~ ist \ ’ Ss s Pa A|- . ‘ ‘1910 1910 1910 1914: 1914 J 1914 8 S Fy Ss ues 8 = 3 e- 68 8 HR” BORG. hy o 3 =] a =] 28s PERIODIC FLUCTUATIONS OF WOLF, MARTEN, AND FISHER IN CANADA 6 ae Ea ee ot ~ as pou a b= FLUCTUATIONS OF FUR-BEARING ANIMALS 225 The periods of maximum abundance of the blue phase of the arctic fox correspond in almost every case with those of the white phase, so no special reference to these is neces- sary. Wolves.—When the fluctuations in numbers of the larger predatory animals, such as the wolf, are studied it is found that they do not show a very regular or marked periodicity. ‘This is no doubt accounted for by the wide range of their food, the grey wolf feeding on all forms of herbivorous animals, from a mouse to a moose, and the prairie wolf or coyote being a very general feeder, including in its diet not only larger animals such as antelope or sheep, but even in- sects such as locusts, and also berries. When mice or rab- _ bits are plentiful wolves will take their share of such abun- dant food, but the fact that they can also satisfy their hunger with deer, caribou, or moose prevents any marked decrease in their numbers when the smaller rodents are _ killed off. In fact, if we examine the diagrams of rabbit PS IP eee Se A and wolf returns of the Hudson’s Bay Company (the wolf returns include both grey wolf and coyote) we shall find that in a number of instances the greatest number of wolves were taken in years of rabbit scarcity, and when rabbits were at their maximum the wolf returns were low. The greater difficulty of trapping wolves during periods of rab- bit abundance may have something to do with this condition of affairs, but it is in striking contrast to the cases of the lesser carnivorous fur-bearers, the lynx and red foxes. In the early days when the buffalo roamed the prairies the wolves found food in plenty, and the returns from about 1840 onwards until the buffalo began to decrease in num- bers showed no great increase or decrease. But when the buffalo was gradually exterminated the numbers of wolves fell to a low level, and since 1879 we find a slight, though nevertheless noticeable, periodical increase every ten years, the years of maximum abundance being 1888, 1898, and 1908. 226 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE While the difference between maximum and minimum abundance does not appear to be great, it is not unlikely that there is a distinct natural periodic cycle in the abun- dance of wolves. Marten.—After the lynx the marten shows the most pro- nounced periodic fluctuations of all our native mammals. MacFarlane states: ‘‘This is probably the most constant of the ‘periodic’ fur-bearing animals, whose presence in con- siderable numbers is very largely dependent upon a great. abundance of hares or rabbits, though mice also form an important item of marten diet. ... In years of plenty, the marten is very numerous throughout the entire northern forest region; but it is not uniformly so at the same time in every section of the country all over the immense terri- tories covered by the Hudson’s Bay Company’s trading operations. When it is abundant or scarce, say in the northern and western departments, it will generally be found that there is an important and corresponding increase or decrease in the southern and Montreal departments. The natives maintain that lynxes and martens migrate from the north and west to the east and south, and that when they have attained their highest in numbers for several seasons the great bulk (no section is ever totally devoid of mar- tens) of those who escape capture resume the return march until the next period of protracted migration. It must be admitted that many old fur traders have come to enter- tain similar views from their own personal experience and observation. Of course there are post, district and de- partmental fluctuations in annual results, caused by local epidemics among the hunters and other relative reasons.” That the migration theory is widely held by fur traders is further shown by the statement of Mr. T. K. MacDonald of Winnipeg, after thirty-five years’ experience as a chief trader of the Hudson’s Bay Company, quoted by Seton.* *“ Life-Histories of Northern Mammals,’’ vol. II, p. 907. Pe tne CU Nad FLUCTUATIONS OF FUR-BEARING ANIMALS 227 He says: ‘‘I think there is sufficient proof that they do mi- grate. A question annually put to the Indians returned from the woods in summer or fall was, ‘What signs of marten have you seen?’ and where few of these animals may have been seen in the previous winter, I would be told ‘They are travelling north, south, east or west,’ as the case might be, and so definite was the knowledge that these Indians would go that winter to head off the wanderers, and they never failed to come in contact with them. These movements of large bodies of the marten go on in summer till the severe weather sets in, beginning again in March and continuing, so far as the males are concerned, till such time as the snow is not fit to travel on; and then on again during the summer. It is accepted beyond cavil by all northerners—that is, Hudson’s Bay hunters—that the hare, lynx, and marten do migrate, and the fluctuation in their numbers is not con- sidered to be caused by epidemics, save in the case of the hare. The rabbit is always numerous where lynx and mar- ten are plentiful, and it is looked upon as a sine qua non by hunters and traders that it is the following up the rabbit and hare that causes the migrations—that the migration is, in fact, quest of food.” That the migration of the marten and of the lynx is caused by the quest of food is a fact that cannot be controverted; the need of food is the explanation of the migratory move- ments of most animals, whether they occur among the in- sects, fishes, birds, or mammals. After the disappearance of rabbits in the northern woods the lynx and marten, in- creased in numbers, seek food elsewhere. Likewise the predatory birds such as hawks and owls migrate southward. But it is important that this migratory tendency should not be confused with the phenomenon of the periodic fluctua- tion. Migration is one of the earliest and most popular ex- planations of the disappearance of a species of animals, but like many popular ideas it is not founded on fact. That 228 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE migration is not a cause of the periodic fluctuation is proved by a study of the total fur returns for the whole territory covered by the Hudson’s Bay Company. These figures show that while local migratory movements may occur, the periodic fluctuations are general for the entire territory, and occur with remarkable regularity. According to the fur returns of the Hudson’s Bay Com- pany the years in which marten was most abundant were: 1827, 1837, 1846-47, 1856, 1866, 1875, 1886, 1895, 1903. The periodic fluctuations occurred in cycles of 10, 9, 10, 10, 9, 11, 9 and 8 years, giving an average periodic cycle of 9.5 years. If we compare the years of maximum abundance of the marten with those of the rabbit we find that the years of maximum marten abundance in 1846, 1856, and 1866 oc- curred one year after the maximum rabbit abundance, the years of maximum abundance in 1875, 1886, 1895, and 1903 preceded by two years the years of maximum rabbit abundance, although they occurred during the period when rabbits in the aggregate were on the increase, and had almost attained the maximum. A study of the chart illustrating the fluctuations of mar-— ten reveals another interesting feature, namely, the absence from about 1875 onwards of a very marked regularity of the curves of increase and decrease, such as occurred previous to that year. This, I believe, is accounted for by the intro- duction of artificial factors of various kinds which affect the marten population in different parts of the country, and I am inclined to believe that the greater destruction of the forests by fire and other causes, which has undoubtedly occurred since 1875, has been mainly responsible for this very noticeable change in the fluctuation of this species of fur-bearer, — Seah FLUCTUATIONS OF FUR-BEARING ANIMALS 229 The marten not only feeds upon the rabbit but it also feeds extensively on mice, and the fluctuations in the abun- dance of the latter animals would no doubt influence the abundance of the marten. In addition its omnivorous diet includes other small rodents, birds and their eggs, insects, frogs, and such vegetable products as nuts and berries. But its chief diet would appear to consist of rabbits, mice, and birds. Fisher.—The largest of our martens, namely, the fisher, is not abundant in any part of its range, which extends throughout our northern forests, and during the last fifty years the number of fisher taken annually is little more than half the number taken in years previous. Like its smaller relative the marten, the fisher shows marked peri- odic fluctuations in numbers, as will be seen from the ac- companying chart of the returns of the Hudson’s Bay Com- pany. The absence of a very marked difference in numbers between the years of maximum and minimum abundance is probably due to the fact that fisher is not at any time so abundant as other animals which display such a marked difference between the years of maximum and minimum abundance. The records show that the years of maximum abundance of the fisher were: 1840, 1850, 1860, 1870, 1879, 1890, 1898, 1908. The extraordinary regularity of the periodic fluctuations which occurred in cycles of 10, 10, 10, 9, 11, 8, and 10 years is very striking in this animal, which has an average periodic cycle of 9.7 years. The slight deviation from the regular ten-year cycle from 1870 onwards, is probably due to disturbances in the country of its environment. It is of interest to note that the periodic cycles of the fisher, while remarkably regular, are apparently indepen- dent of the periodic increases of the rabbit, with the increases 230 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE of which the numbers of the marten are, to a large extent, correlated. This would indicate that a predatory animal such as the fisher, which feeds on all kinds of mammals, including the porcupine, birds and their eggs, fish, frogs, and wild fruits, is subject to periodic fluctuations inde- pendent of the fluctuations of any one kind of diet. Mink.—The mink is one of our commonest fur-bearing animals, and a study of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s fur returns shows that it is not only subject to fairly regular — periodic fluctuations, but that there has not been any marked diminution in their numbers. The years of maxi- mum abundance were: 1846, 1858, 1869, 1878, 1885, 1897, 1903, and probably 1914. The periodic fluctuations occurred, therefore, in cycles of 12, 11, 9, 7, 12, 6, and 11 years, giving an average periodic cycle of 9.7 years. While the chart shows a fairly regular aggregate increase, the years of maximum abundance lack the precise regularity that we have seen in many of the animals already discussed. The food of the mink consists primarily of fish, muskrat, and rabbit. We know very little about the fluctuations of the fish portion of the diet, but a comparison of the periods of greater abundance shows some correlation with the years of abundance of rabbit. Skunk.—The periodic fluctuations of the skunk are shown in the accompanying chart, and, while the cycles are not regular throughout, they indicate that this animal is sub- ject to very distinct periodic fluctuations in numbers. Feeding mainly on an insect diet composed chiefly of grass- hoppers during the summer months, supplemented by a diet of mice, snakes, and other small animals during the rest of the year, the diet of the skunk is of too general a character to permit the correlation of its abundance with any particular class of diet. ooods oocudr ooonls 5 ° ° 1850 1820 1820 © 4 = 4 z 1855 5 1825 % 1825 2 } 1860 1830 1830 L¢ 1865 = 1835 1835 ‘3 = i 4 = 1870 1840 1840 < i 1875 1845 1845 1880 1850 Hep 1650 =e 1885 1655 ; 1655 1890 1860 1860 O30 ~—] 1865 1865 | i yy. = 1900 1870 1870 41905 1875 1875 ‘4 ag -_ = 1910 1880 1880 i" s 2 B 3 3 an 128s Speb885 °o ot o 8 S ©. &8 > 1890 1890 1895 1898 1900 1900 “ = 1905 +4 1905 1910 1910 1914 1914 fay = eager. so a is] w = + H 8 o 8 = oo oc o =] oe o oc o o eo PERIODIC FLUCTUATIONS OF MINK, OTTER, AND SKUNK 232 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Muskrat.—The muskrat appears to be subject to peri- —— odic fluctuations, but the conditions which affect the abun- dance of this animal would tend to affect the regularity of such fluctuations. Excessively wet seasons would cause un- usual flooding of the marshes; or an extremely dry season, especially if severe frost followed, would cause wide-spread mortality among the muskrats, thus affecting their subse- quent abundance. When we examine the fluctuations of such animals as the wolverene, the black bear, the raccoon, the otter, and the beaver, we find that there are no distinct fluctuations shown by these animals. There are fluctuations, it is true, but they are irregular in character and not sufficiently pre- cise to warrant our regarding them as being of a periodic nature. | Conclusions—From the foregoing discussion it will be seen that we may divide the animals considered into three main groups. First, the herbivorous rodents such as mice and rabbits, which are very prolific and increase in numbers until they reach an abundance which causes overcrowding, when an epidemic of disease almost wipes them out and their numbers rapidly decrease to a minimum. Second, we have the numerous predatory animals which depend for their subsistence either directly or indirectly upon the mice — and rabbits. These animals exhibit fairly regular periodic fluctuations in numbers, their abundance being correlated with the abundance of the animals upon which they feed, although, as we pointed out in the case of the fisher, there may be a distinct periodic fluctuation which does not appear to be directly related to the fluctuation in the numbers of any particular food animal. Finally, we have the animals that feed on a mixed or exclusive diet of insects, vegetable products, fish, or miscellaneous diet, that do not show any marked periodic fluctuations. The economic value of this study in enabling us to pre- aie, | aa cd a NN - = ; & S 8. 2) os se: £3 o oo o o oo o oo o o oo i=] o =) Qo oo o oO oo ‘ 1826 1820 1820 wo x ors, ; . s ; < . = 1925 8 ees 2 1825 4 Es) fe) 4 z ow a aD 1930 1830 > 1830 3 _ = . 1835 1835 1835 1840 1840 1840 i I 1845 1845 1845 . 1950 1860 ¢ 1850 r. 5 a yy 18s$ igss 1855 eA 1860 1860 1860 > sss 1968 1865 ; 2-4 a sse7 «=A 1870 1870 i (B75 1875 < 1875 4 , 1880 + 1880 1880 ao 1885 1885S 1885 omnis 1890 1890 1890 a} +4 gas 1895 YH 89s 1900 1300 1900 ,— oun ttt igas 1905 1905 igi0 isi0 me Osi e Ss 38 oN K a Jtdig914 * S S 8 ss S — 914 8 8 83 7 lta s By o o o Qo PERIODIC FLUCTUATIONS OF BLACK BEAR, RACCOON, AND BEAVER 2934 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE dict to a large extent the years of abundance of many of our important fur-bearing animals is sufficient to warrant a more careful and intensive study of these phenomena and the underlying causes. Is the decrease in abundance due to starvation, owing to the disappearance of the main article of diet, or does a decrease in the food supply affect the fer- tility of the predatory species? According to MacFarlane, the females are said to be more prolific when the numbers of the animals constituting the main food are on the in- crease. Does the overfeeding consequent upon the great abundance of food affect, in an adverse manner, the repro- ductive powers of the predatory species? All these are problems which demand further close study in the field. It is hoped that such studies, extending over a number of years, may be undertaken by competent investigators in the future, as such a knowledge of the causes of these fluctuations is essential to an adequate understanding of a subject having economic possibilities of a very high order. RT PPC RO Fr RT TO I ee bel CHAPTER X RESERVES FOR GAME AND WILD LIFE IN CANADA Unpeir the peculiar conditions that exist on the North American continent, where the opening up of enormous areas of land by agricultural development, the penetration of virgin forest by railroads, lumbermen, and prospectors, and the reclamation of the wilderness have led to wide- spread destruction of the haunts of our wild life, with a consequent disappearance of the greater portion of it, other measures than the promulgation of game laws, which at the best are difficult to enforce completely, are necessary to insure the preservation of what wild life remains. Of such protective measures by far the most important is the establishment of wild-life reserves, refuges, or sanctuaries in which the native mammals and birds are protected. - Such wild-life reserves should include a sufficient area to provide ample natural summer and winter range for the wild life that they are intended to protect. They should _ be, and as a rule are, unsuitable for agricultural develop- ment. Nor should they include mining or other commer- a SLA CE LS RR ee eee a aN cial properties that are likely to interfere with their purpose. So far as is possible the boundaries of such reserves should be well defined, and the necessary steps should be taken to secure within the reserve areas the required protection to the wild life they contain, and all protective measures should be rigidly enforced. THE NATIONAL PARKS We have reason to be proud of the withdrawal from settle- ment and establishment by the Dominion Government of extensive tracts of land as national parks, for the purpose, 235 236 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE not only of preserving areas of incomparably magnificent scenery in which recreation may be sought by our people, but also of protecting the wild life that such areas contain. In most cases the double function is combined; in other cases areas have been reserved for the sole purpose of pro- tecting our wild life. As the Dominion Government only ‘controls the crown- lands in the provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Al- berta, and the areas known as the “Railway Belt” and ‘‘Peace River Block” in British Columbia, the Dominion parks are restricted to such provinces. In fact, these parks are mainly in the Rocky Mountain region of Alberta, the management, of the wild-life reserves in the greater portion of these western provinces having been left to the provin- cial governments, as will be shown subsequently. The Dominion parks are administered by the Parks branch of the Department of the Interior, under the direction of the Commissioner of Dominion Parks. ' All the Dominion Parks are absolute preserves for wild life, hunting being strictly prohibited within their borders, and fishing is allowed under special regulations (see p. 275). Jasper Park.—Jasper Park is the largest of the Dominion parks. It was established by Order in Council of September 14, 1907, and comprises an area of approximately 4,400 square miles. Within its confines are to be found magnifi- cent ranges of mountains and incomparable peaks, one of the most beautiful of which is Mount Edith Cavell (11,033 feet), which was named in honour of that brave English nurse who died a martyr to German brutality, of which this mountain will be a lasting reminder. The park affords un- excelled and extensive natural range for practically all the big-game animals. Mountain sheep and goats are increasing in numbers, grizzly and black bears are not uncommon, and will multiply with the absolute protection they now enjoy. Moose were abundant before the advent of the RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 237 ‘ two transcontinental railroads which traverse the park, _ and, although large numbers were killed during the con- Pte bee Sep ee struction of these railroads, they will undoubtedly increase. Wapiti or elk were formerly found in the wooded valleys, and it is hoped that on account of their protection and in- _ erease in the region south of the park they will repopulate _ their former range to the north. Deer and beaver are in- _ ereasing in abundance. Caribou may be expected to bene- fit from the protection now given to the area which includes _ and adjoins excellent caribou range, including the chief - haunts of the black mountain caribou (p. 63). Wild fowl also occur in large numbers, and excellent breeding-places _ are afforded by the extensive marshes. We may confidently look forward to the time when this _ great area will be one of the best-stocked wild-life reserves on the North American continent, and a source of pride and pleasure to the tired city-dwellers, who visit it for rec- reation and to study our wild life under natural condi- tions. The Rocky Mountains Park.—This is the oldest of the - Dominion Parks. It was established in 1887, two years _ after the completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway. It embraces an area of 2,751 square miles, and includes some of the finest mountain, forest, and lake scenery in the Rocky Mountains. On its mountain ranges mountain sheep and goats are increasing in numbers. So abundant are the sheep _ that it is no uncommon sight for visitors to see, during the _ summer months, a flock of over thirty ewes and lambs on _ one of the main automobile roads which traverse the park. In April, 1919, the superintendent reported that on the _ motor road west 375 mountain sheep, 10 goats, and 16 deer were seen within ten miles of Banff. The increase of moun- _ tain sheep in this park has been very noticeable, and is in- . dicated by the following extracts from reports made by the _ wardens early in 1919: 238 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE — Counted fifty-two mountain sheep on top of Cuthead Mountain. Saw seventy-one sheep and twelve deer near Massive. Found sheep in large numbers in unusually fine condition for the time of the year. Saw big bunch of sheep near the Three Sisters. All wild animals are increasing. Black bears occasionally q become a nuisance on account of their visits to the garbage- cans of the summer residences, and during the winter the deer overcome their natural shyness and may be seen con- stantly in the streets of Banff. Excellent natural paddocks have been constructed near Banff, in which buffalo, wapiti, — mountain sheep, goat, and deer are confined for the benefit of those who are unable to track these animals in their — natural range in the park. These paddocks at the present time* contain 8 buffalo, 10 moose, 27 wapiti, 19 Rocky — Mountain sheep, and 6 Rocky Mountain goats. It is pro- posed to release a number of the wapiti from their commodi- ous paddock in order that they may repopulate what for- merly constituted the natural range of the wapiti. This area, together with Jasper and Waterton Lakes Parks, will serve as unrivalled breeding-ground for the big-game animals of the Rocky Mountains region, and the surplus wild-life population will afford a constant supply of big- game and fur-bearing animals for the adjacent unprotected regions. This is one of the great advantages of such natural reserves. Waterton Lakes Park.—This is the third and most south- erly of the Dominion Parks in the Rocky Mountain region of Alberta. It now includes an area of 423 square miles in the southwestern corner of the province, where it is con- tiguous to the Glacier National Park, which was created by the United States Government, the whole reserved area forming a magnificent scenic and wild-life reservation. It is a region of impressive mountains and lakes, with deeply * June, 1919. | RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 239 ‘carved valleys. The names of certain of these mountains, _ such as Sheep and Black Bear Mountains, testify as to the ‘fauna within the park. Rocky Mountain sheep, and black and grizzly bear, are comparatively plentiful, and both black- and white-tailed deer abound and are increasing. _ The following extracts from the diaries of the wardens, early in 1919, furnish evidence of the increase that is taking _ place in this park as a result of protection: Saw between eighty and one hundred deer near Horseshoe basin. _ Two hundred deer were within a mile of Cabin all through bad weather. Saw seventy-five deer about two miles up Pass Creek. _ While going up Pass Creek I saw seventy goats, about sixty sheep, _ and between fifty and sixty deer. I also saw ten or twelve deer at the ' Superintendent’s office; was within two or three rods of them; they are "quite tame. The acting superintendent observes in April, 1919: It is noted that elk are making their appearance in this district, and Warden Simpson also tells me he has observed moose tracks in here. Elk Island Park.—About three miles from Lamont, Al- _ berta, on the main line of the Canadian Northern Railway, _ a small reservation known as Elk Island Park has been _ established for the preservation, originally, of the wapiti or _ elk—but now other members of our wild life are included. _ The area is mostly wooded, the woods in the north end of _ the park being very thick, and suitable for moose and deer; in the southern section it is more rolling, less brushy, and _ suitable for buffalo. It contains Island Lake, a beautiful sheet of water about 1,040 acres in extent, and studded _ with fourteen wooded islands, on one of which a colony of _ eranes nest. The present estimated population (1919) of _ the larger animals in this park is as follows: M72... cs... ss. BeBe WME. ow chikra se ayen ss 106 EST Ree BF Mile dette v is ieee tin ses 111 240 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Duck and other wild fowl are abundant during the © summer. Buffalo Park, Wainwright, Alta.—In the account that has been given of the buffalo (p. 134) this park has already been described. The entire area consists of hilly and rolling country, with numerous lakes and bluffs, the largest lake being Jameson Lake. These lakes furnish splendid breed- — ing-places for innumerable wild fowl, and when visiting the park I have been very strongly impressed with its unusual suitability as a wild-life reserve. The fact that most of the land is not adapted for agricultural development makes it all the more fitted for a reserve. In June, 1919, the population of the large animals was as follows: Ra OIEN eae ap belt 3,830 Mule deer............ Sucre 420 POO oo eS Lun hale bees 22 Antelope :. ).3. a3 2 WOME Sc ic cca oe Bie kha a 106 Antelope Park, at Foremost, in southern Alberta, has already been described in the account of the antelope (p. 71), of which there are now (1919) seventy-two* head in the reserve. Yoho Park.—Yoho Park comprises an area of about 560 square miles on the western slope of the Rocky Mountains. It is divided into almost equal parts by the Kicking Horse River. Including as it does some of the most beautiful scenery to be found in the Rocky Mountain region, its chief value lies in its scenic attractions. But nevertheless it contains admirable natural feeding-grounds for the typical animals of this region. Glacier Park.—Situated amid the snow-capped peaks of the Selkirk Mountains, Glacier Park comprises an area of about 468 square miles. Lofty mountains, deep valleys clothed with dense forests of giant cedar, Douglas fir, hem- * In February, 1921, there were about one hundred antelope in the reserve. REPRO CS ac aaa } a ae 4 , io 2 ee ee eee apg hs “ ad FRE ES Tali eae? Ss ae RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 241 _ lock, spruce, and cottonwood, furnish scenery of great beauty, and at the same time the wild life enjoys absolute _ protection. Revelstoke Park.—In 1914 an area of ninety-five square 4 miles north of the city of Revelstoke was set aside as a Dominion park, It includes Mount Revelstoke and other __ peaks, and is situated in a region noted for grizzly bear. Since its establishment the grouse have increased in abun- dance. Point Pelee National Park.—Through the efforts of the Commission of Conservation and the Advisory Board on Wild Life Protection an Order in Council was passed in 1918 creating Point Pelee, Ontario, as a national park for preservation of wild life and particularly the migratory birds. In the annual report of the Commission for 1918 this park, which comprises an area of about twenty-five square miles, is described by me as follows (p. 129): “Tt is a triangular point of land in Essex county, extend- ing for about nine miles into Lake Erie and measuring about six miles across the base of the point. The peculiari- ties of the flora and fauna and the desirability of such a reservation are fully discussed in a memorandum submitted to the Commission by Mr. P. A. Taverner, ornithologist of the Geological Survey, in 1915 and published in the Sixth Annual Report of the Commission, pp. 304-307. Not only is it the most southerly point of Canada, geographically, and in the character of its birds, trees and plants, but it constitutes one of the concentration points in the northern and southern journeys of our migratory birds. In the spring and in the autumn, enormous numbers of birds of all species in their migratory journey to and from Canada concentrate at this point, and its reservation, therefore, would be an important factor in ensuring the protection of our migratory birds. The area includes a marsh several square miles in extent which forms a favourite resort and 242 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE breeding place for wild fowl, but excessive shooting has re- — duced its value as a breeding place. Pine, oaks, red cedar, black walnut, and hackberry grow in profusion on the nar- row strip of land running down the west side of the point and make it a tract of singular beauty to the lover of trees and shady groves. Its scenic value, the southern nature of its birds and plant life, its importance as a main route for migratory birds and the exceptional opportunities it affords for the protection and encouragement of wild fowl, insectivorous and other birds, all combine to make it an ideal area for a national reservation.” _ From the foregoing account it will be seen that the Do- minion National Parks comprise a total area of 8,917 square miles. In this area the wild life is afforded absolute pro- tection. It is difficult to express in words what this means in relation to the perpetuation of our big game and fur- bearing animals, game-birds, wild fowl, and other species of our wild life, but the maintenance of such a policy is caleu- lated to contribute more than anything else to the conserva- tion of our wild life. Even in those parks which have been established mainly or entirely on account of the magnificent scenic attractions within their confines, the wild life will play no small part in contributing to the beauty of such scenery, for what forest. glade is not made more beautiful by the presence of a few deer or wapiti, what mountainside is not rendered more attractive to the eye by the presence of our magnificent mountain sheep or agile goat? It is the presence of moun- tain sheep that gives an added charm to the landscape, and the decorative value of our wild life makes a special appeal to the tired dwellers of our cities seeking refreshment in the wild solitudes of our national and provincial parks. Speaking in Ottawa in 1913 on the subject of our national parks, His Royal Highness, the Duke of Connaught, said: “T do not think that Canada realizes what an asset the na- " " RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 243 tion possesses in the parks. These areas have been pre- served from the vandal hand of the builder for the use and enjoyment of the public, who may take their holidays there and keep close to nature under the most comfortable condi- tions, amassing a store of health which will make them better able to cope with the strenuous life to which they return after their vacation.” PROVINCIAL RESERVES FOR GAME AND WILD LIFE All the provinces of Canada with the exception of Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia have now established game reserves for the protection of their game and fur-bearing animals and wild life generally. New Brunswick Game Reserve-—In New Brunswick such excellent conditions existed for the creation of a game re- serve in the central portion of the province, and the need of such a means of maintaining an area where absolute protection might be provided for wild life became so great, that the Commission of Conservation actively promoted the establishment of such a provincial reserve, and the pro- posal received the unanimous approval of the sportsmen and the strong support of the New Brunswick Guides’ Association. It is gratifying, therefore, to be able to include the prov- ince of New Brunswick among those provinces possessing game reserves, for in the spring of 1919 the New Brunswick government passed a ‘‘Game Refuge Act,” providing for the setting aside of a suitable tract of land not exceeding 400 square miles, ‘‘as a refuge for game animals, birds and fish of the Province.” In this provincial game reserve the law forbids trespassing, hunting, or trapping, and provision is made for the protection of the timber and the prohibition of fishing. The tract of land selected as the New Brunswick Game 244 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Reserve lies in the northwestern part of the county of Northumberland. It has a general width from east to west of 16 miles and from north to south it is 27 miles long. It embraces approximately 400 square miles of territory, in- habited by moose, deer, caribou, and fur-bearing animals. We hope that the provision of this reserve will assist in pre- venting the disappearance of the caribou from New Bruns- wick, an event which undoubtedly will occur within a comparatively few years unless much greater protection is afforded this animal. Within the reserve are a number of lakes, the largest of which are Serpentine and Mitchell Lakes, and rivers which have their origin in the reserve flow into the Tobique, Nipisiguit, and Miramichi Rivers. The protection of the headwaters of such important rivers will not be the least of the many useful functions this reserve will perform if it is effectively administered. QUEBEC Gaspesian Forest, Fish, and Game Preserve.—In the cen- tral region of the Gaspe Peninsula of Quebec an area of about 25,000 square miles was set aside by the provincial government in 1905 as a forest reservation, fish and game. preserve, and public park. It includes a section of heavily timbered and hilly territory, in which numerous rivers, run- ning north, east, and south into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, have their origin. The regulations regarding the hunting and fishing privileges are similar to those in force in the Laurentides National Park. Trembling Mountain Park.—About seventy miles north- west of Montreal lies Trembling Mountain, the highest point in the whole Laurentian range in this part of Canada, at- taining a height of 2,474 feet above sea-level, and 1,713 feet above the lake which lies at its foot. In 1894 this mountain it 10. . Port Joli Reserve for Wild Geese, Nova Scotia . New Brunswick Game Reserve (Provincial reserve; cancelled in 1920) . Gaspesian Forest, Fish, and Game Reserve, Quebec . Laurentides National Park (Provincial), Quebec . Trembling Mountains Park (Provincial) ,;, Quebec . Algonquin National Park (Pro- vincial), Ontario . Quetico Forest and Game Re- serve (Provincial), Ontario . Point Pelee National Park (Do- minion), Ontario > . Rondeau Provincial Park (Pro- vincial), Ontario Bonaventure Island and Perce Rock Bird Reserves (Domin- ion and Provincial) West Cape aE Gamache ‘ Betiere Sind $.W'Pomt Faune I} oe wen sone) . Zea eo A LC AMaspebiac, —— Bay ot PSS MERVES IN EASTERN CANADA RESERVES FOR. WILD LIFE IN CANADA 245 _ and adjoining land, to the extent of 14,750 acres, or about 23 _ square miles, was set aside as a special forest reserve. The _ mountain is of great interest from a geological standpoint, _ being “sculptured out of a great mass of gneiss, uniform in _ character from base to summit” (F. D. Adams). The In- _ dian name is manitouge sootana, meaning Spirits’ or Devils’ Mountain. Indians state that low rumbling noises fre- - quently proceed from it, and that it has sometimes been felt f to shake by those who have accidentally been upon it. The Indian belief has established its French and English } hames. _ Laurentides National Park (Plate XVITI).—In 1895 an _ area comprising 2,531 square miles of the wild, forest-clad _ mountainous country north of the city of Quebec, and south- - east of Lake St. John, was set aside by the provincial gov- _ ernment as ‘a forest reservation, fish and game preserve, _ public park and pleasure ground.” Subsequently the area * was increased to about 3,700 square miles by the withdrawal i of further land from sale or settlement. The park contains the headwaters of a number of rivers running north and south of the mountains—‘“‘the blue Laurentian hills’ —which attain a height of about three thousand feet. On the west it is approached by the Lake St. John Railway, on the south by the old Jacques Cartier road, and on the east by the St. Urbain road. The wild life in the park is abundant, and, owing to the protection it receives, it is increasing, in spite of the depre- dations of the wolves which, from time to time, prove a serious menace, particularly to the caribou. In November the caribou congregate in hundreds in the Grand Jardin des Ours, the largest of the moss-covered barrens in the park, embracing an area of about 100 square miles. Being timid _animals and harassed by wolves, they apparently migrated _ to the northeast, but a few remained, so I am informed by Mr. W. C. T. Hall, the superintendent of the park, and they ee ae Cae ne ee Te LSS ey ee 246 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE are slowly increasing in numbers. The wolves appear to — have migrated westward. Before the park was established moose were almost exterminated, but, owing to the increased protection given to them, they are now abundant, and it is no uncommon experience to see three or four during a day’s travel in the park. The antlers of these Quebec moose are not as large as those of the New Brunswick animals, any having a spread of over fifty-five inches being considered a. large head. Mr. Hall informs me that there are a few red deer, a profusion of beaver, many black bear, and a full complement of the fur-bearing animals. These facts I was able to confirm when I visited the northern region of the park in: 1911. The lakes are teeming with splendid trout. | : The policy adopted in administering the hunting priv- ileges in the park is an excellent one from the point of view of conserving the wild life. On those borders of the park that are most open to the inroads of poachers, such as the eastern side, moderately sized areas are leased for five-year periods to individuals or clubs. The lessee is required to appoint a guardian approved by the department, and to have the leased area adequately and properly protected. The guardian thus becomes a useful servant of both his em- ployer and the government. Formerly. the game and fish on the eastern and western borders of the park suffered se- verely from the inroads of poachers, but, owing to the method of leasing areas, a series of clubs and private holdings now very effectively protect those borders. Not only has the game in the leased areas increased, but it has spread into the other areas, to the general benefit of the interior of the park. Some years ago in certain sections of the park bears had nearly disappeared, now they are abundant; beaver were > almost exterminated, now they are a nuisance in certain — areas. PLATE XVIII LAC LA PECHE, QUEBEC, SHOWING THE HEADQUARTERS AND SOUTHERN PORTION OF THE HUNTING-GROUNDS OF THE LAURENTIAN CLUB LAURENTIDES PARK, QUEBEC. TO ONE OF THE THE PARK AT THE JUNCTION OF THE CARTIER AND CACHE ENTRANCES JACQUES RIVERS RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 247 ONTARIO Algonquin Park.—This magnificent area of land covers 2,741 square miles, and was set aside as a provincial park in - 1893. Within this area numerous rivers have their head- ' waters, including the Madawaska and Petawawa, and the _ whole region is densely timbered with pine, spruce, and _ other conifers, and such hardwoods as poplar, birch, and - maple add the richness of their fall colourings to the scenery. -Innumerable lakes facilitate travel by canoe, and being _ well stocked with fish they provide food for the traveller. _ The wild life in the park is protected during the whole of _ the year, with the result that such animals as moose, red _ deer, black bear, wolf, lynx, fox, beaver, otter, fisher, mar- ten, mink, muskrat, raccoon, skunk, porcupine, ermine, _ squirrels, and lesser animals are very abundant. Wolves _ are killed by the park rangers whenever possible, and a cer- _ tain quantity of fur, principally beaver, mink, otter, etc., _ is taken on government account and sold in Toronto at _ public sale. In 1917 the government realized over $2,400 from the sale of furs. With a view to supplementing the meat supply, 650 deer were killed in 1917, weighing alto- _ gether 66,215 pounds. The regulations respecting the park have as their special objects the prevention of fire, the maintenance of health, the protection of timber and vegetation generally, and also of fish and wild life, and the prevention of the pollution of _ all waters in the park. Islands and parcels of land in the _ park are leased for summer cottage sites and resort purposes; _ not more than two acres are leased to one person, but areas _ not exceeding five acres may be leased for summer schools and other similar purposes. The leases are for twenty-five _ years and are renewable. Hunting, trapping, or taking _ game or other animals or birds of any kind is absolutely _ prohibited. Wolves, bears, wolverenes, wildcats, foxes, or ! ,) A . > *, 248 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE hawks may be killed by special authority. Fishing is per- mitted under license. In so far as hunting is prohibited, the policy adopted in this park differs from that carried out in the provincial parks of Quebec, where the lessees may hunt in the areas leased and protected by them. In the case of the Ontario parks the protection is absolute, and controlled — solely by the provincial government through its own park rangers; in the Quebec parks the protection of the game is carried out, as we have seen, on a co-operative basis. Quetico Forest Reserve-—About ninety miles due west of Fort William, in the Rainy River district, an extensive tract — of land adjoining the State of Minnesota was set aside as a provincial park in 19138. The park, known as the. Quetico Forest Reserve, contains 1,560 square miles. On the south © it is bounded by the international boundary; the western and northern boundaries include the Quetico River and Long, Pickerel, and other lakes; the east side by the Thunder Bay district. The area includes the territory known as Hunters Island. It is well timbered, and a large portion of it consists of long, sinuous lakes. Moose are specially abundant, and this area will serve as an excellent breeding- ground for moose for the territory adjoining the park. The protective policy in force in this park is similar to that of Algonquin Park; hunting is prohibited absolutely, and fish- ing is only permitted under license. Rondeau Provincial Park.—On the north shore of Lake Erie in Kent County the sandy peninsula which runs out from the mainland and forms one side of Rondeau Harbour has been reserved as the Rondeau Provincial Park. It con- tains about 5,000 acres. About one-half of the park is under forest, and wild life, which includes deer and other animals, is protected; but muskrats, skunks, and weasels are not protected. Recommendations have been made that the muskrats in this park be protected, and, in view of their in- creasing value as fur-bearers, their inclusion, for a period aa Se a Ee te ARE Se elle et ee a se GF Te Oe en | eR eE OR) he oe ee ee, ae eT oe Eee J RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 249 ; of years at least, among the animals enjoying protection is _worthy of serious consideration. ProvincraL GAME RESERVES IN MANITOBA In Manitoba the provincial government has established _ game reserves on the Dominion forest reserves; in certain cases the entire forest reserves are created game reserves, but where the forest reserves are very extensive, as in the case of the Riding Mountain and Duck Lake Mountain . Forest Reserves, only the central portion is set aside for the protection of wild life. The distribution of the game reserves of Manitoba is shown in the accompanying map, and their areas are as follows: Riding Mountain Game Reserve........... 216 square miles Spruce Woods 4 Soh EA ER R ie? 4 Turtle Mountain “ yee iy aes eee 991% “ sie Duck Mountain “ ich i an ae rh > Ae “i Peonan Point 4 Pe eban kee 5 dain 28 “3 Red Deer Point ” Pn ees sh ks bg Ns n Doghead Point * (i Eee 295. " Grindstone Point “ Prericpicds eta ya 5 Lake St. Martin " NDS RNB pt iat *. Reindeer Island “ gl IR rae 650 . Cedar Lake « Meee sy, 2978 “ « Birch Island « Pear a, seid ak ate eta * Lake Winnipegosis “ Ph Ay hue “aac old ny Altogether these game reserves comprise an area of 5,160 square miles. In all of them, with the exception of the Cedar Lake Reserve, hunting or trapping and the carrying of firearms is absolutely prohibited. In the Cedar Lake Re- serve, however, only the hunting or killing of wild fowl and other game-birds is absolutely prohibited; as this reserve comprises some of the most important breeding and feeding places for many species of ducks and also geese in the whole of western Canada, its value in maintaining an abundant 250 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE supply of wild fowl in Manitoba cannot be overestimated, — and the influence of the protection given to the birds in this area will by no means be confined to the province. If we add to the area of the Cedar Lake Reserve the area of the adjoining Lake Winnipegosis Reserve, in which both game-birds and mammals are protected, we have a wild- fowl reservation of 3,565 square miles in extent, constituting, perhaps, the most important protected breeding-grounds for ducks and geese on the North American continent. . The Riding Mountain Game Reserve is one of the most important of the provincial reserves in Manitoba, as it con- tains the largest number of wapiti or elk to be found in any one region in Canada (see p. 28). PROVINCIAL GAME RESERVES IN SASKATCHEWAN When the provincial government of Saskatchewan first undertook the wise establishment of game reserves, legisla- tion was passed which provided that all Dominion forest reserves automatically became game reserves. This sys- tem worked admirably until the Dominion Government set aside such extensive areas in the province as forest reserves that it soon became undesirable. to continue such a policy. The game laws were accordingly amended, and the areas set aside as game reserves were revised so as to conform more nearly with the existing requirements. Certain of the for- mer reserves were reduced in size, some were withdrawn al- together, and others were added to the number. The following is a list of the Saskatchewan game re- serves, with their areas, and their distribution is shown in the accompanying map: Moose Mountain Game Reserve........... 150 square miles Cypress Hills * Wes caiaterss kieran 78 car Ki Beaver Hills ye SN EL espe 100“ + The Pines “ avin iinee wearer 160 7 s MANITOBA . Riding Mountain Game Reserve . Spruce Woods af ty Turtle Mountain si $f Duck Mountain bs — Peonan Point 7 es Red Deer Point ve K. Doghead Point < “$ Grindstone Point e " . Lake St. Martin “ . Reindeer Island ir ms . Cedar Lake - st . Birch Island i se . Lake Winnipegosis - oe OHNOAR ONE i il onre oO SASKATCHEWAN 14. Moose Mountain Game Reserve 15 and 16. Cypress Hills “ *? 17. The Pines fs ss 18. Duck Mountain vid er 19. Porcupine 20. Pasquia 21. Beaver Hills = bk 22. Fort-a-la-Corne * ~ 23. Big River ¥ . 24. Last Mountain Lake Bird Reserve 25. Lake Johnston a 4 26. Quill Lakes < “ 27. Red Berry Lake < at 28. White Bear Lake es cx 29. Basin and Leonore Lakes or “§ 30. Crane Lake “ig x 31. Chaplin Lake e ” Dominion Bird Reserves are Nos. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 a RI Southern: wie — ° Reindeer 13s. 8 oa p ‘iis 3 aw 0? eis yolsom H.B. Cae LL Weleon ke elson Ho. of BR 2 cee Godt Z. Liecrase Z Y\ “Ak ~Uecross L- a 1 K 3 iS | ee Ro A s L 7 4 Norway House foe 2 , : Ee) Ei Le : . | + Grand 3 82 Raps © H.B.Co- 2 Cp tan 2 2eye f 70° erens ‘iver SROUNTA ee, ; 22 Wiz, Os & Kant | sate Hl Xe © jf Le df! o Af an. ——_ . = ; : 1S i> S Ny a Lacke 4 Rocky M* m ' / ; i" Red p ! shea. pn ; ; as i(\ of nt! ; e . Cc. - . Bas 3 \ ¥ °. ny j a F ‘ e x) | Macleg\ ¥ ha a 4 RY ; Sloe rer tis chee Sy AS M m o— + wh = | | N \ Colville\, | 0 | | \ Ss d veh." ( e * A “¢ ; oO ¢ RVES IN ALBERTA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA ‘8 A AY BPX cold L Peavey Ri < stP ’ even \ get gross 4 \ x dunkaster ; 3 \ “ee - = y : pace ns rd ‘§ Ca v & ee ‘ = se Xe Kinders CARR nee ae Sas s c. ADs, Jemer § 4 A iin ‘a * o> Riv, x Do 2ny ~~ aber eat “ethbt Fo ig L : wi Si said Pacific = T N > a A pax Falls 2 Oa Pee a }Xbiey — wy et ge POA ff Rtingy & 2 oer, LIAM LOS, HoT LA. RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 253 pe vith white spruce and jack pine. Other portions are cov- erec tn poplar, and there are quite large areas of open azing land. This reserve appears to be well adapted to he igecevation of wapiti, which were formerly found there. BRITISH COLUMBIA _ Comprising as it does one of the finest big-game terri- to es on the North American continent, it is a hopeful sign for the future conservation of our big-game and wild-life resources that the British Columbia Government, during the past decade, has taken steps to set aside considerable tracts of undeveloped land, consisting largely of mountain and forest, as game reserves. The total area comprised in the five provincial game reserves—exclusive of the Ashnola re- serve for mountain sheep—is nearly 2,867 square miles. These reserves, arranged according to the date of their reservation, are as follows: _ Elk River Reserve.—This reserve, which was established in 1910, comprises an area of 234 square miles, and is situated in the southeastern corner of the province, to the west of the Elk River. It commences about fifteen miles north of Michel, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, and includes some of the finest Rocky Mountain goat and sheep coun- try in that portion of the province. Grizzly bears and wapiti are also to be found in this area of magnificent ‘mountain and forest scenery. _ Yalakom Game Reserve.—In 1910 an area of 280 square miles, adjoining the North Fork of the Bridge River, was set aside as the Yalakom Game Reserve. The south end of the reserve is about twenty-three miles northwest of Lil- looet. It comprises excellent country for goat, sheep, and deer. When the reserve was established these animals were plentiful, but since 1912 it has been estimated that they have been reduced in numbers by about 80 per cent. his reduction is ascribed partly to excessive hunting by 254 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE the Chilcotin Indians, but chiefly to the depredations of cougars, which have increased throughout that region; — the sheep have been so reduced in numbers as to neces- sitate a close season of five years in the Lillooet region. A few years ago an endeavour was made to introduce a few wapiti into this reserve, but they were liberated on the Bridge River before the reserve was reached. Both grizzly and black bears are to be found in fair numbers in this reserve, and with adequate protection of the game and the destruction of its predatory enemies the reserve should constitute one of the finest game areas in the prov- ince. Strathcona Park.—No more beautiful park exists in Canada than the Strathcona Park, which comprises a triangular area of 829 square miles in the centre of Vancouver Island. It includes magnificent mountains, some of which exceed 7,000 feet, flecked with glaciers and valleys of towering Douglas fir. The natural home of wapiti and deer, it was advisedly established as a game reserve in 1914, the Order in Council so creating it declaring that ‘‘no person other than park rangers, deputy game wardens and constables in the execu- tion of their duty shall carry firearms within the limits of the said Park, and no person shall carry traps, shoot, trap or kill any animal or bird within said limits, except such persons as may be hereafter authorized to do so by the Provincial Game Warden for the purpose of killing cougar, wolves and other vermin.” Mount Robson Park.—Immediately west of and adjoining — the Jasper National Park the British Columbia Government created in 1915 this park as a game reserve. It comprises an area of 640 square miles, and includes Mount Robson, 13,100 feet high. A region of high mountains and well- forested valleys, it affords an unusually good reserve for big game and other mammals and birds of that region, which have been described by Hollister and Riley, Anderson, and RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 255 ‘Taverner in their respective accounts of the fauna published in the reports of the Alpine Club of Canada. _ The Clearwater and Smoky Rivers Reserve-—This is the largest of the reserves in British Columbia, and includes an E ea of almost 885 square miles along the eastern side of the ‘south fork of the Fraser River. In the Order in Council of | cine 2, 1912, creating this reserve, it is described as follows: ‘‘Commencing at a point at the junction of the Clearwater and the South Fork of the Fraser River; thence following the summit of the range on the west side of the Clearwater River, in a northerly direction to the head- waters of the Clearwater River; thence in an easterly di- rection following the summit of the range to the head- waters of the Little Smoky [Morkill] River; thence still fol- lowing the summit of the range on the East side of the Little Smoky River, in a southerly direction to the South Fork of the Fraser River; thence following the South Fork _ of the Fraser River to the point of commencement.” _ Special Reserve for Mountain Sheep.—By Order in Coun- cil of November 11, 1913, certain lands in the Similkameen district, described as follows, were reserved as grazing ground for mountain sheep: ‘‘Commencing at a point being the junction of Juniper Creek and the South Fork of Ash- nola River, thence north along the east bank of the said _ fork for a distance of one mile; thence in a southerly direc- _ tion to the North Fork of Juniper Creek; thence in a westerly direction following said creek to the point of commence- - ment.” ‘a SuMMARY OF GAME RESERVES IN CANADA _ From the foregoing description of the areas set aside in Canada by the Dominion and provincial governments for _ the preservation of wild life, excluding the Dominion bird sanctuaries in western Canada, which are described in an- _ other chapter (see p. 235), it will be seen that altogether 256 CONSERVATION OF CAN ADIAN WILD LIFE 30,304 square miles have been reserved for this purpose; that is, a total area exceeding the combined areas of the provinces of New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. The following is a tabular statement of these areas: Provincial Dominion Province Government Government Total Reserves Reserves New Brunswick...... 400 sq. miles* 400 sq. miles* Queen cee, DOGG hr 5,054“ Ontakio iooy fas cue 4310." * 25 sq. miles | 4,385 “ “ Manitoba........... 5,160 « « 5,160 Saskatchewan....... 3,000 68. Ws 3 Slebeaiaad IAIDOrtA rs eee ge ee ea eR 2,709 tie 7,048.0 British Columbia. ...| 2,867 “ “ | 1,123“ | 3990" « OURS skid ees esate fee peewee ook WOE oe valhr alpen eee 30,704 sq. miles * Reserve cancelled in autumn of 1920. PROPOSED GAME RESERVE FOR NOVA SCOTIA Notwithstanding the existence of a comparatively rich native mammalian fauna in this province, where moose, deer, bear, and the lesser fur-bearing animals continue to - exist in spite of the encroachment of settlers and the de- struction of the forests by the operations of the lumbermen and by fires, no steps have been taken up to the present to establish one or more provincial game reserves where ade- quate protection from killing would insure a constant sur- plus of game and fur-bearing animals to supply the adjacent territory and thus prevent species from decreasing to a point bordering extinction. In Nova Scotia there are excellent tracts of land that might be set aside as game reserves, and are unsuitable for agriculture. The area best adapted for such a reserve, in my opinion, would be the tract of land in the middle of the western portion of the province which includes the region where the counties of Digby, Yarmouth, Shelburne, Queens, — RESERVES FOR WILD LIFE IN CANADA 257 Annapolis adjoin each other, and extending eastward ould include the adjacent portions of the last. two coun- ies. From my personal knowledge of this region, which a ises burnt-over rocky barrens and stretches of hard- d and coniferous trees, and includes numerous lakes and Je headwaters of many fine rivers, I feel convinced that the 7 e and fur-bearing animals would respond quickly to the a tection that such a reservation would afford. CHAPTER XI THE PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE BY THE DOMINION GOVERNMENT Owrine to the fact that the protection of game and wild life in the various provinces has been undertaken by the re- spective provincial governments, the Dominion Govern- ment, with certain exceptions that will be mentioned, has confined its jurisdiction to the protection of the game and fur-bearing animals and other wild life in the Northwest Territories and the Yukon Territory. The exceptions are the protection of migratory birds under the Migratory Birds Convention, and the protection of the wild life in the national parks. . The Dominion legislation governing the protection of game and wild life comprises the Northwest Game Act, the Yukon Game Ordinance, the Migratory Birds Convention Act, and the Dominion Parks Act. The legislation is ad- ministered by the Minister of the Interior, and the Com- missioner of Dominion Parks is charged with the enforce- ment of the provisions of these enactments, with the excep- tion of the Yukon Game Ordinance, which comes under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner of the Yukon. NORTHWEST TERRITORIES The unorganized Northwest Territories are rich in wild life, as we have already shown, and the fur-bearing animals of the north constitute at the present time the most valu- able natural resource that we are able to utilize in these vast territories. ‘Throughout those subarctic and arctic regions our fur-bearing animals find an environment emi- nently suited to them, and to the production of furs of the highest grade. The fur trade of the north is not only the 258 PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE 259 chief occupation of that immense area, but it is the only _means of livelihood and existence of the population. Un- less the fur trade is maintained an enormous section of the - Dominion would be rendered unproductive, and the native inhabitants would either starve to death or become a charge on the government. Such is the significance of our northern _ fur resources, as I have pointed out in another chapter. The vital importance also of the barren-ground caribou and musk-ox as sources of food and clothing for the people _ of the north has already been emphasized, but cannot be reiterated too often. The protection of the game and fur-bearing animals and other wild life in the Northwest Territories is governed by _ the Northwest Game Act, which underwent a complete re- _ yision in 1917. For a number of years the inadequacy of _the provisions of the former statute and the necessity of more effectual enforcement had become increasingly ap- _ parent to those in touch with the conditions of the wild life of the north, and familiar with the factors tending to affect adversely its conservation. In 1914I prepared for the Commission of Conservation a memorandum regarding the necessity of amending the Northwest Game Act, 1906, having particular reference to the greater protection of the -musk-ox and barren-ground caribou. A second memoran- dum on this subject was prepared in 1916, and, as a result - of further recommendations made, the Commission at its annual meeting that year* passed a resolution urging the amendment of the Northwest Game Act, 1906, with a view _ to meeting the changed conditions and to securing adequate _ protection to the game and fur-bearing animals of the north, particularly on account of their economic importance. Soon after the creation of the Advisory Board on Wild Life Pro- _ tection the revision of this act was undertaken, and a _ *Seventh Annual Report, Commission of Conservation, 1916, pp. 32-38 and : 218, 260 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE new act was drafted. This was passed by Parliament in 1917. The most important feature of the new act and regula- tions passed thereunder is the licensing of the fur trade. Prior to the enactment of this legislation the fur resources of the Northwest Territories were open to the unrestricted exploitation of all comers, with the result that excessive destruction was taking place, especially by certain types of foreign trappers, who have no interest, such as that pos- sessed by the well-known fur companies, in the future of the country. The extensive use of poison and the com- plete ‘“‘cleaning up” of territory were methods that should be immediately checked. The only means of controlling the fur industry was by the institution of a license system, and the regulations under the Northwest Game Act provide that no person may hunt, trap, trade, or traffic in the North- west Territories without first securing a license to do so. Native-born Indians, Eskimos, or half-breeds who are bona fide residents are not required, however, to obtain licenses. The new policy will also enable us to obtain reliable statis- tics of the fur trade in the Northwest Territories; hitherto it has been impossible to obtain such necessary informa- tion. The possession and use of poison are prohibited. The killing of female hoofed animals, such as caribou, moose, mountain sheep, and mountain goat, or the young at foot, is prohibited. A PROPOSAL FOR THE NATIONAL OWNERSHIP OF THE Fur Resources oF THE NorTHWEST TERRITORIES In an address before the Commission of Conservation in 1917 on the conservation of the fur resources of northern Canada,* I emphasized the fact that the fur trade of the Northwest Territories is not only the chief occupation of that immense area, but that it is the only means of liveli- hood and existence of the population, and that, unless the * Highth Annual Report, Commission of Conservation, 1917, pp. 119-122. PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE 261 fur trade is maintained, an enormous part of the Dominion would be rendered unproductive and the native inhabitants _ would either starve to death or become a charge on the gov- ernment. That, in brief, is the significance of the problem. _It was also pointed out that the Danish Government ad- “ministers the fur trade of Greenland as a government _ monopoly. State officers trade with the natives at so-called “buying places.” In this manner and through their regu- lations regarding trapping, it is possible to exercise an amount of control that will insure the conservation of the fur re- sources of Greenland to a far greater extent than is other- _ wise possible. An important feature of this policy is also _ the fact that such control protects the natives from the evil effects that result from unrestricted intercourse with out- side traders. : A eareful consideration of the problem of our northern fur resources and the position of the native population in _ relation to the exploitation of such resources serves to im- press one with the fact that the taking over and adminis- tration by the Dominion Government of the fur trade of the Northwest Territories would be most desirable from all points of view. The following proposal is therefore made. ~The Dominion Government should take over the entire control and exploitation of the fur trade and wild life re- sources of the Northwest Territories by enacting the neces- sary legislation. This would involve the purchase of such rights as the Hudson’s Bay Company have in the Northwest Territories. In order to administer the monopoly it would _ be necessary to establish certain government posts, such as those now maintained by the Hudson’s Bay Company. This would be a great advantage in securing proper and adequate ‘government administration in the Northwest Territories, where the need of government agents to take charge of the affairs of the Indians, the enforcement of the law, the collec- _ tion of customs, and oversight of other government activities 262 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE in these territories is becoming increasingly felt, and will undoubtedly become greater with their development. These government agents would perform the work now car- ried on by the officers of the fur companies and the duties of magistrates, etc. They would be responsible for the proper conduct of the fur trade, the care of the natives, and the enforcement of law. If such a policy were adopted it would accomplish the following ends. A source of revenue would be created of no small value, even after the expenses of administration were paid, and it is proper that the profits accruing from the ex- ploitation of the fur resources of these territories should go into the national exchequer. It would be the most effective method of conserving the fur resources and wild life of the Northwest Territories, as the enforcement of the law and the adoption of any necessary restrictive measures could be directly supervised. It would afford a means of attending to the requirements of the natives who stand in need of more immediate supervision, which is difficult to give at the present time. The natives, both Indian and Eskimo, would be protected to a greater degree than at present from the influence and exploitation of unscrupulous traders, which would be an advantage from the standpoint of morals and health. . The nationalization of such natural resources as forests has proved in Europe to be the most successful means of conserving such resources, and at the same time this policy has furnished a valuable source of national revenue. There is no good reason why such a policy should not be adopted in the case of our northern fur resources. The thoughtful consideration of this purpose is therefore respectfully urged. THE YUKON TERRITORY The game and fur-bearing animals of the Yukon Terri- tory are protected under the Yukon Game Ordinance, which PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE — 263 is administered by the Commissioner of the Yukon. Its enforcement is largely in the hands of the members of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police,* who are ex officio game wardens. The close seasons may be changed by a resolu- tion of the Territorial Council. The ordinance prohibits the use of poison. In order to "prevent waste of meat a heavy penalty is provided should ‘anyone, killing game, fail to use the meat personally for food, or cause it to be used for food, or to be sold within the territory for that purpose. Traders who purchase meat of game animals are required to keep full data regarding _ their purchases. Owing to the great difficulty of taking supplies into cer- tain sections of the territory, the Commissioner may set aside any portion of it from the operation of the ordinance for such period of time as he may deem desirable, in order to provide sustenance for isolated camps, and when any ocality is so set aside the Commissioner may license one or more hunters to hunt for such district under certain re- strictions. One of the chief reasons for the disappearance ‘of game from many regions has been the fact that mining ‘and other camps have subsisted wholly, or almost wholly, ‘on the game in the surrounding district. This policy has ‘been carried out in regions where the bringing in of other ‘supplies is possible. The power of suspending the opera- tion of the game law in exceptional cases is one that should be exercised with the greatest caution, and its abuse should be safeguarded by every possible means. _ The killing of game by Indians in the Yukon, particularly ‘moose, for the purposes of sale to traders, is a practice that ‘should be suppressed immediately. It is unwarranted; it incites a class of men, all too eager to kill everything in “sight, to kill to the limit; and its continuance will abso- peey deplete the supply & moose and other game animals, * Now the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, 264 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Apart from the fact that certain parts of the Yukon Terri- tory contain some of the finest moose in the Dominion, the Territory cannot afford to have its game resources unneces- sarily wiped out in such amanner. The situation demands immediate and stern action before it is too late to prevent the inevitable consequences. THE MIGRATORY BIRDS CONVENTION For many years the numbers of our migratory birds, such as ducks, geese, insectivorous birds, and shore-birds, which class includes the plovers, sandpipers, snipe, woodcock, etc., have been decreasing. This decrease is a matter of com- mon knowledge and observation throughout the Dominion. Certain of these migratory birds, such as the Eskimo eurlew, which formerly existed in enormous numbers and was killed for the market, the Labrador duck, the passenger pigeon, and the great auk have now become extinct. Others, such as the whooping crane and the wood duck, the most beau- © tiful of our native ducks, have become so reduced in num- bers as to render their continued existence without further protection a matter of doubt. From a national standpoint the prospect of this continued decrease involved serious economic consideration. Leaving out of account the value from an esthetic point of view of this portion of our Canadian wild life, great as that is, and regarding it as an economic asset to the country, we were faced with the gradual reduction of our migratory wild fowl, whose value as food and as means of securing recreation is inestimable, and of our insectivorous birds, which are of even greater importance to the welfare of our agricultural interests. Insectivorous birds constitute one of the chief natural agencies controlling insect pests affecting field crops, or- chards, and forests. In field crops alone the annual loss PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE — 265 bin Canada due to the depredations of insect pests is, on a ve estimate, not less than $125,000,000. And, with the development of the country, the damage caused t y insect pests is increasing, while the numbers of insec- tivorous birds have been decreasing. _ The chief causes of this decrease in the numbers of our - migratory birds are as follows: Canada constitutes the chief breeding-place for the greater number of these birds. With the settlement of the country the breeding-places of many species have been destroyed. ‘The clearing of the land has involved the clearing of the nesting-sites of insectivorous birds; the draining of marshy areas and the settlement of e° prairies have driven wild fowl from their former breed- ing and feeding places. Such causes are, therefore, unavoid- : ble to a large extent. On the other hand, while many of the provinces have excellent laws governing the protection peame, non-game, and insectivorous birds, it has not always ele to give these birds adequate protection. The * e in the number of persons who carry guns, and the im Di vesinant of modern sporting-guns have had their effect on the abundance of wild fowl. | _ Even with the strictest enforcement of protective laws Canadians would have been unable to prevent the con- tinued decrease of migratory birds unless the requisite pro- tection were given to such birds during the time that they re in United States territory. In other words, our migra- to birds cannot be adequately protected from continued decrease without co-operative protection in Canada and the United States. It is a well-known fact that while some of the States of the Union had excellent laws, which they enforced, others failed fo protect their birds. In some States the shooting of wild fowl in the spring was permitted; this involved the killing of birds, usually mated at that time of the year, on their way to their breeding-grounds in the north. This discour- 266 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE aged many Canadians, who naturally asked why they should protect their wild fowl for the market gunners of the south. The existence of such market gunners, who annually killed enormous quantities of Canadian-bred ducks and geese for the markets of the big cities in the United States, consti- tuted one of the greatest causes of reduction and one of the chief obstacles to any rational attempt to prevent such reduction and to maintain our stock of wild fowl. Not only were game-birds affected, but insectivorous birds were likewise killed by thousands during their winter sojourn in the south; this destruction has been particularly serious in the case of the robin, one of our important cutworm de- stroyers. As a result of the efforts of sportsmen, game-protective associations and other organizations interested in the con- servation of the wild fowl and other migratory birds in the United States, the Federal Migratory Bird Law was enacted in 1913 for the purpose of securing more adequate protec- tion for migratory birds which, by reason of their migra- tory habits, could not be successfully protected by the efforts of individual States so long as other States were derelict in the matter. The objects of the Federal regulations were to reduce the open seasons, which varied greatly in different States; to secure a more uniform open season, not exceed- ing three and one-half months, fixed in accordance with local conditions, so that the sportsmen would have shoot-— ing at the best time of the year; and to prevent the shoot- ing of migratory birds in the spring. A close season for a period of years was given to certain birds, particularly shore-birds, and the shooting of insectivorous birds was en- tirely forbidden. The majority of the States amended their laws to conform with the Federal regulations, and, although certain States, in which the influence of the market hunter and gunners with no thought of the future appeared to pre- dominate, objected to Federal interference, the outcome of PLATE XIX Lm “ #5 *f-G Hs «Figs toe == * ie ene Sais = eer Photographs by R. M. Anderson WESTERN BIRD RESERVES 1. Flock of Bonaparte’s Gulls on middle Miquelon Lake, Alberta 2. Whistling Swans rising from water on Lake Johnstone, Saskatchewan 3. Southwest end of Ministik Lake, Alberta PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE 267 s increased protection and elimination of spring shooting esa a noticeable increase in the numbers of wild fowl. s increase has also been observed by Canadian sportsmen. | " he results of the Federal Migratory Bird Law in the mited States indicated the possibilities and served to em- ' asize strongly the need of international co-operation be- yeen Canada and the United States in the protection of nose species of birds which migrate from one country to the The importance of international co-operation in this mat- rt had been realized for a number of years, but no official action was taken until the United States Senate adopted a 5 olution, on July 7, 1913, requesting the President to pro- ose to the governments of other countries the negotiation of fa eevention for the protection of migratory birds. This esolution was not acted upon until the following year. In e meantime several organizations and individuals in al and the United States took steps to further the roposal for international action. On December 10, 1913, tthe ince of the Department of Colonization, Mines, d Fisheries of the Province of Quebec, Mr. H. R. Charl- of Montreal, introduced the subject of the proposed onvention at the annual meeting of the North American fish and Game Protective Association at Ottawa, and noved the following resolution, which was adopted: MaAUs4 That the executive committee be requested to place itself in communi- ation with the various provincial governments of Canada to urge upon 1em the importance of soliciting the good offices of the Dominion Gov- ; nt in obtaining the negotiation of a convention or treaty between reat Britain and the United States, looking to the more efficient pro- ection of migratory birds, now threatened with extinction, and following s much as possible the lines laid down in the accompanying suggested a, 1914, the question of international co-operation vas informally discussed by the writer with the Biological 268 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Survey of the United States Department of Agriculture. Later in the same month the subject was discussed in Ottawa at the annual meeting of the Commission of Con- servation, and the folhawane resolution was passed by the commission: | Resolved, That the provincial governments of Canada be urged to solicit the good offices of the Dominion Government in obtaining the negotiation of a convention for a treaty between Great Britain and the United States, for the purpose of securing more effective protection for the birds which pass from one country to another. . The Dominion Parks Branch of the Department of the Interior also interested itself in furthering this measure. In the following month (February, 1914) the United States Government submitted to the Canadian Government for its consideration the draft of a convention between Great Britain and the United States for the protection of migra- tory birds in the United States and Canada. The draft of the proposed convention was submitted to the several pro- vincial governments for their views, as the question was of provincial concern. The provincial governments unani- mously approved of the principle of the convention. As objections that were not considered to be insuperable were — raised by only two of the provinces, and, as the Departments — of Agriculture and of the Interior, and the Commission of — Conservation strongly concurred in the opinion that the protection of these birds, as provided under the proposed © convention, particularly on economic grounds, was most desirable, an Order in Council was passed on May 31, 1915, stating that the Canadian Government was favourably dis- posed to the conclusion of the proposed treaty. With a view to securing the settlement of our objections to certain — provisions of the treaty further negotiations were under- F taken in Washington early in 1916, as a result of which all the objections raised were completely met, with the excel « PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE = 269 _ tion of one that would have affected the vital principle of _the proposed treaty, namely, the elimination of spring ‘shooting. Accordingly, a revised draft convention embody- ing the changes which had been made to meet the objec- _ tions raised by the provincial governments, together with certain other improvements, was prepared and submitted _ to the Canadian Government in March, 1916. After further - consideration of this revised draft by the government an ' Order in Council was passed on June 29, 1916, stating that “Canada is prepared to agree to the conclusion of the con- _ vention”’ conditional to the adoption of certain other amend- ments which had been agreed to as a result of informal _ hegotiations. _ The treaty was signed in Washington on August 16, 1916, by His Majesty’s Ambassador, Sir Cecil Spring-Rice, _G.C. VY. O., and the Secretary of State of the United States, Mr. Robert Lansing. On the unanimous vote of the Com- mittee on Foreign Relations it was ratified by the Senate f the United States on August 29, 1916. _ The full text of the convention is set forth in the schedule of the Migratory Birds Convention Act. In the fulfilment of the agreement made in Article VIII of the convention the Migratory Birds Convention Act was at the next session of Parliament following its rati- fication, and was assented to on August 29, 1917. It will be seen that the most important provision in the _eonvention i is Article II, providing for: (1) a close season on migratory game-birds from March 10 to September 1, “with the exception given; (2) an open season of three aiid i e-half months; and (3) a close season throughout the year on insectivorous birds. The open season of three and one- “half months may be fixed anywhere between September 1 and March 10, to suit the local conditions. The restriction of the open season on wild fowl to three and one-half months will involve in some provinces a shortening of the present see : i“ i 270 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE. open season, but in view of the objects of the treaty and the experience that such restriction in the United States is increasing the supply of birds, this change will undoubtedly meet with the support of sportsmen desirous of preventing the continued decrease in the numbers of wild fowl. The conclusion of this convention constitutes the most important and far-reaching measure ever taken in the his- tory of bird protection. Some years ago efforts were made to secure the international protection of birds in Europe, but, while the general movement towards better protection for insectivorous birds was thereby furthered, the requisite co-operation on the part of all the countries interested was hampered by inactivity on the part of some of the govern- ments anda considerable diversity of interests and opinion. Fortunately many of these difficulties do not exist in North America, and in the United States and Canada there is an ever-growing sentiment in favour of preserving what is left of our former wealth of wild life which has been so seriously depleted by improvidence in the past. This international measure will affect over one thousand species and sub- species of birds from the Gulf of Mexico to the North Pole, and we may confidently look forward not merely to a cessa- tion of the. decrease but to an increase of our migratory birds, which are so valuable a national asset. The following is the text of the Migratory Birds Con- | vention: Whereas many species of birds in the course of their annual migrations — traverse certain parts of the Dominion of Canada and the United States; and : Whereas many of these species are of great value as a source of food or in destroying insects which are injurious to forests and forage plants on the public domain, as well as to agricultural crops, in both Canada and the United States, but are nevertheless in danger of extermination — through lack of adequate protection during the nesting season or while on their way to and from their breeding grounds; — a His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain ot - PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE 271 reland and of the British Dominions Beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, nd the United States of America, being desirous of saving from indis- riminate slaughter and of insuring the preservation of such migratory yirds as are either useful to man or are harmless, have resolved to adopt ome uniform system of protection which shall effectively accomplish = objects, and to the end of concluding a convention for this purpose lave appointed as their respective plenipotentiaries: sah Britannic Majesty, the Right Honourable Sir Cecil Arthur Spring- e, G.C.V.O., K.C.M.G., etc., His Majesty’s ambassador extraordinary p S clenipotentiary at Washington: and nthe President of the United States of America, Robert Lansing, Secre- ary of State of the United States; silat after having communicated to each other their respective full s which were found to be in due and proper form, have agreed to id adopted the following articles:— | Articige I The High Contracting Powers declare that the migratory birds in- ( . ded in the terms of this Convention shall be as follows:— 1. Migratory Game Birds:— ) Anatide or waterfowl, including brant, wild ducks, geese, and 0 ‘Gruide or cranes, including little brown, sandhill, and whooping f © Rallide or rails, including coots, gallinules and sora and other rails. @ Limicolx or shorebirds, including avocets, curlew, dowitchers, god- vit knots, oyster catchers, phalaropes, plovers, sandpipers, snipe, stilts, urf birds, turnstones, willet, woodcock, and yellowlegs. AY Columbide or pigeons, including doves and wild pigeons. ouygeoeatd Insectivorous Birds: Bobolinks, catbirds, chickadees, cu , flickers, flycatchers, grosbeaks, humming birds, hinaiats: mar- ins cedividarks, nighthawks or bull bats, nut-hatches, orioles, robins, b rikes, swallows, swifts, tanagers, titmice, thrushes, vireos, warblers, yaxwings, whippoorwills, woodpeckers, and wrens, and all other perch- ng birds which feed entirely or chiefly on insects. aa Other Migratory Nongame Birds: Auks, auklets, bitterns, fulmars, annets, grebes, guillemots, gulls, herons, jaegers, loons, murres, petrels, ins, shearwaters, and terns. Articiz II pie Contracting Powers agree that, as an effective means of x migratory birds, there shall be established the following close 272 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE seasons during which no hunting shall be done except for scientific or propagating purposes under permits issued by proper authorities. 1. The close season on migratory game birds shall be between 10th March and ist September, except that the close of the season on the limicole or shorebirds in the Maritime Provinces of Canada and in those States of the United States bordering on the Atlantic Ocean which are ~ situated wholly or in part: north of Chesapeake Bay shall be between — 1st February and 15th August, and that Indians may take at any time - scoters for food but not for sale. The season for hunting shall be further - restricted to such period not exceeding three and one-half months as the High Contracting Powers may severally deem appropriate and define by law or regulation. 2. The close season on migratory insectivorous birds shall continue throughout the year. 3. The close season on other migratory nongame birds shall continue throughout the year, except that Eskimos and Indians may take at any season auks, auklets, guillemots, murres and puffins, and their eggs for food and their skins for clothing, but the birds and eggs so taken shall not be sold or offered for sale. Artic.Le III The High Contracting Powers agree that during the period of ten years next following the going into effect of this Convention, there shall — be a continuous close season on the following migratory game birds, to wit: Band-tailed pigeons, little brown, sandhill and whooping cranes, swans, curlew and all shorebirds (except the black-breasted and golden plover, Wilson or jack snipe, woodcock, and the greater and lesser yellowlegs); © provided that during such ten years the close seasons on cranes, swans and curlew in the province of British Columbia shall be made by the proper authorities of that province within the general dates and limita- tions elsewhere prescribed in this Convention for the respective groups — to which these birds belong. ArticLte IV The High Contracting Powers agree that special protection shall be given the wood-duck and the eider-duck either (1) by a close season extending over a period of at least five years, or (2) by the establishment — of refuges, or (3) by such other regulations as may be deemed appropriate. — ARTICLE V The taking of nests or eggs of migratory game or insectivorous or . nongame birds shall be prohibited, except for scientific or propagating — PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE — 273 s under such laws or regulations as the High Contracting Powers Eaevorally deem appropriate. Articte VI “The High Contracting Powers agree that the shipment or export of sratory birds or their eggs from any State or Province, during the istinuance of the close season in such State or Province, shall be pro- hibited except for scientific or propagating purposes, and the interna- tie al traffic in any birds or eggs at such time captured, killed, taken, or nipped at any time contrary to the laws of the State or Province i in which ® same were captured, killed, taken, or shipped shall be likewise pro- hi bited. Every package containing migratory birds or any parts thereof or any eggs of migratory birds transported, or offered for transportation from the Dominion of Canada into the United States or from the United States into the Dominion of Canada, shall have the name and address of the shipper and an accurate statement of the contents clearly marked on the outside of such package. Articte VII _ Permits to kill any of the above-named birds which, under extraor- linary conditions, may become seriously injurious to the agricultural or ther interests in any particular community, may be issued by the proper Ww horities of the High Contracting Powers under suitable regulations prescribed therefor by them respectively, but such permits shall lapse or nay be cancelled, at any time when, in the opinion of’ said authorities, the particular exigency has passed, and no birds killed under this article she ll be shipped, sold, or offered for sale. 4 Articte VIII q ‘The High Contracting Powers agree themselves to take, or propose to their respective appropriate law-making bodies, the necessary measures or insuring the execution of the present Convention. &. ArticLte IX _ The present Convention shall be ratified by His Britannic Majesty and by the President of the United States of America, by and with the idvice and consent of the Senate thereof. The ratifications shall be ex- changed at Washington as soon as possible and the Convention shall take effect on the date of the exchange of the ratifications. It shall re- main in force for fifteen years, and in the event of neither of the High q ) 7 274 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Contracting Powers having given notification, twelve months before the expiration of said period of fifteen years, of its intention of terminating its operation, the Convention shall continue to remain in force for one year and so on from year to year. In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention in duplicate and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Washington this sixteenth day of August, 1916. _ (L.8.) Crcit Sprine-Rice. (L.S.) Ropert Lansine. The regulations under the Migratory Birds Convention — Act were passed by Order in Council on April 23, 1918, and the following open seasons for migratory game-birds . “4 ] in Canada were provided under Section 2 of these regula- tions: Black-breasted and Golden a Ducks, Geese, Plover, and eer or ae Brant, and Rails Greater and Snipe Lesser Yellow- legs Prince Edward Island.| Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Aug. 15—Nov. 30 | Sept. 15—Nov. 30 Nova Scotia......... Sept. 15—Dec. 31 | Aug. 15—Nov. 30 | Sept. 1—-Dec. 14 New Brunswick...... Sept. 15—Dec. 14 | Aug. 15—-Nov. 30 | Sept. 15—-Nov. 30 OUBDOC sia ide ears Sept. 1—Dec. 14 | Sept. 1-Dec. 14 (aan eet OMEAPION C6 has ete base Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Sept. 1—-Dec. 14 Oct. 15—Noy. 14 WIRTGODE 6 i5;s ies ce es is' Sept. 15—-Nov. 30| Sept. 15-Nov. 30] Sept. 15—Nov. 30 Saskatchewan....... Sept. 15—Dec. 31 | Sept. 15-Dec. 31 | Sept. 15—Dee. 31 Tare bss ee alas ae Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Sept. 1—Dec. 14 BritishColumbia,north| Sept. 1—-Dec. 14 Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Sept. 1—Dec. 14 British Columbia, southeast......... Sept. 15—Dec. 31 | Sept. 15-Dec. 31 | Sept. 15—Dec. 31 British Columbia, southwest.......0.. Oct. 1-Jan. 14 Oct. 1-Jan. 14 Oct. 1-Jan. 14 Northwest Territories.| Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Sept. 1—Dec. 14 Sept. 1—Dec. 14 OF WOOT 2 ok. co ebese uate Sept. 1-—Dec. 14 | Sept.1—Dec.14 | Sept. 1—Dec. 14 y - - Set yes ee ee ee, in order that the sections relating to the protection of migra- tory birds may conform to the provisions of the Convention. By so doing it will be possible for the provincial govern- ments to enforce the provisions of the Convention within their respective territories. PENIS EE AEE 58 EL SSL RY SE RETR EE I a IE SIP 2A SO? ROR nN a a a PROTECTION OF GAME AND WILD LIFE 275 DOMINION PARKS ACT As one of the main objects of the Canadian National ; Parks is to conserve the native mammals and birds, strin- _ gent regulations are in force to prevent the hunting, cap- ture, destruction, or molestation in any way of the wild life in the national parks, which have been described in another chapter (pp. 235-243). These regulations make it illegal to: 1. Chase, harass or pursue, hunt, shoot at, trap, take, wound, kill, capture, or destroy any game—which term includes all mammals or birds within any national park. 2. Have in possession, except as specially provided, any game, or parts thereof, killed or procured within a national park. . Use poison, poisonous substances, or gas for taking, injuring, or destroying game in a national park. . Sell within a national park guns or other weapons used for the destruction of game without a permit. . Carry guns or firearms of any description within a national park, except by an officer of the park, un- less such guns shall have been sealed by the super- intendent of the park or a duly authorized official. _ Any unsealed gun or firearm found in a national park is subject to forfeiture. 6. Allow dogs to run unleashed in a national park. =~ Ww _ Or In addition, the regulations provide for the following: 1. The forfeiture of the outfits of all persons convicted of illegally hunting or killing any game or having illegal possession of game within a national park. (The significance of this penalty was realized by a party of hunters who were proved a few years ago 276 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE to have killed game within the borders of one of the national parks, and their outfits, which in- cluded a considerable number of pack-horses, were confiscated.) 2. The search by a game warden of outfits, premises, tents, vehicles, or vessels for poison. 3. The capture or destruction by game wardens or officers under the parks administration of predatory or dangerous animals or noxious birds. 4. The capture or killing under proper authority of game for scientific or propagating purposes. 5. The destruction of cats, which are not allowed within the confines of a national park. 6. The registration by all guides travelling through a national park of full details regarding any hunting party travelling through such a park, and registra- tion by the persons hunting. Such registration in- cludes the names and addresses, date of departure — and proposed duration of stay in the park, list of firearms carried and route to be travelled. (This — requirement is enforced, owing to the fact that many parties of hunters choose as the point of de- parture such places as Banff and Jasper, where they outfit for hunting-grounds outside the bound- aries of such national parks.) It is satisfactory to be able to record that the foregoing © regulations are very strictly enforced in the national parks, to the great benefit of the wild life within the parks. CHAPTER XII A REVIEW OF PROVINCIAL GAME LEGISLATION ; _ Aut the provinces of Canada have undertaken the pro- tection of game and wild life, and have passed legislation for that purpose. In most cases the game laws are framed wisely and enforced effectively; in certain cases the ad- ministration of the game laws is not in accordance with the needs of the situation. Too often in the past political or _ other considerations have influenced the selection of game _ Officers, and have prevented the impartial administration _ of game laws; there has been too great a desire to protect - local politics rather than local game, with a disastrous effect on the latter. The protection of game and wild life de- mands the appointment of qualified officers and the admin- istration of game laws without fear or favour. The co- existence of game with large populations in older countries, such as England, Scotland, and other European countries, has been due, not only to propagation of game, but to im- partial administration of game laws and their strict ob- _ servance by all. _ Our game resources will never benefit to the extent that is necessary, and is intended by our game laws, until the administration of all game laws is completely freed from political influence or interference, and there are sufficient ‘qualified and conscientious game wardens to meet the re- " quirements of all parts of the Dominion. Fortunately, there _ has been marked and encouraging progress in this direction “in recent years, and, as the needs are more widely appre- _ ciated, we may expect in Canada game laws and a standard of administration that will not be surpassed in any other 4 277 278 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE country. With game and wild-life resources unequalled by any other country in the world, it is surely incumbent upon us to secure and maintain the highest standard in wise pro- — tective policies and their enforcement. , Always it should be remembered that the primary object of game legislation is to protect the interests of the game and not those of the persons who desire to exploit such resources. Of all our resources, the game, fur-bearing, and other animals are most easily destroyed, and they cannot be restored under modern conditions; it is necessary therefore that special care should be devoted to their wise protection, and that the issuing of hunting-licenses and the collection of fees should not con- stitute the main functions of game officers. In the following review of provincial game legislation and its administration, an effort is made to indicate in what directions the game laws of the various provinces and their administration may be improved, with a view to securing better conservation of the animals that these laws are de- signed to protect. Prince Edward Island—The Game Act of 1906, with sub- sequent amendments, provides for the appointment of a game inspector for the enforcement of the act, the provi- sions of which are also enforced by the provincial constables, policemen, and market clerks. The members of the Prince Edward Island Fish and Game Association are appointed honorary game wardens. For some time the position of — game inspector has been vacant, and we cannot but feel that the lack of such an officer will result in a laxity in the © enforcement of the provisions of the provincial game act. Bag limits should be provided in the case of game-birds. The sale of game-birds during the open season and the use of automatic and pump guns are wisely forbidden. 7 Nova Scotia-—The Game Act of 1912, with subsequent — amendments, is administered by a chief game commissioner and two associate commissioners, who are empowered to | Ee q REVIEW OF PROVINCIAL GAME LEGISLATION 279 ‘appoint game wardens and district game inspectors. Regis- tered guides and chief forest rangers are ex officio game oo. _ There appears to be an insufficient number of game % Ww ardens in the province, and a consequent failure to enforce fully the provisions of the game act. The sale of deer, caribou, and certain protected game-birds is prohibited, but such prohibition should also include moose and wild fowl. Be would also urge the indefinite continuation of the @ season on cow moose and caribou, as it is certain that SE ethout such means of increasing its abundance the caribou will become a thing of the past in Nova Scotia. The desira- bility of establishing one or more game reserves in Nova Scotia has already been pointed out (see p. 256). _ New Brunswick—The Game Act -of 1909, with later amendments, is administered by the Minister of Lands and Mines. As aresult of recent reorganization the protection of game has been combined with the forestry work, and the provincial forester is in charge of both services with a chief game guardian to superintend the enforcement of the game laws. The duties of game warden and forest ranger are combined, and there are many obvious advantages to such an arrangement. The number of ex officio game wardens has been greatly increased. An applicant for a game license is now required to take an oath that he will Observe the game laws. This requirement should be more _ widely adopted; it will help to eliminate the “unfit” hunter. _ ‘Two steps taken by the Province of New Brunswick in _ 1918 are highly commendable. In the first place, the policy f appointing game wardens by a qualifying examination s been adopted in place of the patronage system. Such a method of securing efficient and qualified officers cannot be 9 highly praised, and its adoption by other governments w ould do more than anything else to bring about an effec- ‘ive conservation of our game animals. The second wise 280 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE policy is the prohibition of the sale of protected game, but we regret the retrograde action of the New Brunswick gov- ernment in repealing the no-sale of game regulation after it had been in effect for one season (1918-1919). This ques- tion is discussed elsewhere (see p. 333). A bounty of twenty-five cents is paid for hawks and owls. While the destruction of the great horned owl and certain hawks, such as the goshawk and sharp-shinned hawk, should be encouraged, the destruction of all owls and hawks that such a bounty encourages is very unwise, and an amend- ment of this provision is recommended. Owing to the scarcity of caribou in New Brunswick a close season has been established until 1921, and it will probably prove desirable to extend this close season for a further period of years. Quebec.—The Minister of Colonization, Mines, and Fish- eries administers the Quebec game laws. The Department of Game and Fisheries realizes the importance to the proy-- ince of its game resources, which are being protected by a force of zealous wardens, who are apparently administering impartially the game laws. Until recently Quebec was the only province in which a close season was established for black bear. This has no doubt been responsible for the fact that there is no scarcity of this valuable fur-bearer in Quebec. The prohibition of the sale of all protected game, the reduction in the number of caribou that may be killed, and the institution of bag limits on wild fowl are measures that are to be strongly recommended. = We would also suggest the protection of those species of - owls and hawks that are known to be beneficial as destroy- ers of noxious rodents, etc. : In the regulation of the fur trade the Province of Quebec has made a noteworthy advance, and the enforcement of the measures now in effect will undoubtedly insure the con= REVIEW OF PROVINCIAL GAME LEGISLATION 281 servation of one of the most valuable natural resources and economic assets in the province. _ Ontario—A few years ago the Ontario government cre- ated a special Department of Game and Fisheries, with a deputy minister in charge to administer the Ontario Game and Fisheries Act. The Minister of Public Works and High- . administers the department. The organization for the _ enforcement of the provisions of the act consists of a deputy minister, a superintendent, inspectors (not exceeding three om number), wardens who have districts, and overseers who ‘have the authority of constables under the act. _ The greatest need in Ontario is the prohibition of the sale _ of all protected game, which is discussed elsewhere (p. 331). Th view of the fact that there are not, so far as our records . ' how, any wild turkeys in Ontario, this bird might advisedly be placed in the category of extinct game-birds, and given 4 least a permanent close season instead of an open season of a fortnight as at present! The absolute close season on puail should be maintained (see p. 160). It would also be in the interests of the wild fowl, such as ducks and geese, to establish a daily limit in addition to a seasonal bag limit. _ Manitoba.—The Game Protection Act of Manitoba is _ administered by the Minister of Agriculture, the provisions of the act being enforced by the chief game guardians, with the assistance of local game guardians. _ The Manitoba government wisely prohibits the sale of all _ protected game, and has recently given the wapiti or elk a _ permanent close season. In view of the fact that antelope no longer occur in Manitoba, and are permanently pro- tected in Saskatchewan and Alberta, where the few that " remain are now to be found, the provision of an open season of three weeks for antelope in Manitoba should be repealed. \ bag limit of forty ducks per day in October and Novem- er, pout a seasonal bag limit, appears to us to be too e at the present time. 282 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Saskatchewan.—The Game Act of Saskatchewan is ad- ministered by the Minister of Agriculture, and the provisions of the act are enforced by a provincial game guardian, with the assistance of local game guardians and honorary guar- dians, One of the chief needs of Saskatchewan appears to be the organization of a staff of paid and qualified district game guardians, as the present system fails to meet adequately the requirements of the situation, and throws too much re- sponsibility on the provincial game guardians for the proper enforcement of the provisions of the Game Act. In all the Prairie Provinces the Royal Northwest Mounted Police, as ex officio game wardens, have greatly assisted in the enforcement of the provincial game acts, and perhaps this fact has been partially responsible for the failure on the part of the governments concerned to organize adequate field staffs for game protection. It is gratifying to record that the efforts that have been made to secure a permanent close season on wapiti or elk have now proved successful. The Province of Saskatche- wan is to be congratulated as one of the first provinces in Canada to prohibit the sale of protected game. As Bulletin No. 49 of the Saskatchewan Department of Agriculture, giving a synopsis of the game laws, states: ‘‘A game butcher — or market hunter is an undesirable citizen and should be — treated as such.” We would recommend that the close season on sage grouse be made indefinite, in view of the very restricted range of © this bird in Canada and the fact that it is not likely to be-— come abundant. As a means of preventing accidents, hunters of big game in Saskatchewan are required, as also in Manitoba, to wear white outer suit and cap. Such a distinguishing costume might advisedly be adopted in other provinces. Alberta.—As in the other Prairie Provinces the Game Act REVIEW OF PROVINCIAL GAME LEGISLATION 283 is administered by the Minister of Agriculture, and the pro- visions of the act are enforced by a chief game guardian. _ The most necessary amendment that is required in the Alberta Game Act is the repeal of those provisions which "legalize market hunting, and the prohibition of the sale of game. ‘The existence in this act of an interpretation clause vhich states that: ‘‘The term ‘market hunter’ shall mean “any person who hunts or shoots game for gain or profit,’’ and the legalizing of such hunting for monetary gain by the hase of a market hunter’s license for five dollars, are not in keeping with the principles of game protection of to-day, when all authorities are agreed that the market hunter is a menace to what remains of our game resources. _ We would urge the Alberta Government to remove from an excellent game act that which tends, more than anything Ise, to defeat the objects of such legislation. _ The number of mountain sheep and goat in Alberta would _ undoubtedly increase if the bag limit were reduced to one sheep and one goat, and if the laws were enforced in the ease of Indians, who have been chiefly responsible for the eduction that has taken place in the number of these anim als, which are a great asset to the province. p British Columbia.—In 1918 the game-protection service in British Columbia was completely reorganized by the estab- list ment of a Provincial Game Conservation Board, con- Sisting of members appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, which board is charged with the administration of the Game Act. It has been decided to entrust to the _ provincial police, who will be ex officio game guardians, the enforcement of the provisions of the Game Act, and the _ chief of the provincial police is chief game warden. A num- _ ber of the experienced game wardens are retained. _ The game legislation of British Columbia differs from that of the rest of the provinces by reason of the fact that the ' Open seasons are fixed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Coun- 284 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE cil, and not by the provincial legislature. A similar policy is followed in the case of the legislation enacted by the Do- minion Government for the protection of migratory birds and of game in the Northwest Territories. The method of fixing open seasons, etc., by Order in Council, has great ad- vantages over the method generally in vogue of accomplish- ing this by amendments to the Game Act. Such amend-— ments can only be made when the legislature is in session, — and not infrequently it is of great importance to make a change in an open season without the delay necessitated by a postponement of such action until the legislature meets. The claim sometimes made that delegation of these powers to the Lieutenant-Governor in Council is likely to be abused — has not been borne out in practice; on the contrary, it has been found that the needs of the situations that arise from time to time in wild-life protection can be more opportunely — met by such a policy, which is to be strongly recommended — on that account. ) A number of important restrictions have recently been placed on the killing of big game. The bag limit on moose has been reduced from two to one, on caribou from three to two, and on mountain goat from three to two. These were necessary and wise reductions and, with the other restric- tions on big-game hunting that have been made, they un- doubtedly will be a means of conserving some of our finest — big game, for which the province is justly famous. In fact, there is no better big-game region on the North American | continent than the Cassiar region of British Columbia. | In 1918, for the first time, a close season was established — on bear, which now may be killed only from October 1 to June 30. It would be very desirable to proceed further and amend the Game Act for the purpose of establishing a bag limit on grizzly bears. Grizzlies are not so abundant now as to permit their unlimited destruction. oy The sale of all protected game is advisedly prohibited | dashed ae over one year of age pi northern districts—Atlin, Prince George, o0—from October 1 to December 15, ut the province from October 1 to June 30. CHAPTER XIII INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT IN THE CONSERVATION OF WILD LIFE THE conservation of our wild life, from the largest of our big game to the smallest of our insectivorous birds, can only be achieved when a wider interest in the subject is created in the minds of the majority of our citizens. Our respon- sibilities in this matter have been indicated in a previous chapter. At the present time we depend almost entirely upon the enforcement of our game laws for the attainment of our ends. Wise game laws will do much for the protec- tion of our wild life, particularly in the direction of checking the destructive tendencies of the market hunter and game- hog; but the proper enforcement of such laws can only be effected if the will of the people at large is behind them, and in order to secure such popular support there must be carried out a policy of education among young and old. — EDUCATION Educational propaganda on this subject should be more easy of execution than that covering the conservation of any other resource, for this reason: no subject is more appealing to young people and to older people, whatever their voca- tions, than that of wild life. Further, there is an encour- aging growth in the demand for information on this subject, and the increasing number of ‘‘nature” books is an indica- tion of that demand. No subject appeals more to the aver- age child than natural history, and the ever-growing num-=- % INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 287 er of our citizens who nowadays find their recreation in ield and forest has naturally led to a desire for information egarding all the forms of wild life that constitute one of he great attractions of our countryside. Advantage should nerefore be taken of these favourable circumstances. In our schools instruction in natural history is advisedly receiving greater attention. The subject is so fundamental to a proper conception of the world wherein we live, and is o valuable as a means of conveying information on biological roblems, particularly in relation to health, that it should de given a prominent place in every educational curriculum. if it. were given, as it. should be given, a place in a child’s ction equal in importance to what are now considered the primary essentials in education, a broader, more humane, and more sympathetic mental attitude would ensue. What nowledge can be of greater interest and value than a knowl- edge of the world around us and of our fellow creatures? _ At the end of an heroic journey, awaiting death, that nost. gallant and brave of British explorers, Captain R. F. Scott, in his last letter to his wife, wrote these memorable yords regarding the education of his little son Peter: “‘Make he boy interested in natural history if you can; it is better than games; they encourage it at some schools. I know you ‘will keep him in the open air.’’ What greater testimony i ou Q we have? ff natural history were taught in all our schools, and chil- ‘dren were thus trained to understand and appreciate the meaning of our wild life, its conservation would be insured. A great responsibility, therefore, rests upon the shoulders ‘of our educational authorities, and we fervently hope that they will not be negligent in their attention to the needs of the situation. _ One of the most potent organizations that, properly di- ‘tected, may be utilized in our educational propaganda, is the Boy Scouts. The far-sighted organizer of this world- . a) 288 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE wide association of boyhood, himself a hunter and lover of — open-air pursuits, realized the moral and educational value i of the open air and a knowledge of woodcraft and wild life 4 as one of the essentials of this system of training. It is impossible to conceive a greater opportunity than that af- forded by this organization for creating a vast army of pro- — i tectors of our wild life. We would urge those in charge of this valuable work to lay special stress upon the significance - ‘ of our wild life, its rational use and proper conservation; by — so doing a work of inestimable value will be aconmmeiiakedia } The press of this country has repeatedly shown its in- — terest in this subject. But it can render far. greater assis tance than it has afforded up to the present by taking every — opportunity to lead public opinion in regard to the necessity — of conserving our wild life. It is not sufficient to chronicle — i events, but in season and out of season the press should” promote the conservation of our wild life and censure such acts and movements as tend to affect its interests adversely,/s One of the most valuable educational agencies of to-day — is the moving picture, and its influence is increasing. A few years ago I was informed that educational films were not popular, and that it was necessary to cater to public — opinion. Fortunately, this does not appear to be true — to-day. The makers of films have realized the interest that — the general public takes in films depicting wild-life subjects, and there are a large number of such films now in circulation. Their preparation should be encouraged and assisted to the — fullest extent possible. No better means exists for placing ~ before the people the wealth of our wild life, and the neces- — sity of conserving it for the enjoyment of the people of to-day _ and in the future. Scenes depicting the killing of big game ‘ and other animals should be avoided, on account of their © undesirable effect, although hunting scenes may be so illus- ~ trated and described as to demonstrate the recreative value of wild life to the people of our cities. PLATE XX wy Sales 3 See ‘ From photographs by P. A. Taverner. Courtesy of the Geological Survey Reproduced by courtesy of the Museum 1. Dead Gannets on beach near Percé, Gaspe, Quebec, where they have been washed up after being shot. Such destruction as this was one of the reasons for the establishment of this reserve 2. Gannets nesting on the cliffs of Bonaventure Island, Gaspe 8. Sea-bird group in American Museum of Natural History, representing a section of Bird Rock in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 289 Private Wiup-Lire SANCTUARIES AND GAME RESERVES We have, fortunately, in Canada many examples of what ean be accomplished by individual effort to preserve the wild life in a limited area. The value of such instances can- ~ not be overestimated, both on account of the examples they offer of what can be achieved by individuals and their effect ‘on the abundance of the wild life of the neighbourhood. _ Mention has been made in previous chapters of instances of individual effort, such as the work of Mr. Jack Miner, in ereating a wild-life sanctuary, particularly for wild fowl, _ near Kingsville, Ont., and of the fifteen-acre game preserve of Mr. Reuben Lloyd, a farmer at Davidson, Sask. In Ontario the Provincial Government has taken the com- _mendable step of encouraging the establishment of wild-life , eserves by individuals, and, in addition to the “Miner : a netuary,” it has recently set aside the ‘‘Peasemarsh Farm,” on the shore of Georgian Bay in the county of Grey, as a bird sanctuary, at the request of the owner, Miss HE. L. Marsh. We hope this example will be widely fol- lowed in other parts of the country, for nothing gives the owner so much real pleasure as the possession of a tract of land, however small it may be, in which the wild life is _ protected, not only from human enemies but from pred- atory animals, and particularly cats, the most destructive P| r the alien enemies of our native birds. _ The owner of a private wild-life sanctuary soon gains the confidence of the creatures that enj oy his protection. Daily his enjoyment of such a sanctuary increases, as his knowl- _ edge of the wild life that he is protecting grows and as new _ members respond to his encouragement. The changing of the seasons is followed by changes in his wild-life community. T here is a never-ending stream of new pleasures that can tome only to those who are fortunate enough to possess 290 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE an area of suitable land and wise enough to assume the guardianship of the wild life that it harbours or is capable of harbouring, if protection is given by such means as may be necessary. The abundance of game in many European countries, frequently in regions devoted to agriculture and well popu- lated, is due in no small measure to the existence of game preserves and the careful protection of the game, in addi- tion to its propagation and the destruction of its enemies. In Canada the absence of large estates and the ownership of the land by those who cultivate it place the responsi- bility in the matter of protecting the wild life on the farms largely upon the farmer in the agricultural districts. Farmers‘ and Game Protection—A number of our game laws protect cultivated, cleared, or enclosed farm lands from trespass, the permission of the owner being required in order to hunt or shoot over such land. This is a just and necessary recognition of the rights of the owner to the wild life on his own land and to protection against damage to his crops and property. Much ill feeling has been aroused between farmers and hunters from the cities, owing to the failure of the latter to recognize the rights of the former, even though they be not legal rights, and to avoid inflict- ing damage to growing crops or other property. The crea- tion of a hostile attitude of mind on the part of a farmer towards sportsmen, through the thoughtlessness or wilful behaviour of the latter, is liable to react on the protection of the wild life, as a farmer will be less disposed to under- ‘take protective measures, particularly in regard to game animals, if his efforts are likely to lead to increased annoy- ance to himself and greater damage to his property. It is” essential, therefore, that sportsmen and others interested in the conservation of wild life should respect the rights and interests of farmers in the wild life and game on their farms, whether their rights are established by provincial law or not. INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 291 _ Asympathetic attitude on the part of farmers throughout Canada towards the conservation of wild life would be more effectual than any other factor in promoting this object. Comparatively few farmers, however, appreciate the ad- ‘vantages which accrue from the protection and encourage- ; ment of wild life on their own properties. The economic eta of protecting insectivorous birds on our farms it been emphasized in a previous chapter. To the farmer the presence of a supply of game on his farm means ar addition to his meat supply. Further, if he undertakes to propagate game on his farm, he would, in many cases, obtain higher prices for such game than for the domestic poultry; game propagation, however, is a special subject in ‘itself, and should not be undertaken without some knowl- edge of the subject, or loss and disappointment will follow instead of profit and enjoyment. The protection of game and wild life on the farm requires neither special knowledge nor great expense. The essentials are: (1) a well-defined boundary with appropriate notices at intervals for the sublic; (2) plenty of cover; (3) the destruction of predatory _ mammals and birds; (4) as abundant a supply of water as _ ean be provided; and (5) a little food during inclement weather. _ Until the pleasures of wild life protection are enjoyed and its benefits appreciated by farmers, it is impossible for _ them to realize how the attraction of the farm and of farm _ life can be increased for them and their families. Such an added interest to the life of the farms in many parts of 7 ada would help to retain some portion of the youth 1at now finds farm life too uninteresting, and migrates to 2 cities, thus reducing our agricultural population and food production; this is not a hypothetical opinion but is based n experience. e "Clubs .—In an account of his hunting experience in Quebee : i. few years ago, the late Colonel Theodore Roosevelt wrote: 292 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE. “In addition to the game laws, a large part is played in Canadian game preservation by the hunting and fishing clubs. These clubs have policed and now police many thousands of square miles of wilderness, worthless for agri- culture, and, in consequence of this policing, the wild crea- tures of the wilderness have thriven and in some cases have multiplied to an extraordinary degree on these club lands.” An account has already been given of the manner in which the co-operation of sportsmen is secured in the protection of the wild life in the Laurentides Park, in Quebec, to which the foregoing observation, no doubt, has particular reference. In other parts of Quebec also game protection has been undertaken by individuals and clubs as a result of the pro- vision that, is made in the Quebec Game Laws’ for such projects. ‘The Quebec Government is empowered to estab- lish ‘‘hunting territories,” which may not exceed 200 square miles, in public lands remote from settlements. These hunt-— ing territories may. be leased either by auction or private agreement to one or more persons for not more than ten years for an annual sum of not less than three dollars per square mile. The lessee is given the exclusive right to hunt in such leased lands, and to prosecute in his own name. Thus the area becomes a private game preserve. In many cases these game preserves are proving to be a valuable means of protecting the wild life in the districts in which they are situated, and the fact that most of them — are owned by clubs is an assurance that the policy of leas- — ing such hunting territories will not result in the wide-— spread creation of a large number of private game preserves — controlled by a few persons, thereby defeating one of the main objects we have in view in conserving our wild life, namely, that all who wish may be able to enjoy it. On the majority of these game preserves the owners have erected cabins or club-houses, and permanent guardians are employed (Plate XVIII, 1). The owners of such pre- — Sie ren) INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 293 ‘serves should not only appreciate their responsibilities, but also their opportunities, and, as far as may be possible, a ' constructive policy should be carried out in the matter of game protection. It is not sufficient merely to pay periodi- eal visits for the purpose of hunting and fishing, but every effort should be made to increase the wild life and improve the environmental conditions. _ An incessant campaign against predatory animals and ‘birds should be carried out; attention should be given to _ available food supplies and to their improvement, and the conditions with regard to cover can frequently be improved. In all such preserves the possibility of ground and other _ fires should always be remembered, and every precaution _ taken to prevent them within the reserve, or to check them _ should they start outside. Fires are the most destructive of all factors that adversely affect our wild life, inasmuch as they destroy everything—breeding-stock, food, and shelter -—and a lifeless desolation remains. _ ‘Throughout Canada there are many areas reserved by _ clubs and individuals for duck-shooting. These reserves - usually include marshes and small ponds and lakes, or the _ shores of lakes. Many of the areas to which I allude can- _ not be classed as game or wild-life reserves in the true sense _ of the word; on the contrary, they appear to be maintained _ chiefly for the purpose of attracting and killing the greatest _ number of birds with the least expenditure of trouble; the ‘only encouragement the wild fowl receive consists of the grain that is distributed in order to secure larger bags, and _ the only protection existing is the protection of the rights of the owners of the reserved area. On the other hand, _ there are numerous private reserves which have been estab- _ lished chiefly for duck-shooting, in which every effort is _ made to attract ducks by planting suitable food-plants, to propagate them, and to protect them from their enemies. - Such reserves are rendering valuable aid in conserving our 294 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE native wild fowl, and their establishment deserves encour- agement. Civic Game Reserves.—There is a type of wild-life reserve that. ought to be widely adopted in Canada, but which, so far as I am aware, exists in one or two instances only and on a limited scale. This is what I would call a civic reserve. In a previous chapter the creation of community and civie bird sanctuaries has been recommended. The effect, of such sanctuaries in the conservation of wild life in general would naturally be somewhat limited in its scope. A civie wild- life reserve, however, would include within its territory such native mammals and birds as might. occur in the region ad- joining or within easy reach of the city owning it. As an example, it may be mentioned that the creation of a national or provincial park in the region adjoining the Gatineau River, north of Ottawa, has been urged for a number of years by individuals and local organizations, and this pro- posal was included in the recommendations of the commis- sion appointed (in 1913) to advise on the planning of the city of Ottawa. Unfortunately, however, no steps have yet been taken to carry out a proposal that would furnish for the adjoining cities an unsurpassed recreation area, in which all the pleasures and benefits of life in the woods and hills would be the means of enlarging the interests and sympathies of thousands of our citizens who are strangers to so many of the joys that they might share. The idea of such a park or reserve in the country rather than within the city limits is by no means a new one. In England, within a few miles of London, one of the most thickly populated regions.of the world, one may lose oneself in Epping Forest, one of the finest. forest areas in England, where still may be found deer—not the semi-domesticated kind—badgers, foxes, and other species of wild life, un- molested. The city of Glasgow has a country park at Loch -Argoil, and the city of Birmingham a park at the Lickey INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 295 If cities in Great Britain can maintain such park as for the recreation of their people, surely in Canada, ith our incomparable opportunities for creating within easy access of our cities national parks and wild-life reserves, we should be able to make greater progress in this direction than has already been accomplished. All our larger cities have suitable areas in their vicinities; certain cities, such as Que- bec, Edmonton, Calgary, Vancouver, and Victoria, already have national or provincial parks within a comparatively ‘short distance, but, in other cases, the distance to the near- es park prohibits many, to whom the opportunities which t affords for recreation are necessary, from taking advan- t ze of them. Few movements would be more effectual as ‘a means of improving the health of our citizens and of in- sreasing their capacity for wholesome enjoyment than one for the creation of such civic reserves, and for this reason their promotion should be undertaken by all civic organiza- tions that are sincerely interested in the welfare of the com- munities in which they exist. _ Game Protective Associations—Among the numerous methods by which community effort to conserve our wild life may be undertaken, the formation of special associations for this purpose constitutes one of the most influential. e are already in existence in Canada a number of asso- ions of sportsmen, guides, and also of persons interested » the protection of wild life. Although a number of such _ Sportsmen’s organizations were primarily formed for the | e rotection of the interests of the sportsmen rather than for the protection of the game, the majority of these associations are fully alive to the importance of adequate protection for _ our game animals, as evidenced by the support that many oo gave to the Migratory Birds Treaty, even though 1 S provisions somewhat curtailed opportunities for hunting d fowl. “01 all classes of the community the sportsmen dheuld be, 296 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE and in my experience usually are, most interested in the conservation of our wild life. In such associations the sel- fish element, to whom the idea that the conservation of our wild life for the enjoyment of posterity is a duty does not appeal, is fortunately becoming rarer, though its voices may be heard from time to time. The majority of sports- men, using the word in its real sense as excluding the game- hog and pot-hunter, in Canada, are behind any movement | that tends to the conservation of our game and wild-life re- sources. I have invariably found this to be the case, and it is an attitude that one might expect. : We need, however, a far greater number of such local associations of sportsmen, naturalists, and others interested in the conservation of game and wild life. 'There should be one in every large district or county, whose chief object would be to act as trustee for the wild life in his particular region. Upon such associations should rest the responsi- bility of securing and making effective such protective measures as the wild life of their districts might require. The influence that such associations, when composed of men interested in the wise conservation of wild life rather than its reckless destruction, regardless of the future, would have on the citizens in their respective districts, is incalculable. Their co-operation in the protection of the wild life in their districts would be welcomed by the provincial governments; through them a real public opinion on the subject could be created; and a greater observance of the game laws would — be insured. As a means, therefore; of securing the conser-— vation of game and wild life, we would strongly recommend © the formation of local associations of all interested. There is, in most districts, a sufficient number of sportsmen, farmers, nature-lovers, and others who seek recreation in the woods and fields, and who have a genuine interest in the conservation of the wild creatures which they pursue with gun, camera, or field-glass, to form such associations; INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 297 whether they are called game-protection associations or wild-life-conservation associations is immaterial, so long as their objects are those that this volume is endeavouring to promote, namely, the conservation of our wild-life resources for the benefit of Canadians of to-day and of the future. Tuer ATTITUDE OF THE SPORTSMAN 2 The term ‘‘sportsman”’ has a very definite meaning in the English language, owing to the fact that the predominant che acteristic of British sport is ‘‘fair play,’ and any person who bakes an unfair advantage of opponent or hunted quarry s ruled out. It is in such a sense that the word should always be used. When applied to the hunting of game the ile has a special significance in so far as the conservation _ of game is concerned, and for that reason it is appropriate o th at it should be discussed here. One of the most noted associations of hunters in the world ethe Shikar* Club of London, of which His Majesty, King George, himself a famous sportsman, is honorary president, and which includes in its membership the most noted hunt- ers of big game. Its chief object is set forth in the follow- ing words: 4 To maintain the standard of sportsmanship. It is not squandered bullets and big bags which appeal to us. The test is rather in a love of forest, mountain and desert; in acquired knowledge of the habits of ani- "mals; in the strenuous pursuit of a wary and dangerous quarry; in the instinct for a well-devised approach to a fair shooting distance; and in _ the patient retrieve of a wounded animal. Such should be the ethics of all who hunt game in Canada; sp ortsmen’s organizations should require their members to subscribe to this definition of the objects of the hunter. _ In 1908, Doctor W. T. Hornaday, than whom no man has done more to promote the conservation of our wild life and | a * Shikar is the Hindustani word for ‘‘ hunting.” a ‘J 298 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE the real objects of hunting game, realizing the need of an adequate code of ethics to govern the taking of wild game, prepared the following code as a ‘‘sportsman’s platform.” It has been formally adopted as setting forth their objects by the Camp Fire Club of America, by the North American Fish and Game Protective Association, and by numerous sportsmen’s and game-protective organizations in Canada, and its adoption may be the means of securing a true standard of sportsmanship and the conservation of our un- surpassed game resources, which it should be the object of every Canadian sportsman to promote to the utmost of his ability. THE SPORTSMAN’S CODE OF ETHICS 1. The wild animal life of to-day is not ours, to do with as we please. The original stock is given to us in trust, for the benefit both of the present and the future. We must render an accounting of this trust to those who come after us. 2. Judging from the rate at which the wild creatures of North America are now being destroyed, fifty years hence there will be no large game left in the United States nor in Canada, outside of rigidly protected game preserves. It is therefore the duty of every good citizen to promote the protection of forests and wild life and the creation of game preserves, while a supply of game remains. Every man who finds pleasure in hunt- ing or fishing should be willing to spend both time and money in active work for the protection of forests, fish and game. 3. The sale of game is incompatible with the perpetual preservation of a proper stock of game; therefore it should be prohibited by laws and ~ by public sentiment. 4. In the settled and civilized regions of North America there is no real necessity for the consumption of wild game for food purposes. The maintenance of hired labourers on wild game should be prohibited every- where, under severe penalties. 5. An Indian has no more right to kill wild game, or to subsist upon it all the year round, than any white man in the same locality. The In-— dian has no inherent or God-given ownership of the game of North America, any more than of its mineral resources; and he should be gov- | erned by the same game laws as white men. 6. No man can be a good citizen and also be a slaughterer of game or INDIVIDUAL AND COMMUNITY EFFORT 299 es beyond the narrow limits compatible with high-class sportsman- Pe 7. x game-butcher or a market-hunter is an undesirable citizen, and hould be treated as such. q The highest purpose which the killing of wild game and game fishes ean hereafter be made to serve is in furnishing objects to overworked ner for tramping and camping trips in the wilds; and the value of wild yame as human food should no longer be regarded as an important factor 9. If rightly conserved, wild game constitutes ‘a valuable asset to any country which possesses it; and it is good statesmanship to protect it. a "10. An ideal hunting trip ‘consists of a.good comrade, fine country, and a very few trophies per hunter. li, In an ideal hunting trip, the death of the game is only an incident; and by no means is it really necessary to a successful outing. f 2. The best hunter is the man who finds the most game, kills ‘the least, and leaves behind him no wounded animals. _ 13. The killing of an animal means the end of its most interesting De riod. When the country is fine, pursuit is more interesting than pos- P A The killing of a female hoofed animal, save for special preservation, s to be regarded as incompatible with the highest ‘sportsmanship; and py everywhere be prohibited by stringent laws. . A particularly fine photograph of a large wild animal in its haunts is led to more eredit than the dead trophy of a similar animal. An si al that has been photographed never should be killed, unless pre- ‘i usly wounded in the chase. CHAPTER XIV GOVERNMENT RESERVES FOR THE PROTECTION OF — BIRDS In addition to the national and provincial parks which have been described in another chapter, there have been reserved in different parts of Canada by the Dominion Gov- ernment, alone or in co-operation with the provincial govern- ments concerned, certain areas as reserves for the protection of birds, particularly the migratory species of wild fowl and shore-birds. Saskatchewan and Alberta.—The greatest number of these are to be found in the provinces of Saskatchewan and Al- berta. The reservation of these areas is of very great im- portance on account of the inevitable destruction of the former breeding and feeding places that has taken place, owing to the agricultural development and settlement of the western plains which formerly constituted the haunts of a very large proportion of our migratory wild fowl and shore- birds. Unless such reservations were made, there would undoubtedly be a continued and marked decrease in the numbers of these birds, which the international treaty for the protection of migratory birds is intended to prevent. Consequently, the policy of establishing and maintaining such bird reserves or sanctuaries is an integral and important part of the work involved in carrying out the intentions and provisions of the treaty. The steps that have been taken by the Dominion Govern- ment in the establishment of reserves for the protection of birds in Western Canada up to the present time are as follows: By Order in Council of the 8th of June, 1887, certain islands and land adjoining the northern portion of Last 300 Ae GOVERNMENT PROTECTION OF BIRDS 301 Mountain Lake, in Saskatchewan, were reserved; this area sontained altogether approximately 2,534 acres. By an order of the Minister of the Interior on February 13, 1911, ll the vacant lands in the vicinity of Ministik Lake, Al- erta, and other lakes in that locality, were set aside as bird reserves. On May 18, 1915, the Minister of the Interior approved of the reservation of all the vacant quarter-sections immediately adjoining the following lakes in Saskatchewan ‘and Alberta, with a view to the future establishment of permanent bird reserves: Saskatchewan Quill Lakes. Cabri Lake. Redberry Lake. _ Lenore Lake. Bigstick Lake. _ Johnston Lake. | _ Basin Lakes. Crane Lake. Chaplin Lake. Bitter Lake. Goose Lake. White Bear Lake. bE : Alberta _ Moose Head Lake. *Birch Lake. Lac Ste. Anne. Gaskell Lake. *Miquelon Lake. — Buffalo Lake. Grease Wood Lake. Cooking Lake. *Many Island Lake. _ *Pakowki Lake. *Ministik Lake. *Lac la Biche. _ *Big Hay Lake. Wabamun Lake. _ When these lands were withdrawn from settlement, with | “a view to the permanent reservation of those which were ‘suitable for permanent establishment as bird reserves, it § had not been possible to make a thorough examination of { th eir suitability for the purpose for which they were intended. But such an examination was made in 1917 and 1918 by Doctor R. M. Anderson, zoologist of the Geological Survey and a member of the Advisory Board on Wild Life Protec- tion, and, as a result of his careful observations on the species of birds found frequenting, or likely to frequent, such res- & * By Order in Council, dated 15th June, 1920, certain lands in the vicinity of the lakes marked with an asterisk were set aside as bird sanctuaries. an Order in Council, dated 22nd June, 1920, makes regulations for the con- ol and management of areas reserved as bird sanctuaries. 302 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE i ervations, and the existence of adequate food and thet essentials of a successful bird reserve, it is now possible to” determine which of these reserve areas should be established — as permanent bird reserves. f The following are brief accounts, prepared pes Bacto Anderson, of the lakes that were found to be suitable for permanent bird reserves, and it is expected that they will be so established in the near future. Last Mountain Lake (formerly known as Long Lake), north of Regina, Saskatchewan. Part of north end of lake - reserved, both by federal Order in Council and by provin-— cial authorities as a game refuge. This is a very good breed- ing-ground, with many large ducks, canvasbacks, redheads, and mallards; a few Canada geese nest on the islands, also cormorants and gulls. It is well posted as a provincial game refuge. It should-by all means be retained as a sanc- tuary. Lake Johnston, twenty-five miles southwest of Menus Jaw (formerly known as Old Wives Lake, Plate XIX). It has } one large island, Isle of Bays, in the north part of the lake, which is also a provincial game refuge. This island is a very valuable reserve, comprising about 200 acres. Large numbers of white pelicans, cormorants, and great blue herons breed on it, also black-headed gulls (Franklin’s?). In October, 1918, I saw about 500 Canada geese resting on it in the afternoon, and about 200 whistling swans in the water near the island. The geese feed on the mainland and ~ have a resting-place here. The lake is said to be one of the ~ chief resting-places for swans in migration through this’ country. The island should be certainly retained as a sanctuary. The land around the lake is mostly_poor agri- cultural land and seems suitable for wild-fowl breeding. — Lake Johnston is a good preserve for pelicans and cormo- rants, as there are no valuable food fish in the lake. Where there is reserved land in blocks of fair size it should be hs PLATE XXI ae ee From a photograph by Augustin Frigon =< Sa ~ By courtesy of the Department of Marine From a photograph by Augustin Frigon BIRD RESERVES IN THE GULF OF SAINT LAWRENCE ‘ 1. Bonaventure Island 2. Bird Rock 3. Percé Rock GOVERNMENT PROTECTION OF BIRDS 303 retained. There is so much land privately owned around he lake, and the lake is of such size, that it can hardly be retained as a sanctuary complete. With the island reserved is a refuge, and some breeding-ground reserved along the shores, the main shore of the lake mighi be left open to shooting in season. _ Chaplin Lake, forty-five miles west of Moose J aw, Sas- katchewan. A shallow lake; said to be drying up. The and surrounding it is not very good agricultural land. Quill Lakes, thirty miles southeast of, Humboldt. There is good breeding-ground along the south side of Big Quill Lake, from the creek west of Dafoe east to the town of Kandahar. From Kandahar east and north along the east side of the lake to the beginning of the Narrows between Big Quill Lake (the west lake) and Little Quill Lake (the east lake) the land is not so suitable for wild fowl, and bet- er for farming. The region about the Narrows and around she eastern and northern side of Little Quill Lake, and north and west of Big Quill Lake, seems to be attractive breeding- hake Lenore and Basin Lake, fifteen and twenty-five miles - "respectively north of Humboldt, Sask. Basin Lake has high, Steep, timbered shores, and little lowland near the lake. Lake Lenore has better conditions surrounding it, but most of the wild fowl of the region breed in the numerous swamps and sloughs around Middle Lake (between Basin Lake and Lake Lenore). Lake Lenore seems to have some pretty ood qualifications as a breeding-ground, and probably as | resting-place for fowl if the surrounding country is too auch shot over. At present the district is not hunted ex- eept by local homesteaders, as it is too far from railroads, nd there are plenty of ducks nearer the towns. _ Redberry Lake, forty miles northwest of Saskatoon. ; Mhis is an attractive lake and should be naturally a good breeding-ground. The country all around the lake is fairly 304 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE thickly settled by Galicians, and the land cultivated or mowed pretty close to the edge of the lake. Some geese are said to breed on the islands in the lake, and they should be reserved, but it is questionable whether the remaining frag- ments of land on the edges of the lake are worth reserving. White Bear Lake, fifty miles north of Swift Current, Sask. This has the possibility of being a fairly good wild-fowl refuge, as the land immediately surrounding it is not such as to make it suitable for farming to any extent. It seems to have favourable places for ducks to nest along its shores, and plenty of shelter (thick beds of rushes) and good feed- ing-ground in the shallow waters. Crane Lake, fifteen miles northeast of Maple Creek, Sas- katchewan. This lake seems to have good breeding condi- tions for ducks, and also to have many gulls and shore-birds in summer. The land surrounding it is mostly rather poor and sandy; much of it is of little use except for grazing pur- poses. At present, the grazing does not seem to be close enough to interfere with the birds. Bigstick Lake, twenty miles north of Maple Creek, Sas- katchewan. The land here is very poor farming land— stony near the lake, and sticky alkali on the low places. Numerous ducks were seen on the lake, and numbers of geese on the land near the lake. The north, northwest, and southwest sides of the lake seem to be well taken up, and the small, fractional areas between these farms seem hardly worth retaining as sanctuaries. Birch Lake, eighteen miles southeast of Vegreville, Alberta. | This lake bio good possibilities as a bird sanctuary. It is a fair breeding-place for ducks; some Canada geese and gulls nest on the islands in the nko: and the brushy shores afford shelter to sharp-tailed grouse, which will need the shelter more as the country becomes more settled. The land sur- rounding the lake is, in many places, either too steep or too low for cultivation. | GOVERNMENT PROTECTION OF BIRDS 305 _ Buffalo Lake, thirty-five miles northeast of Red Deer, Alberta. ‘This is an attractive lake, with considerable nat- ural advantages for abundant bird life. The reserved land is all in one township, and includes only a small part of the 4 ore-line of this large lake. The southern arm of the lake ems very favourable to wild fowl. 4 “M any Island Lake, thirty-two miles east of Medicine Hat, Alberta. This lake is said to be a good shooting-ground in the fall. The country near the lake is rather hilly, sandy, and stony. There are some beds of rushes at the east end ‘of the lake. Fair numbers of ducks were seen on the lake, mos stly blue-bills and other small ducks. The long, narrow peninsula, extending half-way across the lake and covered . yith small bushes, weeds, etc., might afford good nesting _ sites for ducks, but I did not find any traces of nests. _ Big Hay Lake, twenty-five miles southeast of Edmonton, Alberta. This is a good wild-fowl reserve. Many ducks were seen. The large areas of reeds and cattails along the lake should be a good breeding-ground for canvasbacks and redheads, and should also afford a good summer refuge for the numerous ducks which nest around the little ponds back from the lake, and which will ultimately be surrounded by _ cultivated land. _ Miquelon Lake, thirty-three miles southeast of Edmon- ton, Alberta (Plate XIX, 1). This is a very good bird refuge. Many ducks breed here; also cormorants, great blue herons, gulls, terns, etc. White pelicans formerly ested on an island, but were driven off. The lake has | la "ge numbers of islands of all types, from low gravel bars, frequented by terns and gulls, to wooded islands, where the prons nest. - Olive Lake, about thirty miles southeast of Edmonton, A Alberta. Oliver Lake is said to be a good lake for wild _ fowl. The country around it is heavily timbered and not much settled, so that there are few if any good trails, 306 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Ministik Lake, twenty miles southeast of Edmonton, Al- berta (Plate XIX, 3). The country around this lake is well timbered and not much settled. The lake is surrounded by great. beds of cattails, bulrushes, reeds, and sedge, and provides unlimited feeding-ground and shelter for wild fowl. Large numbers of ducks were seen on the lake at the time of my. visit, and all reports were that it was a good lake for ducks. Lae la Biche, one hundred miles northeast of Edmonton, Alberta. My visit. was too late in the season to tell much about the wild-fowl possibilities. So much of the lake shore is taken up, most of the south side by the ‘‘Lae la Biche Settlement”’ (Indians and half-breeds), and most of the north side of the lake patented, that little land except some on the east end of the lake is reserved. As a good deal of setitle- ment is going up on the railroad along the east side of the lake (the Alberta & Great, Waterways Railway), and, fur- thermore, as the lake is one of the large important commer- cial fishing-lakes of this district, it may not be worth while © to keep land reserved on the shores of the lake. It will be a difficult matter to preserve the game locally, with large numbers of Indians, half-breeds, and fishermen working on the lake. For that reason the land on the shores may not — be worth reserving as sanctuaries. There are several large — islands in the lake which might be reserved for future inves- tigation. It does not have a very good reputation as a wild-fowl lake. Pakowki Lake, forty-five miles south-southwest of Medi- cine Hat, Alberta. This lake was not visited, owing to the ~ difficulty of access to it. in a reasonable time. It is situated in a rather rough country, and, as it is the only large lake in that region, it is probably worth retaining as a wild-fowl sanctuary, for a resting-place during migrations if not as a breeding-place. GOVERNMENT PROTECTION OF BIRDS 307 4 BIRD RESERVATIONS IN THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE (PLATES XX AND XXI) In the Gulf of St. Lawrence lie some of the most famous haunts of sea-fowl in the world. Ever since Jacques Car- _ tier reached the Bird Rocks, or ‘“‘Isles de Margaulx,” as he - called them, “‘Margaulx”’ being the name the fishermen of northern France gave to the gannet, on the 21st of May, _ 1534, up to the present time, the Bird Rocks, Bonaventure Island, and Percé Rock have been known to naturalists and _ bird lovers as great breeding-places for gannets, kittiwakes, _ guillemots or murres of several species, razorbills, puffins, _ gulls, petrels, and other sea-birds. At the present time the _ Bird Rocks and Bonaventure Island constitute the chief _ breeding-places in the western hemisphere of the gannet, - one of the most magnificent sea-birds in the world. During recent years considerable destruction of these birds and their eggs by fishermen and tourists has taken place, and many leading naturalists and ornithologists have _ urged the protection of the birds on these rocks by the Do- _ minion Government and the government of the province - of Quebee. In 1915 the Commission of Conservation took _ up the question of establishing these rocks as bird sanctu- ' aries, and, as a result of its exertions, in which other organi- _ zations and individuals have co-operated, the Bird Rocks, _ Bonaventure Island, and Percé Rock were, in the spring of _ 1919, created as national and provincial bird reservations _ by concurrent legislative action on the part of the govern- “ment of the Province of Quebec and of the Dominion _ Government. _ The Bird Rocks. These rocks, consisting of the Great _ Bird Rock, on which a lighthouse has been erected, and the _ two Lesser Bird Rocks, form part of the Magdalen Islands group, the Great Bird Rock being about twenty miles north _ of the Magdalen Islands proper. Great Bird Rock is about “seven acres in extent. The top of the rock, which is in- 308 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE habited by the lighthouse-keeper and his assistants, has been cleared of birds, but the precipitous sides of the rock pro- vide nesting-places for many thousands of several species of sea-birds, the chief of which is the gannet. Doctor John M. Clarke, who has taken a very active part in the creation of these reservations, estimated* that, in 1910-1911, the total bird population was probably not less than 15,000, and that the gannets were not decreasing there. Bonaventure Island. This island lies about three miles southwest of the village of Percé, in the county of Gaspe, Quebec. It is roughly circular in outline, and about three miles in width. Steep cliffs surround the island, and on the _ southeastern face they rise to a height of 300 to 400 feet. These cliffs on the seaward side of the island, stretching for about a mile and a quarter, form the chief breeding-places of the gannets, murres, razor-billed auks, and puffins. The gannets are by far the most numerous, and the ledges for about half a mile appear to be covered with the snowy- white masses of these birds during the nesting season. Mr. P. A. Taverner} estimated in 1914 that there were about — 7,500 birds nesting on Bonaventure Island. Percé Rock. Well known to all visitors to the Gaspe — | Peninsula and the Chaleur Bay, this strikingly shaped rock, with almost perpendicular sides, rising to a height of. : nearly 400 feet, remarkably coloured, provides nesting-places for innumerable sea-birds, particularly crested cormorants and herring-gulls, which give the top the appearance of snow during the nesting season. RESERVE FOR GEESE IN NOVA SCOTIA #' mh ‘a In order to protect the large numbers of wild geese that — collect and spend several months in each year in Port Joli * “Protection of Sea-Fowl of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,” by John M. Clarke. — Sixth Annual Report of the Commission of Conservation, 1915, pp. 108-116. + “Recommendations for the Creation of Three New National Parks in i Canada,” by P. A. Taverner. Sixth Annual Report of the Commission S 3 Conservation, 1915, Appendix III, pp. 303-310. PLATE XXII 1. White Pelican rookery, Mountain Portage, Slave River, Northern Al- berta. From a photograph by R. M. Anderson 2. Notice board on Saskatchewan Provincial Game Refuge. From a photograph by R. M. Anderson 3. Canada Geese on artificial pond in the Miner Sanctuary, Essex County, Ontario 4. Aluminium tag used by Mr. Miner to mark wild geese and ducks for purposes of determining migration GOVERNMENT PROTECTION OF BIRDS 309 Harbour, in Queens County, Nova Scotia, the hunting and killing of geese in this harbour below high-water mark are p ohibited. In 1919 Mr. J. A. Knight, chief game commis- sioner, reported that the geese wintering at Port Joli were more plentiful than usual. Such protection from moles- tation will do much to maintain the abundance of these birds visiting the south shore of the province. _ From the foregoing account it will be seen that a prom- ising start has been made in the direction of government reservations for our native bird fauna. Many other areas ave been recommended as suitable for reservation, and there is every reason to believe that a policy that is sure to 7 ve so important an effect on the conservation of this sec- tion of our wild life will be continued both by the Dominion and by the provincial governments. i i CHAPTER XV y THE UTILIZATION BY DOMESTICATION OF OUR LARGER | ; NATIVE RUMINATING MAMMALS Aux the domesticated animals now in the service of man ~ have been derived originally from wild animals which were — native to the countries in which their domestication was a first undertaken. Hore: cattle, and dogs have been SO long associated with man’s development that their origin 7 is, in the majority of cases, shrouded by centuries of time, — | aud is largely a matter of conjecture. The history of the horse is lost in antiquity; Egyptian monuments show us that the humped cattle were domesticated at least as early ‘ as the twelfth dynasty, that is, 2100 B.C. In China the domestication of the pig is balinees to date back at least 4,900 years from the present time. And the dog was domessil : ated in Europe long before the period of any historical — i record, Z As the cradle of the human race was probably in the sub- i} equatorial regions of the Eastern Hemisphere, the wild : animals inhabiting more northerly regions would receive the — attention of man at a later date, and it is not unlikely that : one of the last animals to be domesticated was the caribou — ¢ or reindeer. The reindeer of northern Europe and Asia — have long been domesticated, but no attempts appear to have been made by the northern natives of the American _ continent to use this animal, and it was not until 1892 that — domestic reindeer were introduced into North America. e An account of the history of the reindeer on this continen™ te will be given later in this chapter. a Proposed Domestication of the Musk-ox.—There is still ‘4 another native land mammal of large size which has char- 310 DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 311 : istics which suggest its possible value as a domesticated, or semi-domesticated animal, but which has not yet been tried in the service of man except as a source of wild meat, and this is the musk-ox. Doctor W. 'T. Hornaday has called my attention to one attempt to colonize this animal on new territory, which took place in July, 1903, when three musk-ox calves, two females and one male, were transported from Greenland and turned loose at Norrland, Sweden, in a lo- cality closely resembling their native habitat, but they all died. The first suggestion regarding the possible domesti- cation of the musk-ox appears to have been made by Pro- or §. F. Baird, in 1854, in an article on the native rumi- ing animals of North America and their susceptibility to domestication.* He wrote: s it is not probable that the musk-ox could stand the warmth of the climate of the United States, although the experiment would be well worth trying. The hair is yery long and silky, and has been occasionally Wo! ked into articles of dress. Could it be obtained in sufficient quan- by, there is no doubt of its being of exceedingly great value in the arts. nfortunately, this species, like the barren-ground reindeer, does not oc- cur within the limits of the United States, and the experiment of domes- " tieation, as well as of economical application in general, must be tried, at ‘ah, by the Hudson’s Bay Company. To the best of our knowledge, : e is not a single specimen of the musk-ox in any museum of the nited States; probably not eyen a portion of the skin or bone. A definite proposal, however, to utilize the musk-ox as a domestic animal was made by Mr. V. Stefansson, in 1916, Sa - tg of his observations on the habits and value of the n <-ox in Melville Island. This proposal was embodied In a Paport to the Department of the Naval Service, and Mr. Stefansson has revised for me his statement since his return from the Canadian Arctic Expedition in 1918. The following is Mr. Stefansson’s report: _ * Pictorial Geography of the World,” by E. 8. Goodrich, vol. II, pp. 39-40. 312 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE A PosststE New Domestic ANIMAL FoR CoLtp CouNTRIES The reindeer industry is now well established by the United States government in Alaska and herds will, in natural course, doubtless increase till most of the tundra is utilized for pasturage, unless a more profitable use of the ground is discovered. In Asia and Europe the tending of rein- deer herds antedates history. In spite of the ancient character of the industry reindeer are in most, if not all places where they are now found, wild to the degree that they — must be lassoed as the semi-wild cattle of our large ranches must also be lassoed. In Alaska a dog not used to reindeer or a wolf will stampede and scatter an untended herd, and, in some cases, even herds that have — an attendant, and animals are thus frequently lost even when they are not killed by wolves. In bad weather the herds are sometimes hard to — control and in inclement springs a large percentage of the fawns die in — spite of the best efforts of the herders. From these points of view, the reindeer is, therefore, sak an ideal — domestic animal for the arctic lands. A further disadvantage is that a reindeer, unlike a sheep, is of no commercial value until after it is killed, — except the few that are used as draught animals. True, reindeer are — milked in some districts, but they are unsatisfactory compared with most — milk animals. . This summer (1916) our parties have been in more intimate contact — with musk-oxen than is common with white men, and they have im- — pressed all of us as a most valuable animal and one easy to domesticate. In fact, they act more like domestic cattle than does the average Alas- — kan reindeer herd. It is only under special circumstances that they run away from what they seem to consider danger and they never run © from dog or wolf. It is still more rare that they charge—this is prob- — ably confined to bulls in the breeding season. In the big Canadian — caribou herds bulls at the breeding season will charge men and then are — far more dangerous than musk-oxen, while the bull moose has perhaps as — large a record of man killing as any animal of North America. When in ~ fear of man or wolf the herds commonly group in a circle, heads facing — out, with the calves and young animals in the centre of the ring pro- — tected by the others. Ms One of the Eskimos now working for us once took and kept for several — his months a pair of musk-ox calves. They were as tame as dogs, followed — ri the people about and when less than a year old one of them would pull a — : sled for which several dogs would have been needed. One of the calves was eventually killed by some strange dogs and the other was sold to a a ship (whaler). % DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 313 _ Musk-oxen have the following advantages over reindeer as domesti- cated animals. 4 (1) A full grown musk-ox gives twice as much meat probably as a _ grown reindeer of the same sex and twice as much fat. (As to the time it takes to mature, I do not have the facts.) _ (2) A musk-ox gives two or three times as much milk as a reindeer. The milk is considered by the white men of our parties to be better than _cow’s milk in taste. It differs from cow’s milk hardly at all except in _ being richer in cream. __ (8) Reindeer, unless herded, tend to range far. Musk-oxen do not ‘move until they have finished the feed in a given locality and then they move to the next spot of good feed. A herd of musk-oxen in grazing _ moves from three to five miles a month, generally. _ (4) Musk-oxen are not stampeded by bad weather as reindeer and _eattle are, and they cannot be stampeded by wolves and dogs. i _ (5) It is probably very rare that wolves kill musk-oxen. A band of wolves cannot make the least impression on a herd of musk-oxen, and I ~ am of the opinion that even two grown animals would stand off a band _ of wolves. We frequently see them feeding unconcernedly with wolves walking about near them, evidently seen by the musk-oxen.* It is likely, however, that single animals are occasionally surprised away from the herd and killed, though they commonly feed bunched up and form a de- fensive circle at the first snort of alarm from one of their number. Young calves are probably also killed occasionally by sudden onslaughts of wolves. Whether bears kill musk-oxen, we do not know, but it is likely. We have at least proof that they occasionally try to get caribou; though it is almost certain they rarely or never succeed. _ (6) The greatest advantage of the musk-ox over caribou is that, like sheep, it furnishes a large amount of wool annually without having to be killed first. Just what commercial use of wool would best fit, I do not know, but it is clear to anyone familiar with the methods of working wool employed by our grandparents that any Eskimo or other owner of a few -musk-oxen could make for himself warm and comfortable clothing at _ home from their wool. However, I have not the slightest doubt there is ~a market for the wool, or, at least, that a market will develop as soon as the available quantity becomes considerable. If the animals were clipped _ there would be a certain comparatively small amount of hair mixed with _the wool, but, if this were found detrimental to its commercial value and f machinery could not be devised to separate the hair from the wool, it 4 * Ekblaw records the killing of a full-grown male musk-ox, one of a band _ of four, by a pair of wolves in Ellesmere Island (MacMillan’s “Four Years _ in the White North,” pp. 348-349). 314 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE | would be easy enough to get the wool nearly pure at the start by pulling it at the shedding season instead of clipping. The quantity given by one — musk-ox would be equal to that of two to three sheep. The disadvantages of the musk-ox as compared with the reindeer are: (1) As draught animals they are far inferior to the reindeer in speed. For certain uses this would be more than compensated for by their greater _ strength. While reindeer in use would correspond to dogs or — i musk-oxen would correspond to our domesticated oxen. (2) The skins of musk-oxen do not make as good clothes as those of reindeer. They are as good as domestic sheep, however, and our expedi- tion and other white men and Eskimos in the Arcti¢ have found inn: moderately suitable if worn with woollen or cotton underwear. The question of whether musk-oxen would breed in captivity, may, I think, be dismssed, as they would not need to be confined, on account — of their quiet habits, nor attended to, on account of their ability to pro- tect themselves; a band of them out of sight and hearing from a house would be practically in their native condition. From observation I am convinced that the popular idea that musk- oxen require high, rocky land, is wrong. How this idea originated is — easy to see. On the mainland from Point Barrow east musk-oxen, wher- — ever they have gone, have been exterminated by man. These have in — general been caribou-hunting Eskimo or Indians. As high rocky land is — generally not frequented by caribou and, as such land is generally un- — attractive to the Indian and Eskimo, it happens that the mainland musk- ox has survived generally in high, comparatively barren land. At least — here in Melville Island we always find them in valleys and along the coast — on the lowest available land. ie They are grass-eaters like cattle and not moss-eaters as the reindeer — are. They are therefore adapted by nature to any grassy arctic land— — which means a large part of the “barren ground” of Alaska and Canada — (where, indeed, their bones are everywhere found). a That the musk-ox has been exterminated in many districts is no criti- — cism of him as a domestic animal. The same qualities which prevented — sf him from fleeing from his human enemies are the very ones that commend him to us, as we desire him to take, in the northern districts, the place 2 our sheep and cattle hold in the south. pi A question that can be determined only by experiment is whether, in — ea this arctic climate, the musk-ox could stand being shorn of all its wool. i If it could not, some half-way method can be found. The death rate w among calves, whatever that is, could doubtless be reduced considerably i hy suitable care. G If the rate of increase of the musk-ox is similar to that of sheep under + _ DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 315 lomestication, or even similar to that of cattle and if—as seems certain -there proves to be a commercial market for their wool, many hundred jousand square miles of the continental and island part of arctic Canada ould eventually be converted into as profitable pasture land as large ections of Australia, to say the least. Should mines and other industries svelop, that would only increase the value of the musk-ox as a local source f meat and milk. The musk-ox could with about equal propriety be called the musk-sheep, id, as far as that goes, the “musk” might well be left out. The meat of ven the old bulls had a0 “musk” smell noticeable to any of the white nen of our party nor to the Eskimo, whose sense of smell is, in general at least out-of-doors), better than ours. All the white men agreed that s first meal they had of musk~ox meat tasted better than their first meal of caribou, except three of us whose first meal happened to be the meat f bulls in the spring. At that season, their flesh does have a strong taste, “and that of the cows a slight taste. But, as the same is true of the domes- “ticated sheep and does not interfere with the eating of mutton, this need ot be considered serious. In countries like Argentina, tallow is an im- tant article of commerce, and so it is—or was—in Australia. In this onnection it is interesting to note that a large, fat musk-ox produces a undred pounds of tallow in rare cases. It is probable that the males un- er domestic conditions would produce much more than do the wild ones. _A thing that would appeal to those who have experience with sheep such countries as the Canadian and American west, is that no blizzard inless possibly at the calving season) can cause the owner of a herd of nusk-oxen worry or even extra work. The blizzard does not blow in retic Canada that would interfere with the comfort of a herd of musk- xen. Except during the calving season possibly, and at shearing time, ney would require no care. I shall not go into details as to how the initial breeding animals could e secured, but it is a simple matter, whether on the mainland while yet | they are not exterminated, or in the uninhabited Arctic islands. Simplest “of all would be to set apart, say Melville Island as an experiment station. it should not be deemed proper that I urge this matter publicly while n Government service, I hope to do so when that service isended. When . he southern part of our country becomes densely populated, and with ur short Hudson Bay and British Columbia routes to Europe and the Orient, such a pastoral development of arctic Canada, as I have outlined ove, would become of great commercial importance. That the meat f the musk-ox would not find a ready market need not be feared. As it , few persons could distinguish it from beef under most of the forms of modern meat cooking. 316 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Mr. Stefansson, since his return, has laid his proposals. personally before the Canadian and United States Govern- ments. In Canada, his proposals are now being considered by a commission appointed for that purpose. It is evident | that if it can be experimentally demonstrated that the musk- ox is capable of being domesticated or semi-domesticated, it would furnish a factor of inestimable economic importance in the agricultural development of large tracts of our north- ern regions which are at present producing only furs. The Zoological Society of New York has demonstrated that the musk-ox can be kept in captivity even in a climate, such as that of New York, totally different from the climate to which these animals are accustomed in their native re- gions of the north (Plate IV). Doctor Hornaday has kindly furnished me with particulars of the animals that have been obtained and kept by the Zoological Society of New York. The first specimen was received in 1902, but lived only a) few months. A second specimen, which was received in the same year, died an accidental death a month after its ar- rival. The third specimen, which was captured as a calf. in the summer of 1909 on Melville Island, by Captain) Joseph E. Bernier, reached New York in November, 1909. It fed well and kept in perfect health for five and one-half years, but died in May, 1915. Doctor Hornaday states’ that ‘‘she was so vicious that it was impossible to risk any of the male specimens of the musk-ox herd [the Rainey musk- ox herd mentioned below] in the corral with her. Her fieree. disposition robbed the Zoological Park of what would other- wise have been a good opportunity to breed this species i in captivity.” The food of this animal consisted of red-clo hay and crushed oats. In the late spring of 1910 Mr. Pai J. Rainey captured, on Ellesmere Island, six musk-ox calves 3 ; all of which were brought alive to the New York Zoological Park, where they arrived in September, 1910. One died of wounds received during capture, and malnutrition, in DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMAIS 317 tober, 1910. The history of the remaining five members of the Rainey herd, consisting of four males and one female, vas as follows: one male died three years later (1913) of pneumonia, a second male died in the same year, cedema of the lungs and chronic catarrh being the cause of its death; a third male and the female died in 1916, six years after their rrival in New York, the deaths in both cases being due to fatty degeneration of the heart and kidneys, and cedema of the lungs. The remaining male died in February, 1918, having lived in captivity for seven years and nine months. The cause of its death was general malnutrition; there was no actual organic disease. To this animal “all civilized food ‘finally became so distasteful that its appetite failed com- pletely.” Experience showed that, in captivity, neither the ‘hardy Rocky Mountain goat nor the musk-ox can endure “soaking rains in weather that is either cold or cool. ‘‘The “woolly under-coats of both these species when once satu- rated with cold water remain so saturated for two or three “days, and inactive captive animals cannot withstand the cold, wet blanket.” _ Describing the habits of the musk-ox in captivity, Doctor Hornaday states: ‘‘In view of the impatient and dangerous “temper of the adult musk-ox, amounting in some cases to ‘positive savagery, it was at all times necessary to handle the animals with the utmost care, and at night each one required to have its own separate box-stall. The standard ‘food of our musk-oxen was red clover hay and crushed oats. ‘In summer they were given constantly a moderate supply ‘of freshly-cut green grass, but this supply was carefully ‘Timited to avoid intestinal disorders and diarrhoea. They were allowed all the water that they cared to drink, twice per day. It was the expectation of the public that our tusk-oxen would suffer during the warm weather of mid- ‘Summer, but all those expectations were happily disap- ‘pointed. The location chosen for the herd proved to be D ¥ 318 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE one of the coolest and best-shaded situations in the Zoologi- cal Park, but, at the same time, it was sheltered from sweep- ing winds. We have observed no suffering on the part of — any of our musk-oxen during even the warmest weather of midsummer. In the afternoon of the hottest days the animals breathed more rapidly than usual, but there was no evidence of anything approaching real distress. On the whole, these animals seemed to us to develop as rapidly and as perfectly as they could have done in a state of nature. The adult bulls certainly compared very favourably with wild-killed specimens, and if there was any deterioration | through living in captivity, it was not observable. These animals moved about freely on the Telford macadam pave- ment of their corrals sufficiently to keep their hoofs worn — down to a proper length, and no trimming of their hoofs ever | became necessary.” Should it be decided to attempt experimentallly, by thal establishment of musk-ox experiment stations in northern - Canada and Alaska, to domesticate the musk-ox, every effort will be made to apply our modern knowledge of animal husbandry and veterinary science to the development of - such new and potentially valuable domestic animals. | REINDEER IN ALASKA oe (PLATE XXIII) ? Few movements undertaken for the purpose of developing a new country have proved so successful and so full of in- terest, as the introduction of reindeer into Alaska, where they now constitute one of the greatest economic assets in : that potentially rich country. The first reindeer, numberi 171 animals, were introduced into Alaska from Siberia int 1892; in twenty-five years, that is, by 1917, there were 98 582° reindeer in Alaska; to-day there are over 100,000, and they form the chief agricultural industry of a country formerly DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 319 destitute of domestic live stock. A brief summary of the history of this successful industry, for it is no longer an ex- periment, will be of interest. 3 eamgg 8. F. Baird appears to have made the first sug- stions in regard to the use of reindeer in North America, r n 1851, in a paper published in the agricultural report of the F United States commissioner of patents. He was strongly ’ of the opinion that the native races of our North American earibou, the barren-ground and woodland caribou, were as ‘eapable of domestication as the species in Europe had proved to be. He suggested that such a step would prove of in- estimable benefit to the Indians of the north, who might in time become a pastoral people as a result. In order, how- F ge to avoid loss of time in domesticating our wild species, ‘he advised the importation of domesticated reindeer from _Barope In 1885, eighteen years after the purchase of 7 a by the United States, the desirability of introducing do fabatio reindeer from Siberia into Alaska was suggested in the report of the U. S. Revenue Marine steamer Corwin. ater, in 1887, Charles H. Townsend recommended to the " government the importing of reindeer into Alaska, and the teaching of the natives how to care for and to use the ani- mals. These recommendations were not followed, and it remained for Doctor Sheldon Jackson, general agent of edu- cation in Alaska, to make a beginning in this work, the ulti- mate success of which is a lasting monument to his indom- itable zeal. When he first visited Alaska, in 1890, with a view to establishing schools in that region for the natives, 1e was impressed with the necessity of introducing and aaintaining in Alaska reindeer for domestic purposes and as means of saving the inhabitants of that region from star- ‘vation. Accordingly, on his return to Washington, he rec- ommended the introduction of Siberian reindeer into Alaska for the relief of the destitute Eskimos, and his reeommenda- ‘tion was duly transmitted to the Senate in December, 1890. 320 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE — q No action was taken, and, fearing the results of further delay, Doctor Jackson made a public appeal for funds in 1891. The prompt and generous response enabled him to com- mence the purchase of reindeer in Siberia, and their intro- — duction into Alaska at Teller, in 1892, when 171 animals — were transported. In 1893 the United States Congress ap- propriated $6,000 for the introduction of domestic reindeer — into Alaska. The management of this appropriation was — intrusted by the Secretary of the Interior to the commis- — sioner of education, as the work of introducing domestic — reindeer into Alaska, and the instruction of the natives in — the arts of herding, harnessing, driving, etc., was made part — of the scheme of industrial education maintained by the © government in Alaska. Between 1892 and 1902, when the importation of rein- ~ deer from Siberia ceased altogether, the total number of © animals imported was 1,280. The present abundance is due — to the prolificness of the reindeer. The statistics covering — the years 1892 to 1904 showed that the increase of the rein- — deer herds progressed at an average rate of forty-five per — cent per annum, doubling the total once in two and one- | third years. Doctor Jackson stated that the objects of the reindeer \ industry were: “To convert the nomadic tribes of fishers — and hunters in Northwestern and Central Alaska into raisers — of reindeer; to change their occupation from the precarious — pursuits of hunting wild animals and of taking the fish from — the waters of inland rivers to that of herders and teamsters; — to elevate a people who, in their wild, uncivilized state, are — the prey of unscrupulous, transient immigrants into a self-_ supporting race, not enemies but friendly allies and me ) iaries of the white man.’ It was realized that, as the reindeer is the only draft animal in arctic regions that is able to secure its own food — while on a journey, the question of cheapness and speed - ia ae Se ae ate 3 Sora pe PLATE XXIII peo 4 = ‘ Photographs by courtesy of the Bureau of Education, U.S. Department of the Interior REINDEER HERDS IN ALASKA 1. Reindeer herd crossing a river 2. Reindeer feeding through the snow 3. Reindeer teams 4. Portion of reindeer herd DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 321 would bring it into universal use. The Eskimo is very well adapted to the work of herder or teamster, and is thus becoming an important agent in the development of the country. _ In order to fit the natives to become the helpers of the white man in the development of Alaska, the United States Government, through the Bureau of Education, established a number of reindeer stations for the training of the young men in the raising, care, and management of reindeer as an industrial branch of the public-school system of central and northern Alaska. Bright young men were selected and placed in these schools as apprentices for a period of five years, under skilful Finn or Lapp instructors, who drilled them in the business. Reindeer herds were allotted to the various mission stations, and a skilled herder was furnished ‘for the purpose of instruction. It was found that it was "more economical to instruct the young Eskimos through the “mission-station rather than the government herds. _ The following is a summary of the rules and regulations regarding the United States reindeer service in Alaska: _ The supervision of the reindeer herds and stations in Alaska shall be included in the duties of the district super- “intendents of schools for natives in Alaska. These herds and stations are to be inspected at least once a year, and "quarterly in the case of stations easily accessible. It is the duty of the district superintendent to see that all regulations egarding the service, distribution of reindeer to apprentices nd herders, contracts and all other business are carried out, and monthly reports are to be submitted to the commissioner _of education. _ A local superintendent shall have immediate supervision ‘of each herd of reindeer and oversight of the apprentices, erders, and reindeer herd. He is required to superintend “the annual marking of the reindeer, and to see that they are marked correctly according to ownership. The local super- “intendent may butcher each year not to exceed two male 322 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE reindeer, none of which shall be under four years of age, for every hundred reindeer in the herd, for the support of ap- prentices, but the sale or barter of such meat is not per- mitted. Apprentices are required to bind themselves to obey the | rules and regulations, which also govern all reindeer re- ceived by them during their apprenticeship. Each ap- proved apprentice receives the following numbers of rein- deer at the end of each year of his apprenticeship: end of first year, six reindeer (four females and two males); second - year, eight reindeer (five females and three males); third | year, ten reindeer (six females and four males); fourth year, ten reindeer (six females and four males). Additional rein- deer are provided in certain cases. At the end of the fourth year, if the apprentice has been faithful and successful, and | is at least twenty-one years of age, he can be certified as a trained herder. When a native herder owns at least fifty reindeer he may train apprentices and distribute reindeer - to them according to the aforementioned rate per annum, — Additional apprentices may be trained by such a herder, as — his herd increases, according to a fixed scale. The herders may sell, exchange, give, kill, or in any way dispose of female reindeer, only to the government, or, by official sanction, to another native inhabitant of Alaska, — Each native herder must remain with his herd at least ten months each year, or arrange for a competent substitute. Intemperance or continued neglect involves forfeiture of the _ herd, either to a member of the herder’s family competent i to manage it or to the government. i No female reindeer may be sold or disposed of to any person other than a resident native of Alaska, and such - sale or disposal must have official sanction. Only come petent herders may receive such reindeer. ‘s The following are the latest complete official statistics regarding the United States reindeer service in Alaska, as” given in the annual report of the work of the Bureau of : DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 323 _ Education for the natives of Alaska for the year 1917-1918. The reports from the reindeer stations for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1917, show that the reindeer had increased - from 82,151 in 1916 to 98,582, and the number of herds from 85 to 98. Of the 98,582 reindeer, 67,448, or 69 per _ cent, were owned by 1,568 natives; 3,046, or 3 per cent, were _ owned by the United States Government; 4,645, or 5 per _ cent, were owned by the missions; and 23,443, or 23 per cent, were owned by Lapps and other whites. The whites ob- tained their reindeer by buying out the Lapp herders who had obtained deer without restrictions. The total income _ of the natives from the reindeer industry during the fiscal _ year 1916-1917, was $97,515. The total number of reindeer, namely 98,582, is a net increase of 20 per cent during the _ year, notwithstanding the fact that 13,144 reindeer wére . killed for meat and skins, or were lost. There were in _ Alaska, June 30, 1918, approximately 100,000 reindeer. _ With the establishment of this industry on a firm basis the government has reduced the appropriation made to this service. A number of reindeer companies have been formed, and steps are being taken by scientific management to place. the industry on a business basis. Outside markets are being _ secured for the meat and for the tanned skins, and reindeer _ meat is now shipped not only to cities on the Pacific coast, but to the Middle West and as far as New York. ' It is claimed by some that while a certain amount of new _ blood has been introduced into the herds by association with _ the native caribou, new blood is needed, as the last importa- tions of reindeer from Siberia were made in 1902. Con- stant inbreeding has led to a noticeable reduction in the prolificness of the females, and degeneration is to be ob- served in many herds.* _ * The United States Biological Survey is giving attention to the question of _ grazing. In Norway, it has been found that the reindeer moss takes from five to seven years to reproduce itself. 324 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE A serious menace to the industry in Alaska is the preva- lence of the reindeer warble-fly. This is of particular im- portance on account of the damage that it causes to the — hides and its consequent effect on the development of a — market for reindeer leather. This insect is also a serious pest in northern Europe and Siberia, and affects a large — proportion of the native barren-ground caribou in northern — Canada. THE USE OF REINDEER IN CANADA Although a vast area of subarctic Canada affords as suit- able range for reindeer as the areas in northern Europe and _ Asia, where they have been utilized by man for centuries, — and reindeer were introduced into Alaska in 1892, their in- troduction into Canada is of comparatively recent date. The first and, up to the present, the only attempt to intro- duce these animals into Canada was made by Doctor Wil- fred T. Grenfell in connection with his famous mission in Labrador to deep-sea fishermen, which includes within its scope the welfare of the natives of the Labrador coast. During his many years of medical-mission work on the coast of north Newfoundland and Labrador he discovered that one out of every three deaths on the coast was due to © tuberculosis, and that one out of every three native babies | died before reaching the age of one year. Diseases due to i malnutrition were rife among these people. There were no | milk-producing animals, and milk was the great need on the | coast. The keeping of sheep, goats, or cattle was out of the question, and this caused Doctor Grenfell to turn his atten- | tion to the possibility of introducing and using reindeer, — which had been successfully introduced into Alaska. Inthe | introduction to his account* of this work Doctor Grenfell gives an excellent account of the economic value of the rein- — *“T abrador, the Country and the People,” by Wilfred T. Grenfell and others fi (‘Reindeer for Labrador,” pp. 251-271), 1909. DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 325 deer to the people of northern regions that is well worth quoting. He says: Few other animals on the earth’s surface offer as much to man with so little outlay. With scarcely any aid, races of men can subsist on what _ these beasts alone can provide. For transport they have been shown, under right circumstances, to be able to compete with the Eskimo dog _ in speed and endurance. On the Alaskan tundra, where the snowfall is much like that of Labrador, they have been an unqualified success. On _ journeys they can find their own food by the way—an item most impor- tant, for the dogs are obliged to carry this additional, and by no means -inconsiderable, burden with them. Reindeer are now used not only for _ packing over open land uncovered with snow in summer-time, when dogs are entirely useless, but they are in regular use for running the United _ States mail service in the depth of an Arctic winter. Geldings are said _ to be far more readily trained to harness than stags, and are easier to keep in good physical condition. At a pinch, one’s steeds may be killed _ and eaten with relish, while the carcass, where meat supplies are scarce, _ is always of incomparable value. The tongues and kidneys form great _ delicacies, and the tongues may be smoked for export. A good-sized stag will weigh three hundred pounds, and has for meat alone fetched _ $50 in the Alaskan markets.* The large, thickly haired skin of caribou or of the Lapland reindeer is invaluable for many purposes,—for boots, clothing, sleeping-bags, tents, and blankets. These skins need scarcely any preparatory treatment. Dehaired and dressed, they make most - satisfactory clothing for use in cold climates. The sleek, dark-brown hair of the early fall affords a very beautiful material for ladies’ jackets _ or motor coats, and picked skins for such purposes should well repay ex- _ portation; two dollars apiece is the present local price for Labrador deer skins. Some of our deer have snow-white skins in winter, and the hair _is as thick as a cocoanut fibre mat. Moceasins manufactured from the thinner deer skins make the warmest _ foot-gear known. The heavier stag skins furnish admirable light, soft, _ flexible over-clothes. They are perfectly wind-proof, and, when dressed for use, fetch fifty cents to one dollar per pound weight. Stretched, un- dressed, they are sold by the pound as parchment; this, cut into strips, _ * This figure is too high. In 1919 the average value of reindeer in Alaska, _ hide and meat, was only $25 per head. _ In 1919 about 1,000 reindeer carcasses, averaging about 150 pounds each, " were shipped from Nome to Seattle, making an aggregate of 75 tons. This ‘meat sold for 28 cents per pound, f. 0. b. Seattle, making the total value of _ the trade about $42,000.—J. W. 326 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE is rolled up, and sold as babiche, out of which all the fillings for snow- shoes are made. Of this, also, are made the lashings for our sledges and the harness for our dogs. The tough thongs show remarkable elastic strength as they ‘“‘feel” the jarring and jolting of the rough trails. The very tendons that are useless as food are amongst our most valuable acqui- sitions, affording our women all the sewing material they need for making _ boots, skin-boats (or kayaks), and clothing. These animal tendons are — taken and dried, and fetch from ten to fifty cents for each animal. They — strip easily into single fibres, and these separate threads form a strong sewing material, which resists water, and yet, when used in boots in- tended to be water-tight, swells up as soon as the boots are immersed in moisture. In this way leakage through the needle holes is prevented. The tendons do not rot easily, nor do they tear the skin substances, for they contract and expand with that material. Even the horns and hoofs are valuable, and furnish many of the household essentials of the natives. Some of these various manufactured products can be exported to the European markets. Reindeer may thus largely increase the earning capacity of any region, by converting its unsaleable material into valu- able products. The fresh rich milk of the does in the summer has also — supplied us with what is a vital necessity, and one which was obtainable _ in Labrador in no other way; while the excellent and easily made cheeses afford a method of storing the nutriment in a palatable and assimilable form without any necessary outlay for a preserving plant. Doctor Grenfell consulted Doctor Sheldon Jackson in Washington, who had been responsible for the successful introduction of the reindeer into Alaska. It was found that — suitable food occurred in Labrador and Newfoundland, where, of course, the native caribou find ample means of ~ sustenance. Convinced that a natural means of sustenance — existed, Doctor Grenfell set to work in 1907 to carry out his — scheme. He collected a sum of $10,000 by public subserip- tion, and in addition obtained a grant of $5,000 towards the | work through the Dominion Department of Agriculture. It was decided to purchase a herd of 300 reindeer from Nor- ~ way and Lapland. Of these 250 were does of an age to © bear fawns in the following spring, and 50 were stags. In — addition, a contract for thirty tons of reindeer moss was ar- ranged for to serve as feed for the animals en route. It was — DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 327 _ decided to ship the reindeer from the north coast of Lap- land to the mission station of St. Anthony in north New- -foundland. The herd set sail on December 30, 1907, but, owing to ice conditions, it was necessary to land them on the Newfoundland coast about eight miles from the har- _ bour selected as the wintering-place for the deer. Lapp herders accompanied the deer, which were safely landed and _ took kindly to their new environment. In the following spring (1908) the herd was reduced to _ 200 does and 50 stags, 50 of the deer having been sold to the _ Anglo-Newfoundland Development Company, 300 miles to _ the south of the place where the herd was maintained, for - use in the logging camps. As far as it was possible to as- _ certain, 168 fawns were born in the spring. After deduct- _ ing certain losses, the number of reindeer had increased to _ 405 animals by the end of 1908. During the summer the _ reindeer chose the high grass-covered hills close to the sea, _ and ate mostly the young grass and green leaves. The does _ gave about a pint of very rich creamy milk per head. _ The herd increased from 250 to 1,250, but, owing to the lack of government support, either financially or in checking the poaching, which gradually increased, the subsequent history of these reindeer was a sad one. As the expenses of ' the Lapp herders could not be met, it was impossible to _ retain them. Instead of creating a reservation for the rein- _ deer from Pistolet Bay to Hare Bay, the killing of reindeer - north of that line was prohibited, but the prohibition was - not enforced. It was claimed that the reindeer were ‘‘dan- ' gerous to life,” and other objections were raised in order to ' create a local sentiment antagonistic to the animals. In _ the end the poaching became so bold that the fishermen, _ coming in the summer in schooners, used to go out and _ shoot the deer. Thus a gradual diminution in the herd ' took place, until, by the end of 1916, hardly more than 100 ~ animals remained. 328 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE Early in 1917 Doctor Grenfell approached the Canadian — Department of Indian Affairs with a view to having the herd of reindeer transferred from Newfoundland to the Canadian coast, where it might be developed for the benefit of the Indians on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Owing to various difficulties, it proved impossible to move — the herd during 1917. In 1918, the International Grenfell Association undertook to move the deer in one of their own — ships, and the Department of Indian Affairs decided to place the herd on a peninsula bounded on the west by Napetibi Bay and on the east by Lobster Bay. The department constructed there one herder’s hut and erected posts for a fence across the neck of the peninsula, a distance of about three and one-half miles. Lack of wire prevented the com- pletion of the fence at the time it was begun, but Doctor Grenfell agreed to complete the work and move the deer in © in the fall of 1918. The herd was finally moved late in the fall, and herders — were brought from Newfoundland to take care of them. At — the time of moving there were about 125 reindeer. Since their removal and transfer to the Department of Indian — Affairs there have been no complaints of poaching, and the — territory to which they have been moved appears to be well — suited for the protection and breeding of the deer; 40 fawns ~ were born in the spring of 1919.* There is every reason to — hope that under the more adequate care that will be given — them by the Canadian Government they will ultimately — fulfil the expectations of those who believe that they may a be developed for the benefit of the Indians of that region, — who stand in great need of the food and clothing that such valuable animals produce. *In March, 1921, the herd numbered between 140 and 150. DOMESTICATION OF RUMINATING MAMMALS 329 FIRST ATTEMPT TO INTRODUCE REINDEER INTO THE NORTHWEST TERRITORIES _ In 1911 the Forestry Branch of the Department of the Interior undertook the first attempt to introduce reindeer into Canada from St. Anthony, Newfoundland, where, as already stated, the herd had been established by Doctor 'W. T. Grenfell. A small herd of fifty deer, comprising forty does, six stags, and four oxen, was purchased from him. They were shipped from St. Anthony on September 7, 1911, to Quebec, via North Sydney, N. S. Accompanying them were three experienced herders, thirty days’ supply of rein- deer moss, and three deer dogs. From Quebec they were transported in stock-cars by rail to Edmonton, and thence sixty miles north, which was as far as the railroad had been at that time completed. From that point they were taken ” in waggons to Athabaska Landing, where they were unloaded ~ into four scows, the final destination of the herd being Fort "Smith. After many difficulties the herd, now reduced by ¢ eaths to thirty-three animals, was taken to a place about " seventy miles from Fort Smith, where a camp was estab- Biehed 3 in November. In May, 1912, the herd, now compris- ine thirty-one animals, was transported on scows to Fort | A 5 Smith, where quarters had been prepared for them. Dur- " ing the latter part of June the flies (‘‘bull-dog’’ flies or Ta- ba Side) became very troublesome, and the whole herd of stipend stampeded, escaped from the enclosure, and scat- tered, with the result that the chief herder was only able to recapture twelve of the thirty-one animals. On account of the abundance of the flies it was decided to remove what remained of this herd elsewhere, for the summer months, and a suitable island in Great Slave Lake was selected, but "as no boat could be obtained at that time the reindeer had to remain at Fort Smith until the following year, when the ‘flies again tormented the animals to such an extent that they 330 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE broke from their enclosure and escaped into the surround- ing country. After much difficulty eleven of the animals were rounded up, but, at the end of the summer of 1913, only ten remained in the enclosure at Fort Smith. Owing to deaths from unknown causes, only four deer remained in the spring of 1914. Finally only two were left, and they were transported to an island in Great Slave Lake. The last survivor died in the autumn of 1916. 7 CHAPTER XVI THE SALE OF GAME _ Ir is universally recognized now by sportsmen and con- ervationists that the free marketing of wild game is one of the greatest factors tending rapidly to exterminate our na- tive game resources, and that, with the existence of so many other factors that are beyond our control, adversely affect- ing the abundance of our game mammals and birds, the sale of protected game must be prohibited if the disappearance of such game is to be prevented and its continued existence ed for use and enjoyment by sportsmen and nature- overs dwelling in our cities and countryside. _ The sale of game for food is only justified in the case of |/game from private or government game farms and pre- “serves. The utilization of non-agricultural areas for the | propagation of game is to be strongly commended, with a | view to augmenting the domestic meat supply. But the | sale of such surplus and propagated game is an entirely dif- } ferent matter from the sale of wild game as it now exists in ‘our woods. Let us propagate game by all means for those "who desire it and are unable to obtain it by other means ‘than purchase, but do not allow the market hunter to profit at the expense of the wild life, as he will if the sale of game ; permitted. The sale of wild game is unnecessary, as those who need Vit for food are able, as a general rule, to obtain it legitimately ‘by taking out a hunting license. Most of the game that is sold is consumed not by people who need it but by those ‘Wwho do not need it and demand it only to gratify their jaded appetites. The fight against laws prohibiting the : 331 * 2a Ree cle ca 332 CONSERVATION OF CANADIAN WILD LIFE sale of game has been carried on not by the sportsmen but by the pot-hunters, dealers, and those who profit by such commerce. But the game resources of the country are for the use and enjoyment of all and not for the small per- centage by whom the sale of game is demanded. . There should be no wavering in this matter, nor catering — to the interests of a few objectors who are unable to appre- ciate the wider significance of this aspect of game protection. Our wild life is not sufficiently abundant to withstand the - toll of the market hunter. Is it preferable to have our wild life in its natural haunts for the benefit of the nature- lover and sportsman, or in the butchers’ and game dealers’ shops to gratify, in the majority of cases, the tastes of those to whom wild-life protection has no meaning or interest? In the United States the disastrous results of the policy of permitting the sale of game have been so obvious that, with the disappearance of the greater portion of the fur and feathered game, it has been practically a question of decid- ing whether the remainder should be killed and sold for food, or protected for legitimate sport. Consequently, no less than thirty-four States, including the best of the game States, prohibit the sale of protected game, and it is safe to” predict that the few States which still permit, in a more or less modified way, the sale of certain classes of game, will follow the example of the majority within a few years. i In Canada there is a gradual and strong increase in opinion” against the sale of game. It is realized that, in the more settled parts of Canada, there is no excuse for the sale of game. Already the sale of protected game is entirely pro- hibited in the provinces of Manitoba and Saskatchewan. In British Columbia the sale of game is prohibited, with the exception of moose, which may be sold during part of the open season in the northern districts of Atlin, Prince George, Omineca, and Cariboo, and bear, which may be sold throughout the province. In Nova Scotia moose is the THE SALE OF GAME 333 only game that may be sold when lawfully killed. The sale of certain game, such as grouse and wild fowl, is prohibited in most of the provinces. In 1918 the sale of game was prohibited in New Brunswick, but we deeply regret that it vas resumed after one season’s trial, owing to the natural ppposition which was found to such a necessary measure. The act was repealed in spite of the fact that the sportsmen ind guides of the province are strongly of the opinion that, ‘in New Brunswick, the conservation of the game, and par- ‘icularly the moose, depends upon the prohibition of its ‘sale. We would urge not only upon the Province of New ' Brunswick, but also upon all other provinces that have not, “as yet, adopted this essential measure, to amend their game ‘laws in such a manner as to make it illegal to sell protected “game of all kinds, except in those remote regions where the “difficulty of obtaining other forms of meat may render nec- the sale of game, lawfully killed; in such cases ade- “quate safeguards, such as the appointment of special hunt- | rs to kill such game, and the submittal of sworn statements 3 to the amount killed and its disposal, should be adopted 5 prevent abuse of the privilege. Such prohibition will ‘have to come sooner or later, and it is surely more desirable ‘to put it into effect while the game is still fairly abundant | han to wait until its rarity compels the adoption of this ssential step in game and wild-life protection. Adverse factors to conservation, 21 _ Agriculture, Canada’s basic industry, 7; effect of extension of, 23; effect of, on antelope, 72 Agriculture Dept., Canadian, cross- breeding of buffalo by, 140 Alaska, last stronghold of big game, 26 Alberta, bird reserves in, 300; game legislation of, 282; game reserves in, 252 Algonquin Park, deer killed for meat - in, 247; description of, 247; wild life in, 247 en, J. A., quoted on buffalo, 116; quoted on Osborn’s caribou, 70; quoted on musk-ox, 89 American Museum of Natural His- __ tory, 97 n, Dr. R. M., quoted on cari- bou, 59, 60, 65; on skins used for clothing, 59, 86; report on musk-ox prepared by, 95; reports of, on bird reserves, 301 Anglo-Newfoundland Development Co., use reindeer in logging camps, = : 327 nimals, periodic fluctuations of, 213 ntelope, 5; abundance of, 73; distri- bution of, in Canada, 73; effect _ of extension of agriculture upon, _ 72; habits of, 73; history of, 71; _ slaughter of, 72 Antelope Park, 75, 240 Archibald, E. S., statement on cross- _ breeding buffalo by, 140 ea of Dominion Parks, 242 sia, central, mountain sheep of, 5 ks, razorbill, breeding, 308 Auld, F. H., on control of wolves and coyotes in Saskatchewan, 200 acon, W. H., supplies fur returns of Hudson’s Bay Co., 215 INDEX Baird, Prof. S. F., on domestication of ruminants, 311; on reindeer, 319 Balance of nature in wild life, 22 Barber, Charles, quoted, 30, 44, 69 Barren-ground grizzly bear (see bear) Barren lands, fur trade of, 10 Basin Lake game reserve, description of, 303 Bear, barren-ground grizzly, 108 Bear, black, fluctuations of, 232; habits of, 109; skins of, 108; wide range of, 108 Bear, grizzly, distribution of, 103; habits of, 104; variation in colour of, 107 Bear, Kermode’s white, description of, I10 Bear, polar, habits of, 102; in need of protection, 102 Bears, in general, 101; protection of, 111; sale of meat in British Co- lumbia, 33 Beaver, fluctuations in numbers of, 232 Beaver Hills game reserve, area of, 250 Bedson, S. L., buffalo cross-breeding by, 138 Bell, J. M., quoted on barren-ground grizzly bear, 107 Berlepsch, Baron Von, bird protec- tion of, 177 Bernier, Capt. Joseph E., supplies musk-ox to New York, 316 Big Hay Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 305 Big-horn sheep (see sheep) Big River game reserve, area of, 251 Bigstick Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 304 Biological Investigation of the Atha- baska-Mackenzie Region, 51 Birch Island game reserve, area of, 249 335 336 Birch Lake bird reserve, description of, 304 Bird-boxes, 177 Bird census, in Manitoba, 173; in United States, 175 Bird-houses, at Ottawa, 192; dia- grams of, 179; dimensions of, 180 Bird protection and encouragement, 176 Bird reserves, government, 300; in Saskatchewan, 301 Bird Rocks, as a bird reservation, 307 Birds, analysis of stomachs of, 168; destruction of enemies, 181; de- struction of haunts of, 172; economic value of, 166; feeding habits of, 168; general, 143; local abundance of, 172; slaughtering grounds of, 24; vegetable food of, 183; weed seed scattered by, 170 Bison (see buffalo) Black, George, quoted on caribou, 60 Black bear (see bear) Blue geese (see geese) Bobcat, description of, 210 Bonaventure Island, as a bird reser- vation, 307 Boy Scouts, value of, 287 Boyd, Mossom, herd of cattalos of, 140 Bradshaw, F., quoted, 30, 31, 45, 69, 74, 251 Braithwaite, Henry, quoted on wood- land caribou, 68 Brant, breeding ground of, 149 British Columbia, game legislation of, 283; reserves in, 253 Brondgeest, J. T., quoted on antelope, 73 Buffalo, almost disappeared, 113; cross-breeding of, 138; destruction of, 117; disposal of surplus of, 138; distribution of, in Canada, 114; domestication of, 136; end of, hastened by railways, 119; former meat supply of Indians, 118; fu- ture of, in Canada, 136; in Europe, 5; last shipment of robes of, 122; losses of, by storms, 116; methods of slaughter of, 118; migration of, INDEX ' Buffalo, wood, estimate of number of, — 116; northern and southern herds, 120; protected by Indians, 119; — protection of, in parks, 113; range 3 of, 18, 113; slaughter of southern | herd, 120; suitable to winter con- — ditions, 137; where existing, 5 ; 124; numbers increasing, 133; need ; protection of reserve, 126; pro-- of, 123, °127,: Seen two Spat 7 bands, 129 if Buffalo Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 305 ‘ Buffalo Park, creation of, 134; de- | scription of, 240; number of buffalo in, 135; wapiti in, 34; wild life in, a 240 om Burnham, John B., on causes of scarcity of grouse, 164 i Bury, H. T., quoted on moose, 525 on woodland caribou, 69 i Cabot, Wm. B. , quoted on oi and Niagara, 214-215 M Camsell, C., report on wood buffalal by, 129 a Canada, last stronghold of big gay é 26; status of wild life of, 2. j Canada goose (see geese) Canadian Birds, catalogue of, 149 © Canadian sportsmen, advantages off . 14 4 Canadians, lack of appreciation of wild life by, 7 4 Caribou, 10, 56; as a source of m supply, 11, 26; danger of extinct of, 21; distribution of, 59, 69; eca nomic value of, 64; enormou herds of, 63; habits of, 58, 61 Osborn’s, 70; spring killing of, Eskimos, 65; utilization of, Indians, 63; range of, 68; Rocky Mountain, 71 Caribou warble-fly, 67 Catlin, on numbers of buffalo kill 119 Cats, as bird destroyers, 181 ~ Cattalo, at Scott, Sask., 142; bre ing of, 140 INDEX ~ Caucasus, buffalo of, 5 Cavell, Mount Edith, 236 Cedar Lake game reserve, area of, 249 Central Experimental Farm, a bird sanctuary, I9I _ Chaplin Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 303 Chapman, Robert, quoted on moun- tain caribou, 69 Charlton, H. R., on game protection, 267 Christy, Miller, on number of wood buffalo, 124 Civic game cre bag value of, 294 _ Clarke, Dr. John M., on birds of Bird Rocks, 308 Clearwater and smoky Rivers re- serve, 255 _ Clubs, interests of, in wild life, 292 Code of ethics, the sportsman’s, 298 Commission of Conservation, investi- gations of, 166; on provincial game reserves, 243; fecommendations of, 31; reports of, 4; resolution of, on treaty on bird protection, 268 ™ Community effort in wild life con- servation, 286 _ Connaught, Duke of, quoted, 242 Conroy, Inspector H. A., report on _ Indians, 128 _ Conservation of Fish, Birds, and Game, quoted, 66 : Cooking Lake forest reserve, descrip- 195; number killed in British Columbia, 198 Bafa: 194; bounty paid on, in Alberta, 199; bounty paid on, in Saskatchewan, 201; destroy sheep, 197; number killed in British Co- lumbia, 198; organized control of, needed, 204 ~ Cram Lake bird reserve, description of, 304 . Cranes, Little Brown, 155; Sandhill, 155; three species of, 154; whoop- ing, 154 _ Criddle, Norman, bird census of, 172 Crocker Land Expedition, 97 337 Crown lands, Dominion parks re- stricted to, 236 Crows, consume cut-worms, food of, 167 Curlews, 156, 159; Eskimo, migra- tions of, 20; long-billed, 160 Cypress Hills forest and game re- serve, description of, 252 Cypress Hills game reserve, area of, 250 179; Dall’s white mountain sheep (see sheep) Danish Government, administers fur trade of Greenland, 261 Deer, as a meat supply, 7, 26 Deer, Columbia black-tailed, 46 Deer, mule, characteristics of, 43; distribution of, 44; habits of, 44; in Alberta, 45; in British Columbia, 45; in Manitoba, 44; in Rocky Mountain Park, 45; in Saskatche- wan, 44; in Waterton Lakes Park, 45; slaughter of, 45 Deer, white-tailed, 8, 9, 37; abun- dance of, 41; distinguishing fea- tures Of, 38;-distribution of, 38; habits of, 39; meat supply by, 42; original wide range of, 41; species of, 37 Doghead Point game reserve, area of, 249 Domestication of animals, 310 Dominion National Parks, area of, 242 Dominion Parks Act, 258; regula- tions of, 275 Don Pablo, Michel, buffalo herd of, 134 Duck Mountain game reserve, area of, 249, 251 Ducks, 149; baldpate or American widgeon, 150; black, 150; canvas- back, 152; eider, 152; gadwall, 150; golden-eye or whistler, 152; mal- lard, 150; merganser, 150; pin-tail, 151; redhead, 152; scaup or blue- bill, 152; scoters, 154; shoveller or spoonbill, 151; teal, 151; wood, 151 Duck-shooting, clubs and private reserves, 293 338 Edmonton, J. T., quoted, 45 Education, value of, in wild life conservation, 286 Eider ducks, economic importance of, 153 Ekblaw, W. Elmer, on musk-ox, 92, 97 Elk (see wapiti) Elk Island Park, description of, 239; wapiti in, 34; wild life in, 239 Elk River reserve, 253 Elk teeth, slaughter of elk for, 27 Enemies of birds, destruction of, 181 England, practice in, on damage by animals, 9 Eskimo curlew, 264 Eskimos, food supply of, 12; killing of caribou by, 65, 66 Ethics, sportsman’s code of, 298 Extermination of wildlife, causes of, 17 Fall shooting, regulation of, 24 Fannin’s saddle-backed sheep (see sheep) Farmers, rights of, to wild life, 290 Fauna, Canadian, groups covered, 2 Federal Migratory Bird Law, 266, 267 Female animals require protection, 22 Field-Naturalists’ Club, Ottawa, ef- forts of, on bird sanctuaries, 191 Fisher, fluctuations in, 229; range of, 229 Flies, bull-dog, 329 Florida Everglades, drainage of, 19 Fluctuations in numbers of fur- bearing animals, 213 Food and water for birds, provision of, 189 Forbush, E. H., quoted, 181 Forest fires, effect of, on wild life, 22, 51 Fort-a-la-Corne game reserve, area of, 251 Four Years in the White North, quoted, 97 Foxes, destructive to game-birds, 210; fluctuation in numbers of, 222 Franklin, Sir John, quoted on barren- ground grizzly bear, 107 Fraser, W. W., quoted on control of wolves and coyotes, 203 INDEX _Fur trade, chief occupation of north, if Fruit-bearing trees and shrubs, list of, 184 Fur-bearing animals, value of, 11 Fur Farming in Canada, 4 f Fur resources, national ownership — of, 260 ‘ 258 Fur trader, independent, effect of, 13 _ Game as food, sale of, 331 Game Birds of California, 149 ‘ Game Birds, Wild Fowl and Shore — Birds, 149 Game Conservation Board, British - Columbia, 34 Game legislation, provincial, 277 Game protection, by farmers, 290 Game Protective Associations, or- ganization of, 295 Game Refuge Act, New ca 243 Game reserves, area of, in Canada, 256 Game reserves, in Alberta, 252; pro- — vincial, 243; summary of, in — Canada, 255 ; ‘a Game Resources of Alaska, quoted, 60 a Gannet, breeding, 308 if Gaspesian Forest, Fish, and Game — Preserve, 244 Geese, blue, breeding-ground of, 1493 Canada, breeding-grounds of, 146; — migrations of, 146; tags of, re- turned, 148; Hutchins’s, range of, — 148; snow, or white, breeding- ground of, 149; reserve for, in — Nova Scotia, 308 Glacier National Park, 238, 240 Goat, Rocky Mountain, 5, 86; distri- 3 bution of, 88; habits of, 87; in Dominion parks, 88; number killed — e, ~~ eT BE fen hate SS in eS A ae in Alberta, 88 B.'s Goshawk, destroyer of game-birds, 210 ah Graham, Maxwell, 75 Grasses, collection of, 131 Great Auk, 264; extinction of, 20 Greenland, musk-ox of, 5; fur ‘trade of, 261 Grenfell, Dr. Wilfred T., 328; dis- INDEX _ poses of reindeer, 329; experiments of, with reindeer, 324; on uses of reindeer, 325 _ Grindstone Point game reserve, area of, 249 Grizzly bear (see bears) Grouse, 161; pinnated, or prairie chicken, 162; causes of decrease of, 164; prairie sharp-tailed, 163; ptarmigan, 162; Richardson’s, 161; ruffed, 162; spruce, 161; sage, or sage-hen, 165; scarcity of, 163 Gulls, inland, feed on grubs, 171 Hall, W. C. T., quoted, 245 Hanbury, D. T., quoted on caribou, 63 Harkin, J. B., report of, quoted, 34 Harmon, on abundance of wood buf- falo, 124 Hawks, Cooper’s, description of, 211; food of, 168; sharp-shinned, de- scription of, 211 Hearne, Samuel, on occurrence of wood buffalo, 123; on barren- ground grizzly bear, 107 _ Henry, Alexander, on former abun- dance of buffalo, 117; on grizzly bear, 103 _ Hind’s expedition, 1859, 119 _ Hollister, N., quoted on Rocky Moun- i tain caribou, 71 Hornaday, W. T., quoted, vi, 19, 27, 73, 97, 116; ethical code of, 298; estimate of buffalo by, in 1889, 122, 134; on attempts to colonize musk- Ox, 311; on buffalo on prairies, 137; on effects of railways on buf- falo, 120; on extermination of buf- falo, 113; on habits of musk-ox, ¥ 317; on musk-ox in captivity, 316 _ How to Attract Birds, 184 _ Hudson’s Bay Co., annual returns of musk-ox skins, 99; fur returns of, 216, 220, 222; moose killed for, 53; sales of musk-ox skins by, 93; sales of skins of whistling swans by, 144; returns of skins by, 225; returns of bear-skins by, 102, 108; rights of, 261; trade of, 12; wood buffalo meat brought to, 125 339 Hulbert, A. B., on buffalo routes, 123 Humane Society, Ottawa, efforts of, on bird sanctuaries, 191 Hunting territories, Quebec, 292 Hutchins’s goose (see geese) Indian Affairs Dept., take over Gren- fell reindeer, 328 Indians, Dog-Ribs, 62 Insects destroyed by birds, 167 Isle of Bays reserve, 251 Jackson, Dr. Sheldon, on reindeer, 319, 326 Jackson Hole, wapiti secured from, 34 Jarvis, A. M., on number of wood buffalo, 125, 126 Jasper Park, description of, 236; wild life in, 236 Johnston Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 302 Jones, C. J., buffalo cross-breeding by, 139; experience of, with buffalo, 136 Joy, Sergt. A, H., quoted, 64 Keele, Joseph, quoted re sheep, 85 Kenaston, Prof. C. A., exploration by, 121 Kermode, F., bear species discovered by, 110 Killing must be regulated, 19 Kipling, quotation from, 14 Klotz, Dr. Otto, quoted on wood buffalo, 125 Knight, J. A., on geese at Port Joli, 309 Labrador, caribou of, 11; experi- ments with reindeer in, 324 Labrador duck, 264; extinction of, 18 Lac la Biche bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 306 Lake Lenore bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 303 Lake St. Martin game reserve, area of, 249 Lake Winnipegosis game reserve, area of, 249 340 La Nauze, Inspector, report on musk- ox by, 95 Lantz, David E., quoted, 37 Last Mountain Lake bird reserve, description of, 302 Laurentides National Park, descrip- tion of, 245; wild life of, 245 Lawton, B., quoted, 31; on wolves and coyotes, 199 Legislation, provincial game, 277 Lemoine, Father, quoted on wapiti, 28 Life Histories of Northern Animals, quoted, 73, 226 Lion, mountain, 195 Lithuania, buffalo of, 5 Live stock, destroyed by wolves and coyotes, 195 Lloyd, Reuben, antelope on farm of, 74; game preserve of, 289 Loring, J. Alden, quoted, 45 Lynx, Canada, 209; fluctuations in number of, 219 MacDonald, T. K., experience of, 226 MacFarlane, R., quoted, 50, 69, 92, 93, 107, 114, 216, 226, 234 MacKenzie, Thomas P., quoted on losses of sheep, 196 MacLeod, Sergt. R. W., report of, on wood buffalo, 128 MacMillan, Dr. Donald B., on abun- dance of musk-ox, 97 Macoun, John, on wood buffalo, 124 Macoun, J. M., collection of northern grasses by, I31 Macoun, W. T., shrubs by, 184 Macrae, J.A., quoted on wood buffalo, 125 Manchester, city of, bird protection by, 180 Manitoba, game legislation of, 281; provincial game reserves in, 249 Many Island Lake bird reserve, de- scription of, 305 Market hunters, 21 Markham, Sir Clements, writings of 97 Marsh, Miss E. L., sanctuary of, 289 Marten, fluctuations of, 226; feed on adult insects, 169; migration of, 227 list of trees and INDEX McAtee, quoted on attracting birds, © 184 a McConnell, R. G., quoted on moun- — tain sheep, 85 McDonald, R. C., quoted, 32 Mellor, Corp., report on wood buffalo by, 127 Merriam, Dr. C. Hart, collection of bear skulls of, 107 Mershon, W. B., quoted, 20 Mexico, birds not protected in, 156 Mice, importance of as food of other animals, 214 Migratory Bird Treaty, action of governments on, 268; effect of, on game birds, 156; provides close ~ season for swans, 145; text of, 270 Migratory birds, causes of decrease, 265 Migratory Birds Convention Act, 258, 264; regulations under, 274 i Miner, Jack, sanctuary of, 146, 289; : tags returned to, 148 Ministik Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 306 Mink, fluctuations in; 230 Miquelon Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 305 Moldavia, buffalo of, 5 ; Moose, 4, 46; as a food supply, 56; — distribution and abundance of, 48; habits of, 55; number killed, 48, 50; protection of, 47 Moose Mountain game reserve, 250 Mount Robson Park, 254 Mountain caribou (see caribou) Mountain lion, 195 ; Mountain sheep, special reserve for, 255 Moving pictures, value of, in educa- tion, 288 Mule deer (see deer, mule) ra Mulloy, G. A., report of, on wood — buffalo, 128 sa Murres breeding, 308 e Musk-ox, 5, 12; description of, 89; — distribution of, 95; domestication ~ of, 310; habitat of, 97; migrations — of, 98; protection of, 98; range of, 89; slaughter of, 92, 94; suggested — " Fe SARIS SE ta iia 5c. Wh Ree SE eR re IE PS ‘ INDEX sanctuary for, 94; value of, as fur- bearer, 93 Musk-ox robes, value of, 98 Muskrat, fluctuations in, 232 Nature study, value of, 287 Nelson, Dr. E. W., discovers new species of sheep, 84; on control of predatory animals, 207; on range of buffalo, 116; on wood buffalo, 124; on Dall’s sheep, 77 Nesting-boxes, 177 New Brunswick, game legislation of, 279; sale of game in, 333 New Brunswick game reserve, 243 New Mammals from Canada, Alaska, and Kamchatka, quoted, 71 Nichols, D. A., quoted, 32 Non-agricultural lands, use of, 7; po- tential value for wild-life reserves, 10, 12 North American Fish and ‘Game Protective Assn., 267 Northwest Game Act, 100, 125, 258, 259, 260 Northwest Territories, attempt to introduce reindeer into, 329; de- velopment of, 10 Notes on Mountain Sheep in North America, quoted, 77 Nova Scotia, deer bones found in, 41; deer introduced into, 42; game legislation of, 278; game reserve for, 256; sale of moose meat al- lowed, 332 Nuthatches, insect food of, 168 Odell, Carmen, introduces deer into Nova Scotia, 42 Ogilvie, W., quoted, on wood buffalo, 12 Oliver, Hon. Frank, quoted, on wood buffalo, 125 Oliver Lake bird reserve, description of, 305 Ontario, game legislation of, 281 Osborn’s caribou, 70 Osgood, W. H., quoted on caribou, 60 Ottawa, game reserve suggested in federal plan of, 294 341 Otter, fluctuations in, 232 Our National Elk Herds, quoted, 28 Our Shorebirds and Their Future, 157 Owl, great horned, destructive to birds, 210; food of, 168 Pakowki Lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 306 Panther, 195 Parks, national, protect wild life, 235 Parks Branch, 75, 138, 236, 268 Pasquia game reserve, area of, 251 Passenger pigeon, 264; slaughter of, 20 Peasemarsh Farm sanctuary, 289 Peonan Point game reserve, area of, 249 Percé Rock, as a bird reservation, 307 Pike, Warburton, quoted on caribou, 61, 62, 64 Plea for the Conservation of the Eider, 154 Plover, 156 Point Pelee National Park, descrip- tion of, 241 Poison, for destruction of predatory animals, 208 Polar bear (see bear) Porcupine game reserve, area of, 251 Port Joli, N. S., reserve for geese, 309 Prairie chicken (see grouse) Preble, E. A., quoted, 21, 45, 51, 85, 126, 218 Predatory animals, 17, 193, 206, 207, 293 Predatory birds, 210, 293 Prince Edward Island, game legisla- tion of, 278 Private sanctuaries, 289 Protection and encouragement of birds, 176 Provincial game legislation, 277 Provincial Museum, Victoria, sheep specimen in, 77 Puffin, breeding, 308 Puma, 195 Quail, or bob-white, 160 Quebec, game legislation of, 280 Quetico Forest Reserve, description of, 248 342 Quill Lakes bird reserve, description of, 303 Rabbit, or varying hare, fluctuation of, 216 Raccoon, fluctuations in, 232 Railways, effect of, on wild life, 18 Rainey, Paul J., herd of musk-ox of, 316 Raising deer and other large animals in the United States, 37 Red Deer Point game reserve, area of, 2 Redberry lake bird reserve, descrip- tion of, 303 Reindeer, advantages of, 12; develop- ment of, in Alaska, 318; importa- tion of skins into Canada, 59-60; introduced into Northwest Terri- tories, 329; purchased from Europe, 326; regulations for, in Alaska, 322; use of, in Canada, 324 Reindeer Island game reserve, area of, 249 Reserves, private, feeding on, 293; food-planting, 293 Revelstoke Park, 241 Richardson, John, quoted, 107, 124 Riding Mountain game reserve, 28, 249 Robins, as insect destroyers, 167 Rocky Mountain caribou (see cari- bou) Rocky Mountain sheep (see sheep) Rocky Mountain Park, description of, 237; wapiti in, 34; wild life in, 237 Rondeau Provincial Park, description of, 248 Roosevelt, Theodore, value of clubs, 292 Rutland, Vt., action of sportsmen of, 9 quoted, on Sage hen (see grouse) Sale of game, 332, 333 Sanctuaries for birds, 190, 289 Sandpipers, 158; least, 159; migration range, 155; semi-palmated, 158; INDEX solitary, 159; upland plover, or ‘ Bartramian, 159 Saskatchewan, bird reserves in, 300, 301; game legislation of, 31, 282; some reserves in, 250 Saskatchewan Rivers (North and . South) game reserves, 251 Saunders, W. E., bird protection 4 work of, 175 Schultz, Hon. Dr., estimate of num- ber of wood buffalo, 124 Science, quoted, 41 Scott, Capt. R. F., quoted, 287 Scott, D. C., quoted, 15 Seton, Ernest Thompson, quoted, . 28, 31, 44, 73 75, 93» 104, 126, 218, 226 Sheep, black mountain, description of, 76, 81; Dall’s, description of, 76, 84; losses of, in British Columbia, 195; mountain, 5; protection of, 203; Rocky Mountain, 76, 78, 79, 80; Saddle-backed (Fannin’s), 77; Stone’s, or black mountain, 76, 81 Sheldon, Charles, quoted on sheep, | 77, 78, 81, 85 ‘ Shikar Club, object of, 297 _ Shore-birds, or waders, 155 Siberia, from, 318 Skunk, fluctuations in, 230 Smith, Harlan I., discovery of, 41 Snipe, 156 Snow or white goose (see geese) South America, bird protection in, 156 Sparrows, native, as weed destroyers, 169 Sport and Travel in Northland of Canada, quoted, 63 Sportsmen, interested in game pro- tection, 296 Spring shooting, effect of, 23 Spruce Woods game reserve, area of, : 249 Stefansson, V., on caribou, 60; on a musk-ox, 92, 98; on domestica- tion of musk-ox, 311 Stone, A. J., quoted on moose, 52 importations of reindeer — peuhelinal, Bega hernias : Pa ee Pe CeO Cd ec aah i pe INDEX Stone’s black mountain sheep (see sheep) St. Lawrence, bird reservations in Gulf of, 307 Strathcona Park, 254 Swallows, feed on adult insects, 169 Swamps, effect of drainage of, 23 Swans, trumpeter, 145; whistling, 144 Taverner, P. A., 241, 255; estimate by, of birds on Bonaventure Island, 308; on Canada goose, 146; on scarcity of grouse, 164; on whistling swans, 144 The Pines game reserve, area of, 250 Thrush, food of, 168 Tit, blue, insect food of, 167, 168 Townsend, Dr. C. W., quoted, 154, 319 Trading posts, new, in Canadian Arctic, 60 Trapping of wolves, coyotes, 204 Treaty on bird protection, resolu- tion on, 267 Tree-creepers, insect food of, 168 Trees and shrubs attractive to birds, 184-188 Trembling Mountain Park, 244 Turtle Mountain game reserve, area of, 249 ‘Tyrrell, J. B., on barren-ground grizzly bear, 107; on caribou, 63; on moose, 52; on musk-ox, 94 Tyrrell, J. W., quoted on caribou, 65 United States, animals extend range to, 5; raising deer and other large animals in, 37; wild life lost to, 1 United States Dept. of Agriculture, bird census of, 175 Useful Birdsand Their Protection, 181 Utah Live Stock Board, estimate by, of losses of sheep by wolves, 206 Vancouver, bird sanctuary in Stan- ley Park at, 192 Vermont, experience of, 8, 9 Wallachia, buffalo of, 5 Wapiti, or elk, 4, 5; as meat supply, 343 36; bulletin on, 37; decreasing in Alberta, 31; distribution of, in Saskatchewan, 30; estimated num- ber of, 28; habits of, 35; in British Columbia, 32, 33; in Manitoba, 30; popular name for, 4; range of, 28; representative of European rein- deer, 26 Warblers, insect food of, 168 Wascana game reserve, 251 Waterton Lakes Park, description of, 238; wapiti in, 34; wild life in, 239 Weed seeds eaten by birds, 169 Wharton, W. P., estimate by, of buffalo in 1912, 134 Wheeler, Dr. W. M., Preface, v Whistling swan (see swan) White Bear Lake bird reserve, 304 White, James (J. W.), buffalo in Wainwright Buffalo Park, 135; on sale of reindeer meat, 325 White wavey geese, 149 Wild fowl, slaughtering grounds of, 24 Wild life, conservation of, 7, 18; con- ditions militating against, 235; re- lation of Indians to, 12; danger in numbers of, 19; economic devel- opment of, 10; enemies of, 193; extermination of, 17; protection of, by Dominion Government, 258; rec- reative value of, 13; relation of, to natives, 12; value of, to farmers, 291 Wild Life Conservation, 9 Wild Life Protection, Advisory Board on, 259 Wild life protection, individual effort in, 286 Wilderness of the Upper Yukon, quoted, 77 Wilkins, George H., ‘quobed on musk- Ox, 95 Williams, Bryan, quoted, 33, 53, 70, 83, 88, 198 Wilson, Dr. C. W., quoted on moose, 53 Wintemberg, W. J., discovery of, 41 Wire fences, effect of, on antelope, 72 Wolverine, fluctuations in, 232 Wolves, bounty paid on, in Alberta, 344 | INDEX 199; destruction of stock by, 206- 207; in Laurentides Park, 245, 246; enemies of deer, 193; fluctuation in numbers of, 225; food of, 225; number killed, 1 198 Wood bison (see buffalo) Woodcock, 156 Woodland caribou (see caribou) Woodpeckers, food of, 171 Yak, proposed cross-breeding with, 142 N sa BSD Yoho Park, ch - Yukon, Zoological Society Yalakom game Welles 14 156; _ of, 262; ‘lingo a -of, 263 * Yukon Game Ord musk-ox in capti beck ° / n oh, 4 « eh “a™® _ BINDING sect. AUG 7 1979 PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY SK Hewitt, Charles Gordon 471 The conservation of wild A2H3 life in Canada cop.2 BioMed. 33 i Coie ih baeem bell ort anys Ait Byes onan’ » Pat heat Utah he Y iat a2 per Sergi ir! 4 1 fata! } i miteal Bt aN! chet) ake eregeneeerion nrlges bali Ivan Sri thele bee igekise ¥ on Ws buhet ene reset Tayi Rae edna vse Lh alt ul anally oy hy Mera ant : 4 bilncerour he Vatites arth rath via shee yi a hd Micke ibe ieepeetatatetaen st? Epegeie ate eset My ayttees ts crREnH Scbavet t FERIA ean ’ Ennbeschary A BNET weit ath itt - . ieee Sieh | ane) ‘Nieteuey Ly Ureenek heh atearetate Teena et pi mi ae ie He ibe hah died wh J rhea + ny ried! eps i ii Hit: be i i he selaatse Tv oreibeepellmeiC sa owe bet sree nike £4 : i it n i 0 oni i in hen ¥ a4 hed th eg bs paateneat eid st Coe Rates pede hol LEH ied Ag eh ih i i. 2 Vea Vebebehemnh hie Fiatehpert ee pd ia i yt + 4 ied ifs iy oe ay ? upset aids it bee ha Pah AD pcos ea itis bgt “4 es sae 5, nears * an ; Ni Mt Morea Lh PS aee alu at i M tres ty Terris aunt ait 4 7 ST: ah baat Paige ee Rib creanty bbe Ley tagea aaa setae i My ‘ iscet it 4 ant met hese ya ae vs eh with